10.10.2013 Views

Soft Computing Methods in Flight Control System Design

Soft Computing Methods in Flight Control System Design

Soft Computing Methods in Flight Control System Design

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> <strong>Methods</strong> <strong>in</strong><br />

<strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong> <strong>Design</strong><br />

Marcel Oosterom


<strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> <strong>Methods</strong> <strong>in</strong><br />

<strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong> <strong>Design</strong><br />

Proefschrift<br />

ter verkrijg<strong>in</strong>g van de graad van doctor<br />

aan de Technische Universiteit Delft,<br />

op gezag van de Rector Magnificus prof.dr.ir. J.T. Fokkema,<br />

voorzitter van het College van Promoties,<br />

<strong>in</strong> het openbaar te verdedigen op maandag 13 juni 2005,<br />

om 15.30 uur door<br />

Marcel Laurens Jean OOSTEROM<br />

<strong>in</strong>genieur luchtvaart en ruimtevaart<br />

geboren te Deurne


Dit proefschrift is goedgekeurd door de promotor:<br />

Prof. dr. R. Babuˇska, M.Sc.<br />

Samenstell<strong>in</strong>g promotiecommissie:<br />

Rector Magnificus voorzitter<br />

Prof. dr. R. Babuˇska, M.Sc. Technische Universiteit Delft, promotor<br />

Prof. dr. ir. J.A. Mulder Technische Universiteit Delft<br />

Prof. ir. H.B. Verbruggen Technische Universiteit Delft<br />

Prof. dr. ir. M. Verhaegen Technische Universiteit Delft<br />

Prof. R.J. Patton, Ph.D. The University of Hull<br />

Dr. ir. G. Schram SKF Reliability <strong>System</strong>s<br />

K. Rosenberg, M.Sc. BAE SYSTEMS Avionics Limited<br />

ISBN 90-8559-060-4<br />

Copyright c○ 2005 by M. Oosterom.<br />

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted <strong>in</strong> any form or by any means,<br />

electronic or mechanical, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g photocopy, record<strong>in</strong>g, or any <strong>in</strong>formation storage and retrieval<br />

system, without permission <strong>in</strong> writ<strong>in</strong>g from the author.


to Dani


Contents<br />

Summary xi<br />

Samenvatt<strong>in</strong>g xvii<br />

0 Notations and Abbreviations 1<br />

0.1 List of Notations ............................ 1<br />

0.2 List of Abbreviations .......................... 2<br />

0.3Coord<strong>in</strong>ate<strong>System</strong>s .......................... 4<br />

1 Introduction 7<br />

1.1Background............................... 7<br />

1.2 Problem statement ........................... 8<br />

1.3Newdevelopments ........................... 9<br />

1.4 Research aims and motivation of the methods used ......... 11<br />

1.5Overviewofthethesis ......................... 14<br />

2 Digital Fly-By-Wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s 17<br />

2.1HistoricalOverview........................... 17<br />

2.2 Description of the Digital Fly-By-Wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong> . . . 19<br />

2.3 Advantages and Disadvantages of Digital Fly-By-Wire ....... 21<br />

3 Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g for Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope 25<br />

3.1Nonl<strong>in</strong>ear<strong>Control</strong> ........................... 25<br />

3.2 Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g ............................ 27<br />

3.3 Fuzzy Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope .............. 28<br />

3.4Conclusions............................... 40<br />

4 Scheduled Classical <strong>Control</strong> 43<br />

4.1 Stability and <strong>Control</strong> Augmentation <strong>System</strong> . . . .......... 43<br />

4.2 Partition ................................. 46<br />

vii


viii Contents<br />

4.3 Automatic Tun<strong>in</strong>g Procedure ..................... 46<br />

4.4 The Scheduler .............................. 48<br />

4.5 Evaluation ................................ 50<br />

4.6Conclusions............................... 54<br />

5 Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong> 55<br />

5.1 Introduction ............................... 55<br />

5.2 Overview of Scheduled Robust MV <strong>Control</strong> ............. 56<br />

5.3 General Description of the Robust <strong>Control</strong> Problem ........ 57<br />

5.4 Robust Multivariable <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>Design</strong> ............. 59<br />

5.5 Partition of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope .................... 66<br />

5.6 Parameter Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong> ......... 67<br />

5.7Conclusions............................... 75<br />

6 Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor 77<br />

6.1 Introduction ............................... 77<br />

6.2<strong>Design</strong>Requirements.......................... 78<br />

6.3 Structure of the Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor ........... 79<br />

6.4 <strong>Design</strong> of the TS Fuzzy Model and the NN Model ......... 83<br />

6.5 Validation of the Virtual AoA Sensor . . ............... 86<br />

6.6Conclusions............................... 90<br />

7 <strong>Soft</strong> Sensor Management and Virtual Sensors for FDIR 91<br />

7.1 Introduction ............................... 91<br />

7.2 Conventional Sensor Management and FCL Reconfiguration .... 92<br />

7.3 Sensor Management and FCL Reconfiguration Based on <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong>..................................<br />

97<br />

7.4 Virtual Sensor for FDIR ........................ 104<br />

7.5Conclusions............................... 109<br />

8 Conclusions 111<br />

8.1 Thesis Contributions .......................... 111<br />

8.2 Efficiency Improvement of the <strong>Design</strong> of the <strong>System</strong> ........ 114<br />

8.3 Enhancement of <strong>Flight</strong> Safety ..................... 115<br />

8.4 Recommendations for Further Research ............... 115<br />

A Synthetic Environment and Real-Time Code Generation 119<br />

A.1SyntheticEnvironment......................... 119


A.2 Real-Time Code Generation ...................... 124<br />

B Short-Period Approximation 125<br />

B.1 Derivation of the Short-Period Approximation . . .......... 125<br />

B.2 Derivation of Short-Period Related Equations . . .......... 126<br />

C Performance Measures and Cross Validation 129<br />

C.1PerformanceMeasures......................... 129<br />

C.2 Cross Validation ............................ 130<br />

D <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Techniques 131<br />

D.1 Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g ............................ 131<br />

D.2 Identification via Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g .................. 135<br />

D.3NeuralNetworks ............................ 138<br />

E Genetic Algorithms 143<br />

E.1 Introduction ............................... 143<br />

E.2HowDoTheyWork?.......................... 143<br />

E.3 Theoretical Foundation ........................ 151<br />

E.4 Application Areas ........................... 152<br />

F L<strong>in</strong>ear Matrix Inequalities for <strong>Control</strong> 153<br />

F.1 Output-feedback H∞ <strong>Control</strong>Problem................ 153<br />

F.2LMIApproach ............................. 154<br />

F.3PolePlacement............................. 156<br />

Acknowledgements 159<br />

Curriculum Vitae 161<br />

List of Publications 163<br />

Bibliography 165<br />

ix


x Contents


<strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> <strong>Methods</strong> <strong>in</strong><br />

<strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong> <strong>Design</strong><br />

Marcel Oosterom<br />

Summary<br />

The Digital Fly-By-Wire (DFBW) flight control system has many advantages over<br />

the mechanical <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong> (FCS) <strong>in</strong> terms of weight, fuel consumption,<br />

flexibility <strong>in</strong> the configuration of the bare airframe, etc. The most powerful feature<br />

of the DFBW FCS is the wide range of capabilities that can be programmed <strong>in</strong>to<br />

the <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> Computer (FCC). The major drawback is the additional cost<br />

associated with the design and <strong>in</strong>itial acquisition of the system. Without a mechanical<br />

back-up, the DFBW FCS is a safety-critical system. Str<strong>in</strong>gent requirements<br />

therefore apply with respect to the <strong>in</strong>tegrity and availability of the system. Fault<br />

tolerance is achieved through hardware redundancy and dissimilarity among the<br />

redundant hardware (and software) components is used to avoid common mode<br />

failures.<br />

For military (fighter) aircraft and large commercial aircraft, the advantages of<br />

the DFBW FCS justify the additional cost of the system. However, this is not so<br />

obvious for small commercial aircraft. The (relative) additional cost of the DFBW<br />

FCS is much higher, while the advantages are not so evident as for large commercial<br />

aircraft.<br />

A radical change <strong>in</strong> current practices is required <strong>in</strong> order to br<strong>in</strong>g DFBW<br />

FCS technologies to the small commercial aircraft market at affordable cost whilst<br />

ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the str<strong>in</strong>gent safety requirements. The possibilities for a cost-effective<br />

application of this technology to small commercial aircraft have been <strong>in</strong>vestigated<br />

with<strong>in</strong> the European project “Affordable Digital Fly-By-Wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s<br />

for Small Commercial Aircraft” (Phases I and II). Partners were <strong>in</strong>volved<br />

from <strong>in</strong>dustry, research <strong>in</strong>stitutes, and universities. The work described <strong>in</strong> this<br />

thesis is for a large part performed with<strong>in</strong> this project.<br />

The aim of the research described <strong>in</strong> this thesis is to improve the efficiency of<br />

flight control system design and/or to improve the flight safety. The improvement<br />

of the efficiency of the FCS design results <strong>in</strong> reduced development cost, which is a<br />

key factor <strong>in</strong> mak<strong>in</strong>g DFBW technology affordable for small commercial aircraft.<br />

xi


xii Summary<br />

Besides the economical aspect, the improvement of flight safety is also an important<br />

argument to justify br<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong>g DFBW to the small commercial aircraft market.<br />

In this thesis the focus has been put on two topics, namely:<br />

1. Automated design techniques.<br />

2. Sensor management, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g virtual sensors.<br />

The first item is specifically of <strong>in</strong>terest with respect to nonl<strong>in</strong>ear flight control<br />

law design, while the second item focuses ma<strong>in</strong>ly on sensor management (vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g).<br />

These two application areas are discussed <strong>in</strong> more detail <strong>in</strong> the<br />

rema<strong>in</strong>der of this section.<br />

The applications described <strong>in</strong> this thesis are developed <strong>in</strong> the Synthetic Environment<br />

(SE), which is def<strong>in</strong>ed as an ultra-high fidelity simulation tool that is<br />

structurally representative of the practical implementation of a DFBW aircraft.<br />

The SE has been developed with<strong>in</strong> the ADFCS project.<br />

Automated design techniques<br />

Ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g has been perhaps the most common systematic approach to control<br />

of nonl<strong>in</strong>ear systems <strong>in</strong> practice. In the aerospace <strong>in</strong>dustry, e.g. for the design<br />

of the FCLs for commercial DFBW aircraft, and for a wide range of other application<br />

areas. Even with the <strong>in</strong>troduction of powerful control strategies such as model<br />

predictive control and feedback l<strong>in</strong>earization, ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g rema<strong>in</strong>s an attractive<br />

control strategy because of its simplicity and practical use. The design of the<br />

scheduler is an iterative process, where each iteration consists of the identification<br />

of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts, the tun<strong>in</strong>g of the controller parameters, the design of the<br />

scheduler and the evaluation of the global performance of the system. This is a<br />

slow and costly procedure, however, despite this drawback almost no effort has<br />

been spent on the development of a systematic approach to identify the operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

po<strong>in</strong>ts and to design the correspond<strong>in</strong>g scheduler.<br />

In Chapter 3, an automated procedure is proposed for the identification of the<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts for which the local flight control law parameters need to be tuned.<br />

This procedure is based on the application of fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g to a data set which<br />

represents the variation of the dom<strong>in</strong>ant aircraft dynamics over the flight envelope.<br />

The result<strong>in</strong>g cluster centers serve as the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. A s<strong>in</strong>gleton TS<br />

fuzzy model is constructed to provide the <strong>in</strong>terpolation mechanism for the <strong>Flight</strong><br />

<strong>Control</strong> Law (FCL) parameters <strong>in</strong> order to obta<strong>in</strong> a global nonl<strong>in</strong>ear controller.<br />

The ma<strong>in</strong> advantage of this approach is that the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are identified<br />

simultaneously, <strong>in</strong> contrast to the iterative trail-and-error approach that is carried<br />

out by the flight control eng<strong>in</strong>eer. Besides the reduction <strong>in</strong> the design effort with<br />

respect to identify<strong>in</strong>g the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts, the fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g approach results<br />

<strong>in</strong> fewer operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. This reduces the design effort for the tun<strong>in</strong>g of the FCL<br />

parameters. By us<strong>in</strong>g the same schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables and operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts for all<br />

FCL parameters that require schedul<strong>in</strong>g, the scheduler becomes more transparent


and the (local) effects of parameter modifications are more predictable. This does<br />

not necessarily mean that the best performance is achieved by schedul<strong>in</strong>g all FCL<br />

parameters <strong>in</strong> exactly the same way.<br />

The fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g approach should be considered as an <strong>in</strong>teractive tool for<br />

the flight control eng<strong>in</strong>eer. It supports the flight control eng<strong>in</strong>eer <strong>in</strong> decid<strong>in</strong>g on<br />

the number and the location of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. The iterations <strong>in</strong> the design<br />

procedure are automated, which simplifies the design procedure. It should be<br />

noted that the identification of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts through fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g does<br />

not put any restrictions on the schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanism to be used.<br />

The application of the automated design procedure to the classical FCLs that are<br />

available <strong>in</strong> the SE is described <strong>in</strong> Chapter 4. The scheduler of the six most relevant<br />

controller parameters is replaced by the scheduler designed by us<strong>in</strong>g the fuzzy<br />

cluster<strong>in</strong>g approach. The selected schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables are the Mach number and<br />

the dynamic pressure. Eight operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are identified for the flight envelope<br />

<strong>in</strong> clean configuration and two for the flight envelope <strong>in</strong> land<strong>in</strong>g configuration.<br />

Pilot-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop simulations demonstrated that the performance of the FCLs designed<br />

by us<strong>in</strong>g the automated design procedure is equivalent to the performance<br />

of the default FCLs. Even though the fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong> scheduler used fewer operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

po<strong>in</strong>ts than <strong>in</strong> the conventional approach, it can be concluded that its performance<br />

is comparable.<br />

A significant contribution <strong>in</strong> reduc<strong>in</strong>g the DFBW development costs, without<br />

compromis<strong>in</strong>g the safety requirements, can be obta<strong>in</strong>ed by replac<strong>in</strong>g the classical<br />

s<strong>in</strong>gle-loop frequency response and root-locus design techniques by advanced<br />

MultiVariable (MV) control design techniques for the development of the flight<br />

control laws. The MV design approach has the advantage of reduc<strong>in</strong>g time and<br />

cost for flight control design and ref<strong>in</strong>ement, and at the same time of a priori tak<strong>in</strong>g<br />

<strong>in</strong>to account robustness with respect to model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties. In Chapter 5 the<br />

local controllers are designed us<strong>in</strong>g robust MV control techniques. The challenge<br />

is to comb<strong>in</strong>e the result<strong>in</strong>g MV controllers with ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g, because of the<br />

complexity and the opaque structure of such controllers. The comb<strong>in</strong>ation of fuzzy<br />

cluster<strong>in</strong>g and robust multivariable control is new and potentially very effective<br />

<strong>in</strong> reduc<strong>in</strong>g the design effort s<strong>in</strong>ce both the identification of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

and the scheduler as well as the design of the local l<strong>in</strong>ear controllers are highly<br />

automated.<br />

The local H∞ controllers are designed us<strong>in</strong>g a model-match<strong>in</strong>g approach. The<br />

design is performed <strong>in</strong> cont<strong>in</strong>uous-time us<strong>in</strong>g L<strong>in</strong>ear Matrix Inequalities (LMIs).<br />

Order reduction is performed to reduce the number of parameters to be scheduled.<br />

First a Hankel model reduction is applied and then the high-frequency modes are<br />

removed from the controller. After Tust<strong>in</strong> discretization, the local controllers are<br />

transformed to the δ-operator form to reduce their coefficient-pole sensitivity. The<br />

latter is important with respect to ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

The ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled robust MV controller has been evaluated off-l<strong>in</strong>e (l<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

and nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulations, stability analysis) and through pilot-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop simulations.<br />

The results of the off-l<strong>in</strong>e evaluation are satisfactory, although additional<br />

xiii


xiv Summary<br />

tun<strong>in</strong>g is required to further improve the performance and stability characteristics.<br />

The test pilots gave a Cooper-Harper (CH) rat<strong>in</strong>g of 1 <strong>in</strong> all flight conditions<br />

concern<strong>in</strong>g the aircraft dynamics. However, due to the high control force needed<br />

to maneuver the aircraft, especially <strong>in</strong> the low dynamic pressure region, the overall<br />

CH rat<strong>in</strong>gs were between 2 and 3. This can be corrected by adjust<strong>in</strong>g the reference<br />

model.<br />

In conclusion, the contribution of the fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g approach to improv<strong>in</strong>g the<br />

efficiency of the design of flight control laws is significant. It is a global approach,<br />

all the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are identified simultaneously, which results <strong>in</strong> a transparent<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g scheme with fewer operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. Moreover, it is a model-based<br />

approach that uses the nonl<strong>in</strong>ear dynamics <strong>in</strong> the design phase and not only <strong>in</strong><br />

the evaluation phase. In comb<strong>in</strong>ation with modern MV control techniques for the<br />

design of the local controllers, the reduction <strong>in</strong> the design effort for the design of<br />

the flight control laws is even more evident.<br />

Sensor Management<br />

Sensor management based on majority vot<strong>in</strong>g and po<strong>in</strong>t consolidation of like signals,<br />

i.e. signals from different sensors measur<strong>in</strong>g the same variable, is a proven<br />

technology <strong>in</strong> modern fly-by-wire flight control systems. The assumption is that<br />

the majority of like signals represents the truth and that any s<strong>in</strong>gle dissimilar signal<br />

is the result of a failure. Such a signal must be disconnected as soon as the<br />

failure is detected. This pr<strong>in</strong>ciple fails <strong>in</strong> the event that there are two like signals<br />

left (duplex operation), s<strong>in</strong>ce there is no longer a majority. In the conventional approach,<br />

the decision whether a sensor has failed or not is crisp. In order to reduce<br />

the sensitivity of this decision to uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties like quantization and measurement<br />

noise, a properly adjusted threshold is used.<br />

Two opportunities have been identified to improve the flight safety (and comfort).<br />

The <strong>in</strong>troduction of a virtual sensor that makes use of non-like signals (analytical<br />

redundancy) and can be used as an arbitrator dur<strong>in</strong>g duplex operation.<br />

Furthermore, an alternative sensor management procedure which improves the<br />

consolidated signal and reduces failure-<strong>in</strong>duced transients is <strong>in</strong>troduced.<br />

Many applications of analytical redundancy for FDI <strong>in</strong> flight control systems are reported.<br />

Most frequently applied are observer-based techniques, parity-space methods,<br />

and parameter-estimation schemes. The use of virtual sensors <strong>in</strong> aerospace<br />

applications has not been widely <strong>in</strong>vestigated yet, although this technique has been<br />

successfully applied <strong>in</strong> other fields like process control and eng<strong>in</strong>e control.<br />

The approach <strong>in</strong>vestigated <strong>in</strong> Chapter 6 of this thesis is based on a comb<strong>in</strong>ation<br />

of white-box and black-box modell<strong>in</strong>g and is demonstrated through the<br />

design of a virtual angle-of-attack (AoA) sensor. The philosophy is to first achieve<br />

the maximum performance out of a white-box modell<strong>in</strong>g approach, us<strong>in</strong>g the well<br />

known relations of the l<strong>in</strong>earized aircraft dynamics. In the second step, the rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g<br />

estimation error is further reduced by add<strong>in</strong>g a black-box model that is<br />

designed to fit the estimation error of the white-box model. The <strong>in</strong>puts of this


nonl<strong>in</strong>ear, black-box model are determ<strong>in</strong>ed us<strong>in</strong>g a nonl<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>in</strong>put selection approach.<br />

The virtual AoA sensor makes use of another virtual sensor that estimates<br />

the aircraft weight and the position of the center of gravity. This virtual sensor<br />

does not make use of AoA sensor read<strong>in</strong>gs.<br />

The performance of the virtual sensor is demonstrated by a large number of<br />

nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulations for which the flight conditions and maneuvers are selected<br />

randomly. The performance of the virtual sensor is good, with maximum estimation<br />

errors for the angle-of-attack of less than 0.8 degrees.<br />

The conventional sensor management system makes use of crisp thresholds. The<br />

consolidated signal is computed by tak<strong>in</strong>g the (weighted) average of each sensor<br />

read<strong>in</strong>g. The mid-value signal is taken as a reference and the two extreme-value<br />

signals are limited <strong>in</strong> their deviation from the mid-value (crisp threshold). The<br />

monitor compares each sensor signal with the consolidated signal. If the absolute<br />

difference exceeds a predef<strong>in</strong>ed (crisp) threshold, the correspond<strong>in</strong>g monitor count<br />

is <strong>in</strong>creased. If the count value has reached the failure declaration value, a failure is<br />

declared and the signal is latched. The locations of the thresholds is a compromise<br />

between the m<strong>in</strong>imization of false alarms and m<strong>in</strong>imization of failure-<strong>in</strong>duced transients.<br />

While the first dictates large thresholds, the latter dictates small thresholds.<br />

This compromise can be circumvented by <strong>in</strong>troduc<strong>in</strong>g soft thresholds <strong>in</strong>stead of<br />

crisp thresholds, <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g flight safety and/or comfort.<br />

Fuzzy logic is an excellent technique to implement this concept. Although these<br />

techniques have been implemented <strong>in</strong> other application doma<strong>in</strong>s, such as the process<br />

<strong>in</strong>dustry, their application <strong>in</strong> flight control systems has not been extensively<br />

<strong>in</strong>vestigated yet. In Chapter 7 of this thesis a sensor management procedure<br />

based on soft comput<strong>in</strong>g is proposed. In this soft sensor management system a<br />

weight between (and <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g) zero and one (soft threshold) is assigned to each<br />

sensor read<strong>in</strong>g. This weight is computed based on the smallest absolute difference<br />

between the other sensor read<strong>in</strong>gs. The consolidated signal is the weighted<br />

average of the signals. When the weight of a sensor read<strong>in</strong>g is equal to zero, the<br />

correspond<strong>in</strong>g signal is not contribut<strong>in</strong>g to the consolidated signal and the correspond<strong>in</strong>g<br />

monitor count is <strong>in</strong>creased. The ma<strong>in</strong> difference from the conventional<br />

monitor<strong>in</strong>g scheme is that the monitor count rate is not a function of the difference<br />

between the ith sensor read<strong>in</strong>g and the consolidated signal, but a function of the<br />

difference between the ith sensor read<strong>in</strong>g and the other like sensor read<strong>in</strong>gs.<br />

The soft sensor management system <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g a normal acceleration virtual<br />

sensor has been demonstrated by means of closed-loop simulation examples <strong>in</strong> the<br />

SE and on the flight simulator with pilot-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop simulations. In the conventional<br />

approach, signal consolidation and signal monitor<strong>in</strong>g are performed separately.<br />

With the <strong>in</strong>troduction of soft thresholds, signal consolidation and sensor<br />

monitor<strong>in</strong>g are <strong>in</strong>tegrated. This results <strong>in</strong> a more accurate consolidated signal and<br />

reduces the failure <strong>in</strong>duced transients, which contributes not only to flight safety,<br />

but also to passenger comfort. Furthermore, it is demonstrated how virtual sensors<br />

can be used to identify the faulty sensor <strong>in</strong> the case of a discrepancy between two<br />

like sensor signals. When also the last sensor fails, the signal is no longer available<br />

and the FCLs reconfigure to not us<strong>in</strong>g this signal. Furthermore, the FCL reconfiguration<br />

is smoother as a direct result of the soft sensor management strategy.<br />

xv


xvi Summary<br />

In conclusion, the contribution of the soft comput<strong>in</strong>g to <strong>in</strong>crease flight safety is<br />

significant. With a virtual sensor it is possible to identify the faulty signal when a<br />

discrepancy is detected between the signals from two physical like sensors. Moreover,<br />

it is possible to detect a failure on the last rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g physical sensor. The<br />

virtual sensor <strong>in</strong>creases the <strong>in</strong>tegrity of the FCS and therefore contributes to flight<br />

safety. Clearly virtual sensors can be designed us<strong>in</strong>g other techniques as well.<br />

However, soft comput<strong>in</strong>g allows the designer to use well-known l<strong>in</strong>ear techniques<br />

to create a global nonl<strong>in</strong>ear system, which adds to the accuracy and reliability of<br />

the virtual sensor. The contribution of soft sensor management to flight safety is<br />

less significant than for the virtual sensor, but it does improve the system at no<br />

extra cost.<br />

Future research is suggested <strong>in</strong> the direction of optimization of the schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

mechanism for the FCL parameters mak<strong>in</strong>g use of genetic algorithms, after the<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts have been identified through fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g. Furthermore, a<br />

more <strong>in</strong>tegrated design of the scheduled robust MV controller is suggested, where<br />

the tun<strong>in</strong>g of the weight<strong>in</strong>g functions and the schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanism are optimized<br />

<strong>in</strong> an iterative manner tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account global stability and performance<br />

requirements. Still an open issue is the FCL reconfiguration when us<strong>in</strong>g robust MV<br />

controllers. With respect to virtual sensors, a topic that needs further attention is<br />

how to <strong>in</strong>tegrate the virtual sensor <strong>in</strong> the sensor management system and how to<br />

deal with the limitations of a virtual sensor.


<strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> <strong>Methods</strong> <strong>in</strong><br />

<strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong> <strong>Design</strong><br />

Marcel Oosterom<br />

Samenvatt<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Het Digitale Fly-By-Wire vliegtuigbestur<strong>in</strong>gssysteem (DFBW) heeft vele voordelen<br />

ten opzichte van mechanische bestur<strong>in</strong>g met betrekk<strong>in</strong>g tot gewicht, brandstofverbruik,<br />

flexibiliteit <strong>in</strong> de vliegtuigconfiguratie, enzovoort. De sterkste eigenschap<br />

van DFBW is de uitgebreide functionaliteit die <strong>in</strong> de bestur<strong>in</strong>gscomputer<br />

geprogrammeerd kan worden. Het voornaamste nadeel van DFBW wordt gevormd<br />

door de extra kosten die zijn gemoeid met het ontwerp en de <strong>in</strong>itiële aankoop. Zonder<br />

de aanwezigheid van een mechanisch back-up systeem is de beschikbaarheid<br />

en goede werk<strong>in</strong>g van DFBW essentieel voor de veilige operatie van het vliegtuig.<br />

Strenge eisen gelden derhalve voor de <strong>in</strong>tegriteit en beschikbaarheid van<br />

het systeem. Tolerantie ten aanzien van defecten (fault tolerance) wordt bereikt<br />

door middel van hardware redundantie. Om zogenaamde common mode stor<strong>in</strong>gen<br />

te voorkomen, wordt ongelijkheid tussen redundante hardware (en software)<br />

toegepast.<br />

Voor militaire (jacht)vliegtuigen en grote passagiersvliegtuigen zijn de voordelen<br />

van DFBW dermate groot, dat de extra kosten van het systeem gerechtvaardigd<br />

zijn. Dit is echter niet zo duidelijk het geval voor kle<strong>in</strong>e passagiersvliegtuigen.<br />

De (relatieve) extra kosten van DFBW zijn vele malen groter voor kle<strong>in</strong>e passagiersvliegtuigen,<br />

terwijl aan de andere kant de voordelen niet zo overtuigend<br />

zijn als voor grote passagiersvliegtuigen. Bij militaire (jacht)vliegtuigen spelen de<br />

kosten een veel kle<strong>in</strong>ere rol en gaat het voornamelijk om de extra functionaliteit.<br />

Om DFBW bestur<strong>in</strong>gstechnologie tegen redelijke kosten op de markt voor<br />

kle<strong>in</strong>e passagiersvliegtuigen te kunnen brengen, waarbij de strenge veiligheidseisen<br />

worden gehandhaafd, is een fundamentele verander<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> het huidige ontwerpproces<br />

noodzakelijk. In het Europese project genaamd Affordable Digital Fly-By-Wire<br />

<strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s for Small Commercial Aircraft (ADFCS) zijn de mogelijkheden<br />

voor een rendabele toepass<strong>in</strong>g van DFBW <strong>in</strong> kle<strong>in</strong>e passagiersvliegtuigen<br />

onderzocht. Partners uit de <strong>in</strong>dustrie, onderzoekscentra en universiteiten hebben<br />

aan dit project deelgenomen.<br />

xvii


xviii Samenvatt<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Het werk dat <strong>in</strong> dit proefschrift is beschreven is voor een groot deel uitgevoerd<br />

b<strong>in</strong>nen dit project. Het had als doel mogelijkheiden te onderzoeken om het ontwerpen<br />

van vliegtuigbestur<strong>in</strong>gssystemen efficiënter te maken en/of de vliegveiligheid<br />

te verbeteren. Een grotere efficiëntie bij het ontwerpen van het vliegtuigbestur<strong>in</strong>gssysteem<br />

resulteert <strong>in</strong> lagere ontwikkel<strong>in</strong>gskosten, hetgeen een belangrijk<br />

aspect is met betrekk<strong>in</strong>g tot het economisch haalbaar maken van DFBW<br />

voor kle<strong>in</strong>e passagiersvliegtuigen. Naast het economische aspect is de verbeter<strong>in</strong>g<br />

van de vliegveiligheid een belangrijk argument om de extra kosten te rechtvaardigen.<br />

In dit proefschrift is de nadruk gelegd op twee onderwerpen, namelijk:<br />

1. Geautomatiseerde ontwerptechnieken.<br />

2. Sensor management, <strong>in</strong>clusief virtuele sensoren.<br />

Het eerste onderwerp is specifiek van belang bij het ontwerpen van de niet-l<strong>in</strong>eaire<br />

vliegtuigregelaar, terwijl bij het tweede onderwerp de aandacht voornamelijk wordt<br />

gericht op vot<strong>in</strong>g en monitor<strong>in</strong>g van sensorsignalen. Deze twee toepass<strong>in</strong>gsgebieden<br />

worden <strong>in</strong> de rest van deze samenvatt<strong>in</strong>g nader besproken.<br />

De toepass<strong>in</strong>gen die <strong>in</strong> dit proefschrift zijn beschreven, zijn ontwikkeld <strong>in</strong> het<br />

zogenaamde Synthetic Environment (SE), welke is gedef<strong>in</strong>ieerd als een zeer natuurgetrouwe<br />

simulatie tool die structureel representatief is voor de praktische<br />

implementatie van een DFBW vliegtuig. Het SE is ontwikkeld b<strong>in</strong>nen het ADFCS<br />

project.<br />

Geautomatiseerde ontwerptechnieken<br />

Ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g is wellicht de meest toegepaste systematische methode <strong>in</strong> de praktijk<br />

voor het regelen van niet-l<strong>in</strong>eaire systemen. In de luchtvaart<strong>in</strong>dustrie wordt<br />

het bijvoorbeeld gebruikt voor het ontwerpen van de vliegtuigregelaar, maar er<br />

zijn vele andere toepass<strong>in</strong>gsgebieden. Zelfs met de <strong>in</strong>troduktie van krachtige regelontwerptechnieken<br />

zoals model predictive control en feedback l<strong>in</strong>earisatie, blijft ga<strong>in</strong><br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g een aantrekkelijke regelstrategie omdat het simpel is en praktisch <strong>in</strong> het<br />

gebruik. Het ontwerp van de scheduler, met andere woorden het <strong>in</strong>terpolatiemechanisme,<br />

is een iteratief proces, waarbij iedere iteratie bestaat uit het identificeren<br />

van de ontwerppunten, het afstellen van de regelparameters, het ontwerpen van<br />

de scheduler en het evalueren van de globale prestaties van het systeem. Dit een<br />

tijdrovend en kostbaar proces, maar ondanks dit nadeel is er tot op heden nauwelijks<br />

aandacht besteed aan het ontwikkelen van een systematische methode voor<br />

het identificeren van de ontwerppunten en het ontwerpen van de bijbehorende<br />

scheduler.<br />

In Hoofdstuk 3 wordt een geautomatiseerde procedure voor de identificatie van<br />

ontwerppunten geïntroduceerd, waar<strong>in</strong> de parameters van de vliegtuigregelaar<br />

moeten worden afgesteld. Deze procedure is gebaseerd op het toepassen van fuzzy<br />

cluster<strong>in</strong>g op een data set die de verander<strong>in</strong>g van de dom<strong>in</strong>ante vliegtuigdynamica<br />

<strong>in</strong> het operationele vlieggebied representeert. De centra van de daaruit voort-


komende clusters dienen als ontwerppunten. Een s<strong>in</strong>gleton TS fuzzy model wordt<br />

geconstrueerd voor de <strong>in</strong>terpolatie van de parameters van de vliegtuigregelaar om<br />

zo een globaal niet-l<strong>in</strong>eaire regelaar te verkrijgen.<br />

Het voornaamste voordeel van deze methode is dat de ontwerppunten gelijktijdig<br />

geïdentificeerd worden, hetgeen niet het geval is bij de iteratieve trial-anderror<br />

methode die meestal wordt toegepast door vliegtuigregeltechnici. Naast de<br />

verm<strong>in</strong>der<strong>in</strong>g van de ontwerp<strong>in</strong>spann<strong>in</strong>g met betrekk<strong>in</strong>g tot het identificeren van<br />

de ontwerppunten, resulteert de fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g methode ook <strong>in</strong> een kle<strong>in</strong>er aantal<br />

ontwerppunten. Dit resulteert wederom <strong>in</strong> m<strong>in</strong>der <strong>in</strong>spann<strong>in</strong>g voor het afstellen<br />

van de parameters van de vliegtuigregelaar. Door dezelfde schedul<strong>in</strong>g variabelen<br />

en ontwerppunten te gebruiken voor alle parameters van de vliegtuigregelaar die<br />

onderhevig zijn aan schedul<strong>in</strong>g, wordt de scheduler transparanter en zijn de locale<br />

effecten van parameter modificaties voorspelbaarder. Dit betekent overigens niet<br />

dat de beste prestaties worden behaald door alle parameters op exact dezelfde<br />

manier te <strong>in</strong>terpoleren.<br />

De fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g methode moet gezien worden als een <strong>in</strong>teractief gereedschap.<br />

Het ondersteunt vliegtuigregeltechnici bij het bepalen van het aantal en de<br />

locatie van de ontwerppunten. De iteraties <strong>in</strong> de ontwerpprocedure zijn geautomatiseerd,<br />

hetgeen de ontwerpprocedure versimpelt. De identificatie van de ontwerppunten<br />

met behulp van fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g legt geen restricties op met betrekk<strong>in</strong>g tot<br />

het te gebruiken schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanisme.<br />

De toepass<strong>in</strong>g van de geautomatiseerde ontwerpprocedure op de klassieke vliegtuigregelaar<br />

die beschikbaar is <strong>in</strong> het SE wordt beschreven <strong>in</strong> Hoofdstuk 4. De scheduler<br />

van de zes meest relevante regelparameters is vervangen door de scheduler<br />

die is ontworpen door middel van de fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g methode. De geselecteerde<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g variabelen zijn het Mach getal en de dynamische druk. Acht ontwerppunten<br />

zijn geïdentificeerd voor het operationele vlieggebied <strong>in</strong> de kruisvluchtconfiguratie<br />

en twee ontwerppunten voor het operationele vlieggebied <strong>in</strong> de land<strong>in</strong>gsconfiguratie.<br />

Simulaties met de piloot <strong>in</strong> de lus tonen aan dat de prestaties van<br />

de vliegtuigregelaar ontworpen met de geautomatiseerde ontwerpmethode equivalent<br />

zijn aan de prestaties van de vliegtuigregelaar die als standaard dient <strong>in</strong> het<br />

ADFCS project. Dit ondanks het feit dat de vliegtuigregelaar die is ontworpen<br />

met fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g m<strong>in</strong>der ontwerppunten gebruikt.<br />

Een significante bijdrage aan de kostenreductie van een DFBW vliegtuigbestur<strong>in</strong>gssysteem,<br />

zonder daarbij de veiligheidseisen te schenden, kan worden bereikt<br />

door de klassieke s<strong>in</strong>gle-loop frequentie respons en root-locus ontwerptechnieken<br />

te vervangen voor geavanceerde Multi-Variabele (MV) technieken voor het ontwerpen<br />

van de vliegtuigregelaar. De MV regelontwerptechniek heeft als voordeel<br />

het reduceren van tijd en kosten bij het ontwerpen en verfijnen van de vliegtuigregelaar,<br />

terwijl tegelijkertijd reken<strong>in</strong>g wordt gehouden met de robuustheid<br />

met betrekk<strong>in</strong>g tot model onzekerheden. In Hoofdstuk 5 zijn de lokale regelaars<br />

ontworpen met behulp van een robuuste MV regelontwerptechniek. De uitdag<strong>in</strong>g<br />

is om ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g toe te passen op de resulterende MV regelaars, omdat dergelijke<br />

regelaars geen fysisch <strong>in</strong>terpreteerbare en/of duidelijke structuur hebben. De<br />

xix


xx Samenvatt<strong>in</strong>g<br />

comb<strong>in</strong>atie van fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g en robuuste MV regelontwerptechnieken is nieuw<br />

en heeft de potentie om zeer effectief de ontwerp<strong>in</strong>spann<strong>in</strong>g te reduceren doordat<br />

zowel de identificatie van de ontwerppunten als het ontwerpen van de lokale l<strong>in</strong>eaire<br />

regelaars <strong>in</strong> grote mate geautomatiseerd zijn.<br />

De lokale H∞ regelaars zijn ontworpen met behulp van de model-match<strong>in</strong>g<br />

methode. Het ontwerpen is uitgevoerd <strong>in</strong> cont<strong>in</strong>ue tijd, gebruik makend van L<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

Matrix Inequalities (LMIs). De orde van de lokale regelaars wordt gereduceerd om<br />

het aantal parameters voor het schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanisme te reduceren. Eerst wordt<br />

er een Hankel model reductie uitgevoerd en vervolgens worden de hoogfrequente<br />

polen en nulpunten verwijderd uit de regelaars. Na Tust<strong>in</strong> discretisatie wordt de<br />

regelaar omgezet <strong>in</strong> de δ-operator vorm om de zogenaamde pool-coefficïent gevoeligheid<br />

van de regelaar verder te reduceren. Dat laatste is erg belangrijk <strong>in</strong> verband<br />

met ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

De ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled robuuste MV regelaar is zowel off-l<strong>in</strong>e (l<strong>in</strong>eaire en nietl<strong>in</strong>eaire<br />

simulaties en stabiliteitsanalyse) en on-l<strong>in</strong>e geëvalueerd door middel van<br />

simulaties met de piloot <strong>in</strong> de lus. De resultaten van de off-l<strong>in</strong>e analyse zijn bevredigend,<br />

alhoewel aanvullende afstell<strong>in</strong>g nodig is om de prestaties en de stabiliteitseigenschappen<br />

verder te verbeteren. De testpiloten gaven een Cooper-Harper (CH)<br />

rat<strong>in</strong>g van 1 <strong>in</strong> alle vliegcondities voor de vliegtuigdynamica. Echter, door de<br />

hoge stuurkrachten die nodig waren om het vliegtuig te manoeuvreren, vooral <strong>in</strong><br />

het vlieggebied met lage dynamische druk, variëerden de uite<strong>in</strong>delijke CH rat<strong>in</strong>gs<br />

tussen de 2 en 3. De benodigde stuurkracht kan eenvoudig gecorrigeerd worden<br />

door het referentiemodel aan te passen.<br />

De bijdrage van de fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g methode om de efficïentie van het ontwerp<br />

van vliegtuigregelaars te verbeteren is significant. Het is een globale techniek,<br />

alle ontwerppunten worden gelijktijdig geïdentificeerd, hetgeen resulteert <strong>in</strong> een<br />

transparant schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanisme met m<strong>in</strong>der ontwerppunten. Bovendien is het<br />

een modelgebaseerde techniek die de niet-l<strong>in</strong>eaire dynamica gebruikt <strong>in</strong> de ontwerpfase<br />

en niet alleen tijdens de evaluatie. In comb<strong>in</strong>atie met moderne MV<br />

regelontwerptechnieken voor het ontwerpen van de lokale regelaars is de reductie<br />

<strong>in</strong> de ontwerp<strong>in</strong>spann<strong>in</strong>g voor het ontwerpen van vliegtuigregelaars nog groter.<br />

Sensor Management<br />

Sensor management gebaseerd op majority vot<strong>in</strong>g en consolidatie van gelijksoortige<br />

signalen, dat wil zeggen signalen van verschillende sensoren die dezelfde variabele<br />

meten, is een bewezen technologie <strong>in</strong> moderne DFBW vliegtuigbestur<strong>in</strong>gssystemen.<br />

De aanname die daarbij wordt gemaakt, is dat de meerderheid van de gelijksoortige<br />

signalen de waarheid representeren en dat een enkele afwijkend signaal het<br />

gevolg is van een stor<strong>in</strong>g. Een dergelijk signaal moet ontkoppeld worden zodra de<br />

stor<strong>in</strong>g gedetecteerd is. Dit pr<strong>in</strong>cipe faalt <strong>in</strong> het geval dat er nog maar twee gelijksoortige<br />

signalen beschikbaar zijn (duplex operatie), omdat er <strong>in</strong> dat geval geen<br />

sprake van een meerderheid kan zijn. In de conventionele methode is de besliss<strong>in</strong>g<br />

of er wel of niet een stor<strong>in</strong>g is opgetreden eenduidig, met andere woorden er is wèl<br />

of geen stor<strong>in</strong>g. Om de gevoeligheid van deze besliss<strong>in</strong>g te verm<strong>in</strong>deren met het<br />

oog op onzekerheden zoals quantisatie en meetruis, wordt een zorgvuldig afgestelde


drempelwaarde gebruikt.<br />

Twee mogelijkheden zijn geïdentificeerd om de vliegveiligheid (en het vliegcomfort)<br />

te verbeteren. Ten eerste is er de <strong>in</strong>troductie van een virtuele sensor<br />

die gebruik maakt van ongelijksoortige signalen (analytische redundantie) en die<br />

gebruikt kan worden als een arbitrator tijdens duplex operatie. Daarnaast is een<br />

alternatieve sensor management procedure geïntroduceerd die het geconsolideerde<br />

signaal verbetert en stor<strong>in</strong>gsgeïnduceerde overgangsbeweg<strong>in</strong>gen verkle<strong>in</strong>t.<br />

Vele toepass<strong>in</strong>gen van analytische redundantie voor Fout Detectie en Isolatie (FDI)<br />

<strong>in</strong> vliegtuigbestur<strong>in</strong>gssystemen zijn gerapporteerd. Meestal worden observergebaseerde<br />

technieken, parity-space methoden en parameterschatt<strong>in</strong>gsschema’s gebruikt.<br />

De toepass<strong>in</strong>g van virtuele sensoren <strong>in</strong> de luchtvaart<strong>in</strong>dustrie is nog niet<br />

goed onderzocht, alhoewel deze techniek succesvol is gebleken <strong>in</strong> andere toepass<strong>in</strong>gsgebieden<br />

zoals procesbestur<strong>in</strong>g en motorbestur<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

De methode die is onderzocht <strong>in</strong> Hoofdstuk 6 van dit proefschrift is gebaseerd<br />

op de comb<strong>in</strong>atie van white-box en black-box modeller<strong>in</strong>g en wordt gedemonstreerd<br />

aan de hand van het ontwerp van een virtuele <strong>in</strong>valshoek sensor. De werkwijze die<br />

hierbij is gebruikt is om eerst de maximale prestatie uit de white-box modeller<strong>in</strong>gsmethode<br />

te halen, gebruik makend van bekende, l<strong>in</strong>eaire vliegtuigdynamica. In de<br />

tweede stap wordt de resterende schatt<strong>in</strong>gsfout verkle<strong>in</strong>d door een black-box model<br />

toe te voegen dat is ontworpen om de schatt<strong>in</strong>gsfout van het white-box model te<br />

modelleren. De <strong>in</strong>gangen van dit niet-l<strong>in</strong>eaire, black-box model worden bepaald<br />

met behulp van een niet-l<strong>in</strong>eaire <strong>in</strong>gangsselectie procedure. De virtuele <strong>in</strong>valshoeksensor<br />

maakt gebruik van een andere virtuele sensor die het vliegtuiggewicht en<br />

de positie van het zwaartepunt van het vliegtuig schat. Deze virtuele sensor maakt<br />

geen gebruik van het <strong>in</strong>valshoeksignaal zelf.<br />

De prestatie van de virtuele sensor is gedemonstreerd door middel van een groot<br />

aantal niet-l<strong>in</strong>eaire simulaties waarvan de vliegcondities en manoeuvres voor iedere<br />

simulatie opnieuw willekeurig werden geselecteerd. De prestatie van de virtuele sensor<br />

is goed, met een maximale schatt<strong>in</strong>gsfout van de <strong>in</strong>valshoek van m<strong>in</strong>der dan<br />

0,8 graden.<br />

Het conventionele sensor management systeem maakt gebruik van harde drempelwaarden.<br />

Het geconsolideerde signaal wordt berekend door het (gewogen) gemiddelde<br />

te nemen van alle gelijksoortige sensor signalen. De middelste waarde wordt<br />

als referentie genomen en de afwijk<strong>in</strong>g van de twee uiterste signalen met betrekk<strong>in</strong>g<br />

tot de referentie waarde wordt gelimiteerd (harde drempelwaarde). De<br />

monitor vergelijkt elk signaal met het geconsolideerde signaal. Als het absolute<br />

verschil een bepaalde van tevoren gedef<strong>in</strong>ieerde drempelwaarde overschrijdt, wordt<br />

de bijbehorende monitor teller bij elke computer cyclus verhoogd. Als de teller de<br />

failure declaration value heeft bereikt (bijvoorbeeld na tien cycli), wordt er een<br />

stor<strong>in</strong>gsmeld<strong>in</strong>g gegeven en wordt het betreffende signaal afgesloten. De posities<br />

van de drempelwaarden is een compromis tussen het willen m<strong>in</strong>imaliseren van het<br />

aantal valse stor<strong>in</strong>gsmeld<strong>in</strong>gen en het m<strong>in</strong>imaliseren van de stor<strong>in</strong>gsgeïnduceerde<br />

overgangsbeweg<strong>in</strong>g. Het eerste vereist een grote drempelwaarde, terwijl het laatste<br />

juist een kle<strong>in</strong>e drempelwaarde voorschrijft. Dit compromis kan worden omzeild<br />

xxi


xxii Samenvatt<strong>in</strong>g<br />

door vage drempelwaarden <strong>in</strong> plaats van harde drempelwaarden te gebruiken en<br />

op die manier de vliegveiligheid en/of het comfort te verhogen.<br />

Fuzzy Logic (FL) is een uitstekende techniek om dit concept te implementeren.<br />

Alhoewel FL technieken <strong>in</strong> andere gebieden veelvuldig zijn toegepast, zoals <strong>in</strong> de<br />

proces<strong>in</strong>dustrie, is de toepass<strong>in</strong>g ervan <strong>in</strong> de vliegtuig<strong>in</strong>dustrie nog niet uitgebreid<br />

bestudeerd. In Hoofdstuk 7 van dit proefschrift is een sensor management procedure<br />

voorgesteld die is gebaseerd op soft comput<strong>in</strong>g. In dit zogenaamde soft sensor<br />

management systeem krijgt elk sensor signaal een gewicht tussen (en <strong>in</strong>clusief) nul<br />

en één (vage drempelwaarde) die wordt berekend met behulp van het kle<strong>in</strong>ste absolute<br />

verschil met betrekk<strong>in</strong>g tot de andere gelijksoortige sensor signalen. Wanneer<br />

het gewicht van een sensor signaal gelijk aan nul is, wordt het betreffende signaal<br />

niet meer meegenomen bij het berekenen van het geconsolideerde signaal en<br />

wordt de betreffende monitor teller bij elke computer cyclus verhoogd. Het verschil<br />

tussen het conventionele en het soft sensor management systeem is dat bij<br />

het conventionele systeem de monitor teller wordt geactiveerd op basis van het<br />

verschil tussen het ide sensor signaal en het geconsolideerde signaal, terwijl dit bij<br />

het soft sensor management systeem gebeurt op basis van het verschil tussen het<br />

ide sensor signaal en de andere gelijksoortige sensor signalen.<br />

Het soft sensor management systeem, <strong>in</strong>clusief een virtuele normaalversnell<strong>in</strong>gssensor,<br />

is gedemonstreerd door middel van closed-loop simulatie voorbeelden <strong>in</strong><br />

het SE en door middel van vliegsimulaties met de piloot <strong>in</strong> de lus. Bij de conventionele<br />

methode worden signaal consolidatie en signaal monitor<strong>in</strong>g gescheiden<br />

uitgevoerd. Met de <strong>in</strong>troductie van vage drempelwaarden zijn deze twee functies<br />

geïntegreerd. Dit resulteert <strong>in</strong> een nauwkeuriger geconsolideerd signaal en<br />

reduceert de stor<strong>in</strong>gsgeïnduceerde overgangsbeweg<strong>in</strong>gen, hetgeen niet alleen bijdraagt<br />

aan de vliegveiligheid, maar ook aan het passagierscomfort. Verder is<br />

getoond hoe virtuele sensoren gebruikt kunnen worden om foutieve sensoren te<br />

identificeren voor het geval dat er een discrepantie is tussen twee gelijksoortige<br />

sensor signalen. Als er ook een fout optreedt <strong>in</strong> de laatste sensor, is het signaal<br />

niet langer beschikbaar en wordt de vliegtuigregelaar zodanig gereconfigureerd dat<br />

het betreffende signaal niet langer nodig is. Ook de reconfiguratie van de vliegtuigregelaar<br />

verloopt soepeler ten gevolge van de soft sensor management strategie.<br />

In conclusie, de bijdrage van soft comput<strong>in</strong>g voor het verbeteren van de vliegveiligheid<br />

is significant. Met een virtuele sensor is het mogelijk om foutieve signalen<br />

te identificeren wanneer er een discrepantie is tussen twee signalen van<br />

twee fysieke gelijksoortige sensoren. Bovendien is het mogelijk om een fout te<br />

detecteren bij de laatste overgebleven fysieke sensor. De virtuele sensor verhoogd<br />

de betrouwbaarheid van het vliegtuigbestur<strong>in</strong>gssysteem en derhalve de vliegveiligheid.<br />

Virtuele sensoren kunnen ook met andere technieken ontworpen worden,<br />

echter, met behulp van FL is het mogelijk om l<strong>in</strong>eaire technieken te gebruiken<br />

voor het ontwerpen van een globaal niet-l<strong>in</strong>eair systeem, hetgeen bijdraagt aan<br />

de accuratesse en betrouwbaarheid van de virtuele sensor. De bijdrage van soft<br />

sensor management voor de vliegveiligheid is m<strong>in</strong>der groot dan de bijdrage van de<br />

virtuele sensor, maar het levert een verbeter<strong>in</strong>g van het systeem op meerprijs.


In Hoofdstuk 8 wordt onderzoek voorgesteld <strong>in</strong> de richt<strong>in</strong>g van het optimaliseren<br />

van het schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanisme voor de parameters van de vliegtuigregelaar, nadat<br />

de ontwerppunten zijn geïdentificeerd met behulp van fuzzy clusteren. Verder<br />

wordt voorgesteld om de mogelijkheid van een meer geïntegreerd ontwerp van<br />

de ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled robuuste multivariabele regelaar te onderzoeken, waarbij het<br />

afstellen van de gewichten en het schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanisme worden geoptimaliseerd<br />

met behulp van een (geautomatiseerd) iteratief proces en waarbij globale stabiliteit<br />

en prestatievoorschriften worden meegenomen. De reconfiguratie van de vliegtuigregelaar<br />

bij het gebruik van robuuste multivariabele regelsystemen vereist nog<br />

veel onderzoek. Ten slotte dient meer aandacht besteed te worden aan de vraag<br />

hoe de virtuele sensor het best geïntegreerd kan worden <strong>in</strong> het (soft) sensor management<br />

systeem en hoe het beste omgegaan kan worden met de beperk<strong>in</strong>gen van<br />

de virtuele sensor.<br />

xxiii


xxiv Samenvatt<strong>in</strong>g


0.1 List of Notations<br />

0.1.1 General Parameters<br />

Notations and Abbreviations<br />

c number of clusters<br />

g gravitational acceleration [m s−2 ]<br />

m fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess exponent<br />

n number of states<br />

number of <strong>in</strong>puts<br />

ni<br />

no<br />

number of outputs<br />

Nr number of rules<br />

s Laplace operator<br />

w weight factor<br />

Greek symbols<br />

β fir<strong>in</strong>g degree<br />

∆ threshold / difference <strong>in</strong>dication<br />

∆ model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty block<br />

µ membership degree<br />

ρ air density [kg m−3 ]<br />

ω natural frequency [rad s−1 ]<br />

ζ natural damp<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Superscripts<br />

T transposed<br />

0.1.2 Aircraft Related Parameters<br />

b w<strong>in</strong>g span [m]<br />

c rate-of-climb [ft m<strong>in</strong> −1 ]<br />

c mean aerodynamic chord [m]<br />

h altitude [ft]<br />

1<br />

0


2 Chapter 0. Notations and Abbreviations<br />

m aircraft mass [lbs]<br />

M Mach number<br />

ny lateral acceleration [m s −2 ]<br />

nz normal acceleration [m s −2 ]<br />

p roll rate [deg s −1 ]<br />

q pitch rate [deg s −1 ]<br />

q dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

r roll rate [deg s −1 ]<br />

S surface area [m 2 ]<br />

u forward speed [knots]<br />

V velocity [knots]<br />

VC calibrated airspeed [knots]<br />

VT true airspeed [knots]<br />

w downward speed [m s −1 ]<br />

W aircraft weight [lbs]<br />

Greek symbols<br />

α angle-of-attack [deg]<br />

β sideslip angle [deg]<br />

δ (control surface) deflection [deg]<br />

γ flight-path angle [deg]<br />

φ bank angle [deg]<br />

θ pitch attitude [deg]<br />

ψ head<strong>in</strong>g [deg]<br />

χ track<strong>in</strong>g angle [deg]<br />

Subscripts<br />

a aileron<br />

b body-axes system<br />

c column<br />

e elevator<br />

fl flap<br />

ph phugoid motion<br />

r rudder<br />

s stabilator<br />

sl slat<br />

sp short-period motion<br />

th throttle<br />

v vehicle-carried axes system<br />

0.2 List of Abbreviations<br />

ACE Actuator <strong>Control</strong> Electronics<br />

ADC Air Data Computer<br />

ADFCS Affordable Digital fly-by-wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />

AIM Aircraft Inertial Matrix


0.2. List of Abbreviations 3<br />

ANN Artificial Neural Network<br />

AoA Angle-of-Attack<br />

CAP <strong>Control</strong> Anticipation Parameter<br />

CC Clean Configuration<br />

CG Center-of-Gravity<br />

CGS Conventional Ga<strong>in</strong> Scheduler<br />

CH Cooper-Harper<br />

DEL Direct Electrical L<strong>in</strong>k<br />

DFBW Digital Fly-By-Wire<br />

DOF Degree-Of-Freedom<br />

EFCS Electronic <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />

EGPWS Enhanced Ground Proximity Warn<strong>in</strong>g <strong>System</strong><br />

EVM Error Validity Measure<br />

FAR Federal Aviation Regulations<br />

FC <strong>Flight</strong> Condition<br />

FCC <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> Computer<br />

FCL <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> Law<br />

FCS <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />

FDI Fault Detection and Isolation<br />

FDIR Fault Detection, Isolation and Reconfiguration<br />

FEPS <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope Protection <strong>System</strong><br />

FGS Fuzzy Ga<strong>in</strong> Schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

FHV Fuzzy Hyper-Volume<br />

FL Fuzzy Logic<br />

GA Genetic Algorithm<br />

GK Gustafson-Kessel<br />

GM Ga<strong>in</strong> Marg<strong>in</strong><br />

GS Ga<strong>in</strong>-Scheduled<br />

HIRF High Intensity Radiated Field<br />

HW HardWare<br />

HQR Handl<strong>in</strong>g Quality Requirement<br />

ISA International Standard Atmosphere<br />

JAR Jo<strong>in</strong>t Aviation Requirements<br />

LC Land<strong>in</strong>g Configuration<br />

LG Land<strong>in</strong>g Gear<br />

LMI L<strong>in</strong>ear Matrix Inequality<br />

LPV L<strong>in</strong>ear Parameter-Vary<strong>in</strong>g<br />

LS Least Squares<br />

mac mean aerodynamic chord<br />

MF Membership Function<br />

MOSAIC Model-Oriented <strong>Soft</strong>ware Automatic Interface Converter<br />

MV MultiVariable<br />

NLR National Aerospace Laboratory<br />

NN Neural Network<br />

PM Phase Marg<strong>in</strong><br />

PROSIM Programme and Real-time Operations SIMulation<br />

RFS Research <strong>Flight</strong> Simulator


4 Chapter 0. Notations and Abbreviations<br />

RMSE Root Mean-Squared Error<br />

ROC Rate Of Climb<br />

SCA Small Commercial Aircraft<br />

SCAS Stability and <strong>Control</strong> Augmentation <strong>System</strong><br />

SE Synthetic Environment<br />

SFENA Société Française d’ Équipement pour la Navigation Aérienne<br />

SP Short-Period<br />

SW <strong>Soft</strong>Ware<br />

SXB Xie-Beni validity measure<br />

TS Takagi-Sugeno<br />

VAF Variance Accounted For<br />

VS Virtual Sensor<br />

VSTOL Very Short Take-Off and Land<strong>in</strong>g<br />

WCD With<strong>in</strong>-Cluster Distance<br />

0.3 Coord<strong>in</strong>ate <strong>System</strong>s<br />

Several reference systems are be<strong>in</strong>g used <strong>in</strong> aeronautics. One of the most important<br />

is the Earth axis system (XE,YE,ZE), whose orig<strong>in</strong> is fixed at the center of the<br />

Earth. The XE is po<strong>in</strong>t<strong>in</strong>g north, the YE axis is po<strong>in</strong>t<strong>in</strong>g east and the orthogonal<br />

triad is completed with the ZE po<strong>in</strong>t<strong>in</strong>g down. This reference system is primarily<br />

used to express gravitational effects, altitude, horizontal distance and the orientation<br />

of the aircraft. Furthermore, it serves and as a basic frame of reference, to<br />

which any other axis frames are referred.<br />

Also the aircraft itself must have a suitable axis system and the choice of this<br />

axis system dictates the from taken by the equations of motion. Parallel to the<br />

Earth reference system, but with the orig<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> the center-of-gravity of the aircraft<br />

is the vehicle-carried reference system (XV ,YV ,ZV ), see also Figures 0.1 to 0.3.<br />

Figure 0.1: Side view of the SCA model.<br />

However, by us<strong>in</strong>g a system of axes fixed <strong>in</strong> the aircraft the <strong>in</strong>ertia terms, which


0.3. Coord<strong>in</strong>ate <strong>System</strong>s 5<br />

Figure 0.2: Top view of the SCA model.<br />

appear <strong>in</strong> the equations of motion, can be considered constant. The body axis<br />

system (XB,YB,ZB) is such an axis system and is therefore used to govern the<br />

equations of motion. The orig<strong>in</strong> of the body axis system co<strong>in</strong>cides with the centerof-gravity<br />

of the aircraft and has the XB axis po<strong>in</strong>t<strong>in</strong>g forward out of the nose of<br />

the aircraft, the YB axis po<strong>in</strong>t<strong>in</strong>g out through starboard and the ZB axis po<strong>in</strong>t<strong>in</strong>g<br />

down (see Figure 0.1 to 0.3). In this axis system the aerodynamic forces and<br />

moments depend only upon the angles α and β, which orient the vector of the<br />

true airspeed VT <strong>in</strong> relation to the body axis system.


6 Chapter 0. Notations and Abbreviations<br />

Figure 0.3: Front view of the SCA model.


1<br />

Introduction<br />

In this chapter a brief description of digital fly-by-wire flight control systems<br />

is given, together with its advantages and disadvantages with respect to the<br />

mechanical flight control system. The problem statement is described and a<br />

range of potential solutions are addressed. Some of those are <strong>in</strong>vestigated <strong>in</strong><br />

this thesis and are therefore discussed <strong>in</strong> more detail. The chapter concludes<br />

with an outl<strong>in</strong>e of the rema<strong>in</strong>der of the thesis.<br />

This chapter is organized as follows: A brief background <strong>in</strong> the history of flight<br />

control is given <strong>in</strong> Section 1.1 (see Chapter 2 for a more elaborate discussion on<br />

digital fly-by-wire flight control systems). In Section 1.2 the problems <strong>in</strong>volved with<br />

the <strong>in</strong>troduction of Digital Fly-By-Wire (DFBW) to small commercial aircraft are<br />

discussed. Section 1.3 describes the new developments that are currently tak<strong>in</strong>g<br />

place to reduce the cost of DFBW. The research aim and the motivation of the<br />

methods used <strong>in</strong> this thesis are described <strong>in</strong> Section 1.4. In Section 1.5 an overview<br />

of the thesis is given.<br />

1.1 Background<br />

The first powered flight took place on December 17, 1903 at Kitty Hawk, North<br />

Carol<strong>in</strong>a. In the first decades of aviation the pilot controlled the aircraft directly<br />

through the application of manual force. As eng<strong>in</strong>e power and speeds <strong>in</strong>creased,<br />

more force was needed to move the control surfaces and hydraulically-boosted control<br />

systems emerged. As the electronic era grew <strong>in</strong> the 1950’s, so did the idea of<br />

aircraft with Electronic <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s (EFCSs). Full authority electronic<br />

flight control systems forced the issues of safety, availability and <strong>in</strong>tegrity to be<br />

addressed. The EFCS now had the capability to hazard the aircraft under fault<br />

or failure conditions and became subject to the airworth<strong>in</strong>ess requirements. The<br />

first generation systems were based on analog technology but, more importantly,<br />

reta<strong>in</strong>ed the hydraulic-mechanical system as a back-up. Later generations abandoned<br />

the hydraulic-mechanical back-up to become full-time fly-by-wire.<br />

The <strong>in</strong>troduction of DFBW <strong>in</strong> the primary <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong> (FCS) was a<br />

landmark development <strong>in</strong> the aerospace <strong>in</strong>dustry. The possibility to decouple the<br />

7


8 Chapter 1. Introduction<br />

Figure 1.1: Digital fly-by-wire flight control system (Source: (Coll<strong>in</strong>son 1999)).<br />

requirements for flight stability from the basic airframe configuration is especially<br />

useful for military (fighter) aircraft. The first test of a DFBW system <strong>in</strong> an aircraft<br />

took place <strong>in</strong> 1972 on a modified F-8 Crusader at the Dryden <strong>Flight</strong> Research<br />

Center. Further advantages of DFBW technology are <strong>in</strong>creased functionality, safety<br />

and ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong>ability. These features make this technology also attractive for commercial<br />

aircraft. The Airbus 320 is the first commercial aircraft with DFBW for<br />

the primary FCS and is certified <strong>in</strong> 1988.<br />

The DFBW FCS is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 1.1 <strong>in</strong> simple diagrammatic form. The<br />

core of the system is the <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> Computer (FCC). The output of the FCC<br />

is the commanded control surface deflection, which is computed based on the pilot<br />

command and the aircraft motion and air data sensor <strong>in</strong>formation. The actuator<br />

drives the control surface to the commanded position through the actuator control<br />

electronics. The correspond<strong>in</strong>g aircraft response is aga<strong>in</strong> sensed by the motion and<br />

air data sensors and is fed back to the FCC.<br />

The DFBW FCS has many advantages over the mechanical FCS <strong>in</strong> terms of weight,<br />

fuel consumption, flexibility <strong>in</strong> the configuration of the bare airframe, etc. The most<br />

powerful feature of the DFBW FCS is the wide range of capabilities that can be<br />

programmed <strong>in</strong>to the FCC. Examples are stability and control augmentation, flight<br />

envelope protection and flight control law reconfiguration. However, the design,<br />

test<strong>in</strong>g and certification of such systems is costly. It is up to the manufacturer<br />

to determ<strong>in</strong>e which of these possible capabilities have enough added value to be<br />

<strong>in</strong>cluded <strong>in</strong> the FCS.<br />

1.2 Problem statement<br />

The major drawback of DFBW is the additional cost associated with design and<br />

<strong>in</strong>itial acquisition of the system compared to its mechanical counterpart. The additional<br />

cost is for a large part related to (dissimilar) hardware replication, development<br />

of the flight control system and the generation of flight safety critical<br />

software.<br />

The DFBW FCS without mechanical back-up is a safety critical system, there-


1.3. New developments 9<br />

fore, str<strong>in</strong>gent requirements are put on the <strong>in</strong>tegrity and availability of this system.<br />

Fault tolerance is achieved by <strong>in</strong>stall<strong>in</strong>g redundant sensors, flight control computers,<br />

actuators and power supplies. Moreover, dissimilarity among the redundant<br />

hardware and software is used to avoid common mode failures.<br />

<strong>Flight</strong> safety critical software has to be developed and tested extensively while<br />

follow<strong>in</strong>g strict and elaborate procedures. In order to reduce the risk of generic<br />

failures, typically the SW is developed separately for each FCC by different companies.<br />

The development of the stability and control augmentation system, sensor and<br />

actuator monitor<strong>in</strong>g system, control reconfiguration system, flight envelope protection<br />

system, etc., which are all <strong>in</strong>corporated <strong>in</strong> the flight control computer,<br />

accounts for a large portion of the development cost of the aircraft. The reason for<br />

this is the <strong>in</strong>creased complexity of these systems, while the design and validation<br />

methods that are used <strong>in</strong> the aerospace <strong>in</strong>dustry lag beh<strong>in</strong>d with the state-of-theart<br />

technologies.<br />

For military (fighter) aircraft and large commercial aircraft, the advantages of<br />

the DFBW FCS justify the additional cost of the system. However, this is not so<br />

obvious for small commercial aircraft. The (relative) additional cost of the DFBW<br />

FCS is much higher for small commercial aircraft, while the advantages are not so<br />

evident as for large commercial aircraft.<br />

1.3 New developments<br />

A radical challenge to current practices is required <strong>in</strong> order to br<strong>in</strong>g DFBW FCS<br />

technologies to the small commercial aircraft market at affordable cost whilst ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g<br />

the str<strong>in</strong>gent safety requirements. The possibilities for a cost-effective application<br />

of this technology to small commercial aircraft have been <strong>in</strong>vestigated with<strong>in</strong><br />

the European project “Affordable Digital Fly-by-wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s for<br />

Small Commercial Aircraft” (ADFCS). Partners were <strong>in</strong>volved from <strong>in</strong>dustry, research<br />

<strong>in</strong>stitutes, and universities. The follow<strong>in</strong>g topics have been identified as<br />

hav<strong>in</strong>g potential to reduce the cost of fly-by-wire flight control systems for small<br />

commercial aircraft.<br />

Novel design techniques<br />

Classical design techniques are typically based on a s<strong>in</strong>gle-loop iterative procedure<br />

which is labor-<strong>in</strong>tensive and therefore expensive. The application of novel, more<br />

automated, design and validation techniques have great potential to reduce the<br />

design effort of, for example, the flight control laws. In this respect a well def<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

set of design requirements, such as the handl<strong>in</strong>g qualities requirements, is essential.<br />

Handl<strong>in</strong>g qualities requirements<br />

The military set of Handl<strong>in</strong>g Quality Requirements (HQRs) clearly dist<strong>in</strong>guish<br />

between the handl<strong>in</strong>g qualities for large transport aircraft and small fighter aircraft.<br />

The civil equivalent is not <strong>in</strong> existence. There are HQRs that have been<br />

developed for large civil aircraft but these have not been validated or re-derived


10 Chapter 1. Introduction<br />

for small commercial aircraft applications. In order to ensure the efficiency of the<br />

control law generation process it is important to have a clear and complete set of<br />

requirements aga<strong>in</strong>st which the process can be <strong>in</strong>voked.<br />

Synthetic Environment<br />

There is an <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g trend towards the systems eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g approach to test<strong>in</strong>g<br />

and validat<strong>in</strong>g top level conceptual designs through simulation. The purpose is<br />

to identify potential problems at an early stage such that solutions can be found<br />

prior to manufacture, avoid<strong>in</strong>g time and cost penalties associated with rework<br />

later <strong>in</strong> the life-cycle. Wherever possible reliance will be placed on the use of the<br />

Synthetic Environments (SE) to design, develop, and assess options. This is considered<br />

to be extremely cost-effective <strong>in</strong> the development and <strong>in</strong>tegration of large,<br />

multi-component systems.<br />

Pilot monitor<br />

Although more related to safety than affordability, a relatively large number of<br />

safety-related <strong>in</strong>cidents recorded for small aircraft applications are attributed to<br />

pilot error or omission. The feasibility of apply<strong>in</strong>g an advanced technology solution<br />

to the task of monitor<strong>in</strong>g the pilot actions and the aircraft state has great potential<br />

<strong>in</strong> improv<strong>in</strong>g the flight safety record. Such a system could provide a warn<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the<br />

event that the pilot makes an unexpected action or fails to make an expected action<br />

<strong>System</strong> <strong>in</strong>tegration<br />

The current practice mitigates aga<strong>in</strong>st high levels of <strong>in</strong>tegration with equipment<br />

suppliers only consider<strong>in</strong>g that equipment which is under their direct control.<br />

Specifically, sensors for flight control purposes tend to be dedicated and no use is<br />

made of <strong>in</strong>formation that can be provided by other equipment such as navigation<br />

systems. This leads to additional, costly replication of equipment and also limits<br />

the scope for novel cross-equipment synergistic sav<strong>in</strong>gs to be realized. In order to<br />

realize the potential benefits and cost sav<strong>in</strong>gs of <strong>in</strong>tegrated systems, a close cooperation<br />

between equipment suppliers is essential.<br />

More <strong>in</strong>tegrated systems, with the correspond<strong>in</strong>g fault-tolerant strategy, will<br />

allow for a leaner hardware structure without decreas<strong>in</strong>g the safety of the system.<br />

For example, <strong>in</strong> current DFBW FCS each computer is dedicated to perform<br />

a specific task. This is especially true for flight safety critical applications. The<br />

challenge is to guarantee that each application can never <strong>in</strong>terfere with the other<br />

applications that are runn<strong>in</strong>g on the same computer. Also the shar<strong>in</strong>g of sensor<br />

<strong>in</strong>formation can lead to a smaller number of hardware components. This can be<br />

achieved by <strong>in</strong>troduc<strong>in</strong>g Fault Detection and Isolation (FDI) technologies that also<br />

use <strong>in</strong>formation from non-like sensors to monitor the signal of <strong>in</strong>terest.<br />

Mixed actuation<br />

The DFBW FCS puts str<strong>in</strong>gent requirements on the availability of electrical and<br />

hydraulic power to ensure cont<strong>in</strong>ued control capability follow<strong>in</strong>g loss of power<br />

generation capabilities from both eng<strong>in</strong>es. The ultimate fall back is to reta<strong>in</strong> the<br />

mechanical control l<strong>in</strong>ks as a reversion, but this negates one of the primary cost


1.4. Research aims and motivation of the methods used 11<br />

sav<strong>in</strong>g benefits of <strong>in</strong>stall<strong>in</strong>g a DFBW system. A more effective solution is to consider<br />

alternative power sources, remov<strong>in</strong>g the reliance on hydraulic power supplies.<br />

A further option, which is to be <strong>in</strong>vestigated, is to redistribute the primary control<br />

surface function to other non-hydraulic dependent secondary control effectors such<br />

as surface tabs.<br />

1.4 Research aims and motivation of the methods used<br />

The research aims are to <strong>in</strong>vestigate the possibilities to improve the efficiency of<br />

flight control system design and/or to improve the flight safety. The improvement<br />

of the efficiency of the FCS design results <strong>in</strong> reduced development cost, which is a<br />

key factor <strong>in</strong> mak<strong>in</strong>g DFBW technology affordable for small commercial aircraft.<br />

On the other hand, besides the economical aspect, the improvement of flight safety<br />

is also an important argument to justify br<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong>g DFBW to the small commercial<br />

aircraft market. In order to achieve the research aims, the focus has been put on<br />

two topics:<br />

1. Automated design techniques.<br />

2. Replacement of hardware redundancy by analytical redundancy.<br />

The first po<strong>in</strong>t is specifically of <strong>in</strong>terest with respect to nonl<strong>in</strong>ear flight control<br />

law design, while the second po<strong>in</strong>t focusses ma<strong>in</strong>ly on sensor management (vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g).<br />

These two application areas are discussed <strong>in</strong> more detail <strong>in</strong> the<br />

rema<strong>in</strong>der of this section.<br />

1.4.1 Automated design techniques<br />

Ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g has been perhaps the most common systematic approach to control<br />

of nonl<strong>in</strong>ear systems <strong>in</strong> practice (Stengel et al. 1978, Shamma and Athans 1990,<br />

Shamma and Athans 1992, Murray-Smith and Johansen 1997). Even with the <strong>in</strong>troduction<br />

of powerful control strategies such as model predictive control (Garcia<br />

et al. 1989) and feedback l<strong>in</strong>earization (Isidori 1989), ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g rema<strong>in</strong>s an<br />

attractive control strategy because of its simplicity and practical use. Applications<br />

of fuzzy logic for ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> flight control demonstrate the feasibility<br />

and flexibility of the approach to provide adequate control performance across the<br />

flight envelope (Gonsalves and Zacharias 1994, Fujimori et al. 1997, Schram 1998).<br />

The ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled controller consists of two elements, namely the scheduler<br />

and the parameters obta<strong>in</strong>ed from tun<strong>in</strong>g the local l<strong>in</strong>ear controllers <strong>in</strong> the operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

po<strong>in</strong>ts. Automation of the design process for both elements and be<strong>in</strong>g able<br />

to comb<strong>in</strong>e the results, are key factors <strong>in</strong> reduc<strong>in</strong>g the design effort.<br />

Fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g for ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

In spite of the fact that ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g has been around for a long time, almost<br />

no effort has been put <strong>in</strong> the development of a systematic approach to identify<br />

the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and to design the correspond<strong>in</strong>g scheduler. The design of the


12 Chapter 1. Introduction<br />

scheduler is an iterative process, where each iteration consists of the identification<br />

of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts, tun<strong>in</strong>g of the controller parameters, design of the<br />

scheduler and evaluation of the global performance of the system. This is a slow<br />

and costly procedure due to the lack of automation. Moreover, different schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

variables and operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are identified for different parameters, which makes<br />

the overall system very complex and the design process difficult to manage. The<br />

more complex the system to be controlled, the more time-consum<strong>in</strong>g the design of<br />

the scheduler. In this thesis it is proposed to apply fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g for the identification<br />

of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts.<br />

Cluster<strong>in</strong>g is a technique to identify subsets <strong>in</strong> a data set. With crisp cluster<strong>in</strong>g<br />

each data po<strong>in</strong>t belongs to a s<strong>in</strong>gle subset, while with fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g a data po<strong>in</strong>t<br />

can belong to several subsets. In the latter case a membership degree is assigned to<br />

each data po<strong>in</strong>t with respect to all subsets. The total membership degree is equal<br />

to one. In this thesis fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g is applied to partition the flight envelope<br />

<strong>in</strong> a number of flight regimes. The objective is to automatically identify a (small)<br />

number of operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts for which the flight control law parameters are tuned.<br />

Fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g is used to make sure that there is a smooth transition from one<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g regime to the other.<br />

The application of fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g for the partition<strong>in</strong>g of the flight envelope automates<br />

the design procedure, which significantly reduces the number of iterations<br />

that need to be performed. Moreover, the result<strong>in</strong>g controller is more transparent,<br />

s<strong>in</strong>ce the same schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables and operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are used for all controller<br />

parameters.<br />

Scheduled robust multivariable control<br />

For most DFBW aircraft fly<strong>in</strong>g today the control laws have been developed by us<strong>in</strong>g<br />

essentially classical s<strong>in</strong>gle-loop frequency response and root-locus design techniques.<br />

A significant contribution <strong>in</strong> reduc<strong>in</strong>g the DFBW development costs, without<br />

compromis<strong>in</strong>g the efficiency and safety requirements, can be obta<strong>in</strong>ed by us<strong>in</strong>g<br />

advanced multivariable control design techniques for the development of control<br />

laws (Magni et al. 1997, Amato et al. 2001). The multivariable design approach<br />

has the advantage of reduc<strong>in</strong>g the time and cost for flight control design and ref<strong>in</strong>ement,<br />

and at the same time of a priori tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account robustness with<br />

respect to model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties.<br />

The challenge is to comb<strong>in</strong>e the result<strong>in</strong>g multivariable controllers with ga<strong>in</strong><br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g. One of the difficulties with implement<strong>in</strong>g ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled multivariable<br />

control laws is the complexity of such control laws (Ly et al. 1985, Nichols<br />

et al. 1993, Hyde and Glover 1993). Multivariable control design techniques have<br />

been developed that either attempt to design a robust global controller which can<br />

operate over a wide range of the plant operation without schedul<strong>in</strong>g, see for example<br />

(Perez and Nwokah 1991), or directly synthesize a ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled controller<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g multiple models of the plant <strong>in</strong> the control design (Ostroff 1992, Reichert<br />

1992, Apkarian and Gah<strong>in</strong>et 1995). Due to the large operat<strong>in</strong>g range and model<br />

uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties <strong>in</strong> the case of an aircraft, a s<strong>in</strong>gle multivariable controller will not<br />

satisfy the design requirements.<br />

Two categories of ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled robust multivariable controllers can be found


1.4. Research aims and motivation of the methods used 13<br />

<strong>in</strong> the literature, namely schedul<strong>in</strong>g of the controller output matrix and schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

of both the controller dynamics and the controller output matrix.<br />

An example of the first category can be found <strong>in</strong> (Garg 1997). A nom<strong>in</strong>al controller<br />

is designed that gives a stable closed-loop system <strong>in</strong> the entire operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

range. The parameters of the output matrix are optimized such that the closedloop<br />

system at the off-design po<strong>in</strong>ts closely matches the closed-loop system <strong>in</strong> the<br />

design po<strong>in</strong>t.<br />

Many examples of the second category can be found <strong>in</strong> the literature, show<strong>in</strong>g a<br />

wide variety of design approaches (Nichols et al. 1993, Hyde and Glover 1993, Pellanda<br />

et al. 2000, L<strong>in</strong> and Khammash 2001). In these approaches an attempt is<br />

made to reduce the order of the controller and/or to impose a certa<strong>in</strong> structure on<br />

the controller <strong>in</strong> order to simplify the schedul<strong>in</strong>g problem. The modifications that<br />

need to be made to the local l<strong>in</strong>ear controllers <strong>in</strong> order to improve their “schedulability”<br />

impairs the performance of the local controllers and therefore also that<br />

of the global controller.<br />

The comb<strong>in</strong>ation of fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g and robust multivariable control is new and<br />

potentially very effective <strong>in</strong> reduc<strong>in</strong>g the design effort. In this case both the identification<br />

of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and the scheduler as well as the design of the<br />

local l<strong>in</strong>ear controllers are highly automated. Also here it is important to f<strong>in</strong>d a<br />

suitable method to schedule the parameters of the local l<strong>in</strong>ear models.<br />

1.4.2 Replacement of hardware redundancy by analytical redundancy<br />

Sensor management based on majority vot<strong>in</strong>g and po<strong>in</strong>t consolidation of like signals<br />

is a proven technology <strong>in</strong> modern fly-by-wire flight control systems (Rosenberg<br />

1998). The assumption is that the majority of like signals represents the truth and<br />

that any s<strong>in</strong>gle dissimilar signal is the result of a failure. Such a signal must be<br />

disconnected as soon as the failure is detected. This pr<strong>in</strong>ciple fails <strong>in</strong> the event<br />

that there are only two like signals left (duplex operation), s<strong>in</strong>ce there is no longer<br />

a majority. In the conventional approach, the computation of the consolidated signal<br />

(vot<strong>in</strong>g) and the monitor<strong>in</strong>g of the sensor signals are performed separately. In<br />

order to m<strong>in</strong>imize the sensitivity of the sensor monitor to uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties like quantization<br />

and measurement noise, a properly adjusted (crisp) threshold is used.<br />

Two opportunities have been identified to improve the flight safety (and comfort).<br />

First of all the <strong>in</strong>troduction of a virtual sensor that makes use of non-like<br />

signals (analytical redundancy) and can be used as an arbitrator dur<strong>in</strong>g duplex<br />

and simplex operation. Furthermore, the <strong>in</strong>tegration of the vot<strong>in</strong>g and monitor<strong>in</strong>g<br />

functions and the <strong>in</strong>troduction of soft thresholds have the potential to improve<br />

the consolidated signal and to <strong>in</strong>crease the robustness of the sensor management<br />

system with respect to uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties.<br />

Virtual sensors<br />

In the literature, many applications of analytical redundancy for FDI <strong>in</strong> flight control<br />

systems are reported. Most frequently applied are observer-based techniques<br />

(Menke and Maybeck 1995, Patton et al. 1989), parity-space methods (Chow


14 Chapter 1. Introduction<br />

and Willsky 1984, Patton and Chen 1992, Gopisetty and Stengel 1998, Schram<br />

et al. 1998), and parameter-estimation schemes (Isermann 1984, Frank 1990). The<br />

use of virtual sensors <strong>in</strong> aerospace applications has not been widely <strong>in</strong>vestigated<br />

yet, although this technique has been successfully applied <strong>in</strong> other fields like process<br />

control and eng<strong>in</strong>e control (Leal et al. 1997, Hanzevack et al. 1997).<br />

In this thesis the design of a virtual angle-of-attack is described mak<strong>in</strong>g use of<br />

fuzzy logic and neural networks. Fuzzy logic is used to compute the parameters of<br />

a L<strong>in</strong>ear Parameter-Vary<strong>in</strong>g (LPV) model. The neural network is used to account<br />

for those dynamics that cannot be expla<strong>in</strong>ed with the LPV model.<br />

Vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Conventional sensor management is based on cross comparison of sensor signals.<br />

The computation of the consolidated signal and the monitor<strong>in</strong>g of the signals is<br />

performed separately. In the first step the consolidated signal is computed us<strong>in</strong>g<br />

all the sensor signals and <strong>in</strong> the second step the monitor<strong>in</strong>g of the sensor signals is<br />

performed based on the consolidated signal. This approach has the effect of a loworder<br />

filter. In a more direct approach, where the monitor<strong>in</strong>g of the sensor signals<br />

is performed us<strong>in</strong>g the sensor signals themselves, sensor faults can be detected<br />

faster.<br />

The location of the (crisp) threshold is a compromise between m<strong>in</strong>imization<br />

of false alarms and m<strong>in</strong>imization of failure-<strong>in</strong>duced transients. The first dictates<br />

large thresholds, while the latter dictates small thresholds. This compromise can be<br />

circumvented by <strong>in</strong>troduc<strong>in</strong>g soft thresholds <strong>in</strong>stead of crisp thresholds, <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g<br />

flight safety and/or comfort. Fuzzy logic is an excellent technique to implement<br />

this concept. Although FL techniques have been implemented <strong>in</strong> other application<br />

doma<strong>in</strong>s, such as the process <strong>in</strong>dustry (Schneider and Frank 1996, Frank and<br />

Marcu 1999), their application <strong>in</strong> flight control systems has not been extensively<br />

<strong>in</strong>vestigated yet.<br />

1.5 Overview of the thesis<br />

The outl<strong>in</strong>e of this thesis is as follows: In Chapter 2 several aspects of the digital<br />

fly-by-wire flight control systems are described. An historic overview of flight<br />

control systems is given after which the DFBW FCS is addressed from a functionality<br />

po<strong>in</strong>t of view. The latter is important <strong>in</strong> order for the reader to be able to<br />

understand the context of the applications described <strong>in</strong> this thesis with respect to<br />

the entire flight control system. The advantages and disadvantages of the DFBW<br />

FCS are described <strong>in</strong> more detail.<br />

With Chapter 3 the description of the control part of the performed research<br />

starts. In this chapter the partition<strong>in</strong>g of the flight envelope us<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g<br />

is <strong>in</strong>troduced, which serves as the basis for ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g. Two applications of<br />

ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g are described <strong>in</strong> this thesis for which this approach is used. A<br />

classical aircraft control example is described <strong>in</strong> Chapter 4. Here the basel<strong>in</strong>e<br />

structure of the flight control laws <strong>in</strong> the SE is kept, where the ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

mechanism is replaced by the schedul<strong>in</strong>g system <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> Chapter 3. A robust<br />

multivariable control problem with ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g is described <strong>in</strong> Chapter 5.


1.5. Overview of the thesis 15<br />

With Chapter 6 the sensor fault detection and isolation part of the thesis<br />

starts. In this chapter the design of a virtual sensor for angle-of-attack is described.<br />

The virtual sensor can serve either as an additional sensor or as an arbitrator <strong>in</strong><br />

case of sensor failures. The vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g system based on soft comput<strong>in</strong>g<br />

is described <strong>in</strong> Chapter 7. Also the use of a virtual sensor as part of the vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g<br />

system is <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> this chapter.<br />

In Chapter 8 the conclud<strong>in</strong>g remarks and recommendations for further research<br />

are discussed.<br />

Six appendices are added to provide the reader with background <strong>in</strong>formation<br />

on the synthetic environment and the generation of the real-time code (Appendix<br />

A), the short-period motion approximation (Appendix B), performance<br />

measures (Appendix C), soft comput<strong>in</strong>g techniques (Appendix D), genetic algorithms<br />

(Appendix E) and l<strong>in</strong>ear matrix <strong>in</strong>equalities for control (Appendix F).


16 Chapter 1. Introduction


Digital Fly-By-Wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong><br />

<strong>System</strong>s<br />

In this chapter the digital fly-by-wire flight control system concept is described.<br />

The <strong>in</strong>troduction of DFBW brought about an immense shift <strong>in</strong> the design<br />

philosophy for the bare airframe and the flight control system. Stability and<br />

control requirements can now be met <strong>in</strong>dependently of the bare airframe and<br />

the DFBW FCS enables a range of capabilities that were not possible before.<br />

This chapter provides the background <strong>in</strong>formation that enables the reader to<br />

understand the context <strong>in</strong> which the applications described <strong>in</strong> this thesis should<br />

be placed.<br />

This chapter is organized as follows: An historical overview of the development of<br />

flight control systems is given <strong>in</strong> Section 2.1. In Section 2.2 the basic architecture<br />

of the digital fly-by-wire flight control system is addressed and the functionality of<br />

its modules is described. Section 2.3 discusses the advantages and disadvantages<br />

of the DFBW FCS compared to its mechanical counterpart.<br />

2.1 Historical Overview<br />

The first powered flight took place on December 17, 1903 at Kitty Hawk, North<br />

Carol<strong>in</strong>a. The Flyer, built by Wilbur and Orville Wright, flew for 120 feet <strong>in</strong> 12<br />

seconds, see Figure 2.1. The Wright brothers flew three more times that day, the<br />

longest flight be<strong>in</strong>g over 852 feet <strong>in</strong> 59 seconds.<br />

In the first decades of aviation the pilot controlled the aircraft directly through<br />

the application of manual force, mov<strong>in</strong>g control sticks and rudder pedals l<strong>in</strong>ked by<br />

cables and pushrods that pivoted control surfaces on the w<strong>in</strong>gs and tails.<br />

As eng<strong>in</strong>e power and speeds <strong>in</strong>creased, more force was needed to move the control<br />

surfaces and hydraulically-boosted control systems emerged. Soon, all highperformance<br />

and large aircraft had hydraulic-mechanical flight control systems.<br />

This provided the means to <strong>in</strong>clude augmentation and automation systems that<br />

17<br />

2


18 Chapter 2. Digital Fly-By-Wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s<br />

Figure 2.1: Kitty Hawk, NC, December 17, 1903. Orville Wright’s famous first<br />

airplane flight. (Source: http://www.wam.umd.edu/∼stwright/WrBr/wrights/<br />

1903.html).<br />

provided <strong>in</strong>puts additional to those of the pilot. In these early systems safety was<br />

assured by severely restrict<strong>in</strong>g the control authority such that total failure could<br />

not hazard the aircraft. These flight control systems restricted designers <strong>in</strong> the<br />

configuration and design of aircraft because of the need for <strong>in</strong>herent flight stability.<br />

As the electronic era grew <strong>in</strong> the 1950’s, so did the idea of aircraft with Electronic<br />

<strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s (EFCSs). Full authority electronic flight control<br />

systems forced the issues of safety, availability and <strong>in</strong>tegrity to be addressed.<br />

The EFCS now had the capability to hazard the aircraft under fault or failure<br />

conditions and became subject to the safety requirements of the airworth<strong>in</strong>ess<br />

authorities. The first generation systems were based on analog technology but,<br />

importantly, reta<strong>in</strong>ed the hydraulic-mechanical system as a back-up. Later generations<br />

abandoned the hydraulic-mechanical back-up to become full-time fly-bywire.<br />

This represented a watershed achievement that to a large extent decoupled<br />

the requirements for flight stability from the basic airframe configuration (Schmitt<br />

et al. 1998, Coll<strong>in</strong>son 1999). In parallel, the possibilities of digital host comput<strong>in</strong>g<br />

were be<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>vestigated under the expectation of <strong>in</strong>creased flexibility and reduced<br />

cost by decoupl<strong>in</strong>g the flight control system functionality (software) from the host<br />

computer. Neither expectation was fully achieved, but current generation FCS implementations<br />

are almost universally based on digital technology. The first test of<br />

a digital fly-by-wire system <strong>in</strong> an aircraft was <strong>in</strong> 1972 on a modified F-8 Crusader<br />

at the Dryden <strong>Flight</strong> Research Center. It was the forerunner of the DFBW flight<br />

control systems now used on the space shuttles and modern military and civil<br />

aircraft to make them safer, more manoeuvrable, and more efficient.<br />

The first electrical flight control system for a civil aircraft was subcontracted<br />

by Aérospatiale to Elliot Brothers (London) Ltd (now BAE SYSTEMS) <strong>in</strong> Brita<strong>in</strong><br />

and SFENA (now Sextant Avionique) <strong>in</strong> France and was <strong>in</strong>stalled on Concorde.<br />

This is an analog, full-authority system for all control surfaces. The first application<br />

of electrical signall<strong>in</strong>g of secondary flight controls with digital technology<br />

appeared on several civil aircraft at the start of the 1980s with the Airbus A310<br />

program (Briere et al. 1995). These systems control the slats, flaps and spoilers.


2.2. Description of the Digital Fly-By-Wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong> 19<br />

The Airbus A320 (certified <strong>in</strong> early 1988) is the first example of a second generation<br />

of civil fly-by-wire aircraft, rapidly followed by the A340 aircraft (certified<br />

at the end of 1992). The first DFBW aircraft of Boe<strong>in</strong>g, the B777, is certified <strong>in</strong><br />

April 1995.<br />

2.2 Description of the Digital Fly-By-Wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong><br />

<strong>System</strong><br />

In this section the digital fly-by-wire flight control system is discussed <strong>in</strong> more<br />

detail. First the architecture of the flight control system is described and then the<br />

functionality of the flight control computer is addressed.<br />

<strong>Flight</strong> control system architecture<br />

The digital fly-by-wire flight control system is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 1.1 <strong>in</strong> simple<br />

diagrammatic form. The core of the system is the flight control computer. The<br />

output of the FCC is the commanded control surface deflection, which is computed<br />

based on the pilot command and the aircraft motion and air data sensor<br />

<strong>in</strong>formation. The actuator drives the control surface to the commanded position<br />

through the actuator control electronics. The correspond<strong>in</strong>g aircraft response is<br />

aga<strong>in</strong> sensed by the motion and air data sensors and fed back to the FCC.<br />

Safety is def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> terms of the probability of the occurrence of a catastrophic failure<br />

per flight hour. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to the airworth<strong>in</strong>ess requirements for civil transport<br />

aircraft (JAR-25 and FAR-25), the probability of a catastrophic failure should be<br />

less than 10 −9 per flight hour. In general, the reliability of s<strong>in</strong>gle components (computers,<br />

sensors, actuators, etc) is not sufficient to meet these requirements. In order<br />

to be able to guarantee the <strong>in</strong>tegrity of the DFBW FCS, redundant components<br />

are <strong>in</strong>stalled <strong>in</strong> parallel (hardware redundancy) together with a fault detection and<br />

isolation system. The required level of redundancy is dependent of the reliability<br />

of the s<strong>in</strong>gle components and the safety requirement of the correspond<strong>in</strong>g system.<br />

Safety critical systems are subject to the failure probability of 10 −9 per flight hour,<br />

s<strong>in</strong>ce this corresponds to a catastrophic failure.<br />

In a triplex redundant FCS each <strong>in</strong>put signal of the FCC is measured with<br />

three <strong>in</strong>dependent sensors, see Figure 2.2. These three signals are consolidated<br />

<strong>in</strong>to one signal, the consolidated or voted signal, such that all three flight control<br />

computers receive the same <strong>in</strong>put values. Through cross-comparison of these three<br />

like-signals a possible sensor failure can be detected. The failure detection scheme<br />

is based on the assumption that the probability of the failure of two like-sensors at<br />

the same time is extremely remote. The sensor with an output that is dissimilar<br />

from the output of its like-sensors, is therefore assumed to be the failed sensor.<br />

When all three sensors are work<strong>in</strong>g properly, the consolidated signal is, for<br />

example, the average of the three sensor signals. The three FCCs have exactly<br />

the same functionality and their outputs are subject to cross-comparison and consolidation<br />

<strong>in</strong> the same way as the sensor signals. The consolidated values of the<br />

computer outputs, the consolidated control surface angle commands, are fed to


20 Chapter 2. Digital Fly-By-Wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s<br />

Figure 2.2: Lane process<strong>in</strong>g scheme of a triplex flight control system (Adopted<br />

from: (Coll<strong>in</strong>son 1999)).<br />

the actuator control electronics, see also Figure 1.1. For a triplex system, the system<br />

cont<strong>in</strong>ues to operate after the first like-sensor failure. However, <strong>in</strong> case of a<br />

second like-sensor failure, it is not possible to identify the failed sensor by crosscomparison<br />

s<strong>in</strong>ce there is no longer a “majority”. In this case the whole system<br />

must be isolated and, if the correspond<strong>in</strong>g system is essential for the safe operation<br />

of the aircraft, the second like-sensor failure could have catastrophic consequences.<br />

This implies that the probability of a second like-sensor failure should be lower or<br />

equal to the allowed probability of a catastrophic failure.<br />

The failure survival philosophy goes even further. Besides the hardware redundancy,<br />

also dissimilar redundancy is built <strong>in</strong> the flight control system <strong>in</strong> order to<br />

avoid generic or common-mode failures. When all three flight control computers<br />

are exactly the same, it is possible that they will exhibit undesirable behavior at<br />

the same time due to for example a design or cod<strong>in</strong>g error. In order to m<strong>in</strong>imize<br />

the risk of generic faults, dissimilar software and hardware are implemented <strong>in</strong><br />

the flight control system. It should be noted that dissimilar hardware and software<br />

will not prevent generic faults that are <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> the design specifications<br />

themselves.<br />

Functionality of the flight control computer<br />

The number of functionalities that can be implemented <strong>in</strong> the FCC of the DFBW<br />

FCS is virtually unlimited. The three most important and/or common functionalities<br />

are:<br />

1. Sensor Management.<br />

2. Stability and <strong>Control</strong> Augmentation.<br />

3. <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope Protection.<br />

The function<strong>in</strong>g of the correspond<strong>in</strong>g systems will be discussed <strong>in</strong> more detail below.


2.3. Advantages and Disadvantages of Digital Fly-By-Wire 21<br />

Sensor Management<br />

The sensor management system serves as the portal of the FCC and is essential<br />

for the safe operation of the aircraft. It has to make sure that the sensor <strong>in</strong>formation<br />

that is used by the aircraft systems is correct. Therefore the outputs of the<br />

(redundant) sensors are cont<strong>in</strong>uously checked through cross-comparison. In case<br />

of a discrepancy amongst like-sensor signals, the outlier is identified and a failure<br />

is declared on the correspond<strong>in</strong>g sensor. The signals from the healthy sensors are<br />

used to compute the consolidated signals. The consolidated signals are then used<br />

to perform the other tasks of the FCC and are transmitted to all other aircraft<br />

systems that require sensor <strong>in</strong>formation.<br />

Stability and control augmentation<br />

With a mechanical flight control system the stability is <strong>in</strong>herently provided by the<br />

airframe or, if it is lack<strong>in</strong>g or <strong>in</strong>sufficient, by a dedicated Stability and <strong>Control</strong><br />

Augmentation <strong>System</strong> (SCAS). Through the SCAS, the flight control eng<strong>in</strong>eer is<br />

able to modify the dynamics of the bare airframe (open-loop aircraft) such that<br />

they comply with the design and/or handl<strong>in</strong>g quality requirements.<br />

<strong>Flight</strong> envelope protection<br />

The <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope Protection <strong>System</strong> (FEPS) is designed such that the operational<br />

and structural limits, e.g. maximum angle-of-attack, maximum bank angle,<br />

maximum speed or Mach number, maximum load factor, etc., will not be exceeded.<br />

In case the pilot is about to exceed one of the limits, compromis<strong>in</strong>g the safe operation<br />

of the aircraft, the control surface deflections commanded by the SCAS<br />

are modified to prevent this from happen<strong>in</strong>g. This system <strong>in</strong>creases the safety and<br />

allows the pilot to react rapidly and/or strongly if necessary, without hav<strong>in</strong>g to<br />

worry about exceed<strong>in</strong>g the operational/structural limits of the aircraft (care-free<br />

handl<strong>in</strong>g). For example, when the Enhanced Ground Proximity Warn<strong>in</strong>g <strong>System</strong><br />

(EGPWS) issues a warn<strong>in</strong>g, the pilot should climb as fast as possible. With the<br />

FEPS the pilot can pull back the column to the maximum position without exceed<strong>in</strong>g<br />

the maximum attitude and apply full throttle.<br />

2.3 Advantages and Disadvantages of Digital Fly-By-Wire<br />

The digital fly-by-wire flight control system has many advantages over the mechanical<br />

flight control system, both <strong>in</strong> terms of implementation as well as functionality.<br />

The disadvantages will be discussed at the end of this section.<br />

Advantages of the DFBW FCS system<br />

From the implementation po<strong>in</strong>t of view, the DFBW FCS has replaced the cables,<br />

pushrods, spr<strong>in</strong>gs, bob-weights, etc. by sensors, electrical wires, and computers<br />

(Schmitt et al. 1998). This change had a revolutionary impact on the flight<br />

control system design compared to its mechanical counterpart:


22 Chapter 2. Digital Fly-By-Wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s<br />

• Wires replac<strong>in</strong>g cables and pushrods give designers greater flexibility <strong>in</strong> configuration<br />

and size and placement of components such as tail surfaces and<br />

w<strong>in</strong>gs.<br />

• The DFBW system is smaller, more reliable, and <strong>in</strong> military aircraft the<br />

system is less vulnerable to battle damage and jamm<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

• DFBW permits the pilot’s command <strong>in</strong>puts (signals) to be transmitted electrically<br />

over considerable distance without distortion.<br />

• Temperature changes have little effect on electrical signal<strong>in</strong>g designs, whereas<br />

mechanical systems, especially those us<strong>in</strong>g cables and operat<strong>in</strong>g over a wide<br />

temperature range, are likely to encounter problems.<br />

• The system is easy to <strong>in</strong>stall and ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong>; it requires less adjustments or<br />

devices to ensure proper operation once <strong>in</strong>stalled.<br />

• A DFBW system is more responsive to pilot control <strong>in</strong>puts. The result is more<br />

efficient, safer aircraft with improved performance and design. Furthermore,<br />

a DFBW system enables easier tun<strong>in</strong>g of aircraft response to pilot <strong>in</strong>puts. It<br />

therefore simplifies obta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the same or similar handl<strong>in</strong>g characteristics <strong>in</strong><br />

a family of aircraft with the same DFBW system, like <strong>in</strong> the Airbus family<br />

A320, A330 and A340, thus enabl<strong>in</strong>g reduced pilot tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g effort.<br />

From the functionality po<strong>in</strong>t of view the DFBW FCS offers potential capabilities<br />

that were not possible before with mechanical flight control systems:<br />

• The SCAS provides additional design options to tailor the aircraft dynamics.<br />

Besides the advantages mentioned earlier for military fighters, also commercial<br />

aircraft benefit from the use of relaxed stability airframes. Less stable<br />

means less negative lift and smaller f<strong>in</strong>s and therefore less fuel consumption<br />

(at the price of <strong>in</strong>creased control activity). When it is still possible for the<br />

pilot to fly the aircraft <strong>in</strong> the “conventional” way, a Direct Electrical L<strong>in</strong>k<br />

(DEL) could be used as a back-up.<br />

• The FEPS <strong>in</strong>creases the safety of the aircraft operations, both <strong>in</strong> the sense<br />

of correct<strong>in</strong>g undesired excursions outside the normal flight envelope as well<br />

as carefree handl<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> emergency situations and thus obta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g maximum<br />

performance more easily and consistently.<br />

• S<strong>in</strong>ce the FCLs are embedded <strong>in</strong> the SW, the FCS is very flexible with respect<br />

to chang<strong>in</strong>g its architecture. This property can be used for reconfiguration<br />

purposes, both with respect to the loss of a signal as well as the loss of a<br />

control surface. In both cases the architecture of the FCLs can be modified to<br />

m<strong>in</strong>imize the effect of the correspond<strong>in</strong>g failure. In this way the effect of the<br />

loss of a signal or control surface can be m<strong>in</strong>imized. Also adaptive techniques<br />

could be used to compensate for structural damage. This capability can<br />

either be used to <strong>in</strong>crease the safety or to reduce the number of hardware<br />

components.


2.3. Advantages and Disadvantages of Digital Fly-By-Wire 23<br />

The FCC allows for a number of features that are not possible <strong>in</strong> a mechanical flight<br />

control system. A major design issue is decid<strong>in</strong>g which features to <strong>in</strong>clude, which<br />

offer the greatest return <strong>in</strong> terms of improved safety and cost efficiency, and what<br />

the design and performance requirements are <strong>in</strong> order to bound the design activity.<br />

Disadvantages of the DFBW FCS system<br />

The most important disadvantage of the fly-by-wire flight control system is the<br />

<strong>in</strong>itial cost of procurement of the system and the <strong>in</strong>creased complexity.<br />

The digital fly-by-wire flight control system is completely dependent on electric<br />

and hydraulic power, which makes these systems critical for the safe operation<br />

of the aircraft. This is already the case for (large) commercial aircraft with<br />

hydraulically-boosted controls without manual reversion. Small commercial aircraft<br />

typically have manual controls or hydraulically-boosted controls with manual<br />

reversion. The <strong>in</strong>troduction of a DFBW system <strong>in</strong> a small commercial aircraft<br />

would therefore mean that additional systems need to be <strong>in</strong>stalled <strong>in</strong> order to ensure<br />

the availability of electric and hydraulic power.<br />

The design of a mechanical flight control system is relatively simple, because<br />

of the limited tools available. For the digital fly-by-wire flight control systems the<br />

design freedom is unlimited so to speak. The flight control laws are now purely<br />

embedded <strong>in</strong> software and the only hard boundary is the structural limit of the<br />

airframe itself. It is now possible to add features to the FCLs such as pilot command<br />

shap<strong>in</strong>g, flight envelope protection, etc.<br />

In order to ensure the availability of the system, redundant sensors, actuators,<br />

flight control computers, etc. are implemented and their performance is crosschecked<br />

cont<strong>in</strong>uously. The software of each flight control computer may have to<br />

be written by a different team and compiled with different compilers. Dissimilarity<br />

<strong>in</strong> software and hardware reduces the risk of generic failures, i.e. failures that<br />

occur <strong>in</strong> all similar redundant components at the same time. Fault detection and<br />

identification schemes need to be added to the system <strong>in</strong> order to manage all the<br />

redundant hardware. This adds to the cost of the DFBW FCS compared to the<br />

mechanical flight control system.<br />

Another disadvantage of the DFBW system is the sensitivity for High Intensity<br />

Radiated Fields (HIRF). The electrically transmitted signals could be distorted by<br />

radiation fields. In order to prevent this, the electrical wires need to be protected.<br />

Conclusion<br />

For large commercial aircraft the advantages outweigh the disadvantages. For small<br />

commercial aircraft this is not so obvious and the architecture of the FCS and<br />

the design methodologies need to be optimized <strong>in</strong> order to reach an acceptable<br />

compromise.


24 Chapter 2. Digital Fly-By-Wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s


Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g for Partition<strong>in</strong>g of<br />

the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope<br />

The use of a l<strong>in</strong>ear design technique <strong>in</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ation with ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g is<br />

the most common systematic approach to the design of nonl<strong>in</strong>ear flight control<br />

laws. However, the selection of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and the design of the <strong>in</strong>terpolation<br />

scheme rema<strong>in</strong>s a time-consum<strong>in</strong>g procedure. In order to reduce the<br />

design effort, an automated procedure has been developed and applied to the<br />

design of a longitud<strong>in</strong>al flight control law <strong>in</strong> a fly-by-wire flight control system.<br />

The number of operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and their locations are determ<strong>in</strong>ed automatically<br />

by us<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g on the basis of the changes <strong>in</strong> the aerodynamic<br />

characteristics over the flight envelope. This approach also directly provides the<br />

<strong>in</strong>terpolation mechanism (membership functions) for the local flight control law<br />

parameters.<br />

This chapter is organized as follows: A brief <strong>in</strong>troduction <strong>in</strong>to nonl<strong>in</strong>ear control<br />

is given <strong>in</strong> Section 3.1. In Section 3.2 the basics of fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g are discussed<br />

(see Appendix D for a more detailed description on fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g and related<br />

subjects). The partition<strong>in</strong>g of the flight envelope us<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g is described<br />

<strong>in</strong> Section 3.3. Conclud<strong>in</strong>g remarks are given <strong>in</strong> Section 3.4.<br />

3.1 Nonl<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>Control</strong><br />

The general function of the flight control laws <strong>in</strong> the fly-by-wire flight control system<br />

is to improve the handl<strong>in</strong>g qualities of the bare aircraft, <strong>in</strong> particular with<br />

respect to stability, control and flight envelope protection (Tischler 1996). The design<br />

of the flight control laws is a nonl<strong>in</strong>ear control problem due to the nonl<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

aircraft dynamics, which also vary with the flight condition and aircraft configuration.<br />

As a s<strong>in</strong>gle l<strong>in</strong>ear controller cannot meet the design requirements over the<br />

entire operat<strong>in</strong>g range, there are two pr<strong>in</strong>ciple solutions to this nonl<strong>in</strong>ear control<br />

problem:<br />

1. Nonl<strong>in</strong>ear design techniques, such as feedback l<strong>in</strong>earization (Isidori 1989),<br />

25<br />

3


26 Chapter 3. Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g for Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope<br />

provide a s<strong>in</strong>gle nonl<strong>in</strong>ear controller that meets the design requirements over<br />

the entire operat<strong>in</strong>g range. The application of nonl<strong>in</strong>ear design techniques is<br />

often complicated due to the restrictive conditions that have to be met by the<br />

system to be controlled. In many cases these conditions are too restrictive<br />

and the correspond<strong>in</strong>g nonl<strong>in</strong>ear design technique cannot be applied at all.<br />

Moreover, stability and robustness analysis still requires the use of l<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

techniques.<br />

2. The use of a l<strong>in</strong>ear design technique <strong>in</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ation with ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

is perhaps the most common systematic approach to the control of nonl<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

systems (Stengel et al. 1978, Shamma and Athans 1990, Shamma and<br />

Athans 1992, Murray-Smith and Johansen 1997). L<strong>in</strong>ear controllers are designed<br />

for a number of design po<strong>in</strong>ts and their parameters are subject to<br />

<strong>in</strong>terpolation for the flight conditions <strong>in</strong> between the design po<strong>in</strong>ts. In this<br />

way a global nonl<strong>in</strong>ear controller is obta<strong>in</strong>ed. Despite recent advances <strong>in</strong> nonl<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

control, ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g rema<strong>in</strong>s an attractive control strategy because<br />

of its simplicity and practical usefulness.<br />

In this thesis ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g is considered. The scheduler design problem consists<br />

of two tasks: selection of the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables and design of the parameter<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g algorithm (Stengel et al. 1978). Schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables are usually selected<br />

on the basis of the follow<strong>in</strong>g two heuristics (Shamma and Athans 1990, Shamma<br />

and Athans 1992):<br />

• The schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables should capture the nonl<strong>in</strong>earities of the system to<br />

be controlled.<br />

• The schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables should be slowly time-vary<strong>in</strong>g compared to the<br />

desired bandwidth of the closed-loop system.<br />

Although many tools are available for the design of the local l<strong>in</strong>ear controllers,<br />

the selection of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and the design of the schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanism<br />

are less straightforward. Typically, it results from an iterative procedure based on<br />

past experience of the control eng<strong>in</strong>eer. Dur<strong>in</strong>g each iteration step, the follow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

tasks are performed:<br />

1. Selection of a set of operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts.<br />

2. Tun<strong>in</strong>g of the flight control law parameters.<br />

3. <strong>Design</strong> of the scheduler.<br />

4. Validation by l<strong>in</strong>ear analysis and nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulation.<br />

This process, which is completed when the closed-loop system dynamics are satisfactory<br />

over the entire operat<strong>in</strong>g range, is time-consum<strong>in</strong>g and often leads to more<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts than necessary.<br />

In order to reduce the design effort, an automated procedure for the design of<br />

ga<strong>in</strong> scheduled controllers has been developed us<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy logic techniques. The


3.2. Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g 27<br />

potential of fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled flight control has been demonstrated <strong>in</strong> a number<br />

of articles, see (Fujimori et al. 1997, Gonsalves and Zacharias 1994, Schram 1998)<br />

among others. In these works however, the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and/or membership<br />

functions are selected quite arbitrarily. The approach proposed <strong>in</strong> this chapter<br />

goes one step further: the number of operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and their locations are<br />

determ<strong>in</strong>ed automatically by us<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g on the basis of changes <strong>in</strong> the<br />

system dynamics over the operat<strong>in</strong>g range.<br />

3.2 Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g<br />

An effective approach to the identification of complex nonl<strong>in</strong>ear systems is to<br />

partition the available data <strong>in</strong>to subsets and approximate each subset by a l<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

model. Fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g can be used as a tool to obta<strong>in</strong> a partition of data where the<br />

transitions between the subsets are gradual rather than abrupt. Fuzzy partitions<br />

can be seen as a generalization of hard partitions, which is formulated <strong>in</strong> terms of<br />

classical subsets.<br />

3.2.1 Cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithms<br />

Cluster<strong>in</strong>g techniques are unsupervised methods that can be used to organize data<br />

<strong>in</strong>to groups based on similarities among the <strong>in</strong>dividual data items. Most cluster<strong>in</strong>g<br />

algorithms do not rely on assumptions common to conventional statistical methods,<br />

such as the underly<strong>in</strong>g statistical distribution of data, and therefore they are<br />

useful <strong>in</strong> situations where little prior knowledge exists.<br />

A large family of fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithms is based on the m<strong>in</strong>imization of<br />

an objective function J formulated as:<br />

J(Z; U, V, Ai) =<br />

c<br />

N<br />

i=1 k=1<br />

(µik) m D 2 ikA i<br />

, (3.1)<br />

where Z is the n×N data matrix, U is the c×N partition matrix, and V the n×c<br />

matrix of cluster prototypes (centers). The number of variables <strong>in</strong> the data set is<br />

denoted by n, N is the number of data samples, and c is the number of clusters.<br />

DikA i is the distance measure, which is computed as follows:<br />

D 2 ikA =(zk− vi)<br />

i<br />

T Ai(zk − vi), (3.2)<br />

where zk is the kth data po<strong>in</strong>t and vi the ith cluster center. The n × n norm<strong>in</strong>duc<strong>in</strong>g<br />

matrix of the ith cluster is denoted by Ai, µik is the membership degree<br />

of the kth data po<strong>in</strong>t with respect to the ith cluster and m is the ‘fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess’<br />

exponent.<br />

Iteratively solv<strong>in</strong>g the m<strong>in</strong>imization problem results <strong>in</strong> c operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. Each<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t represents the center of an operat<strong>in</strong>g regime <strong>in</strong> which the data are<br />

close to each other with respect to the objective function.


28 Chapter 3. Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g for Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope<br />

3.2.2 Tunable parameters and validation measures<br />

The cluster<strong>in</strong>g parameters <strong>in</strong>fluence the cluster<strong>in</strong>g results. The two basic parameters<br />

that need to be tuned are the number of clusters c and the fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess exponent<br />

m.<br />

Number of clusters<br />

In order to determ<strong>in</strong>e the optimal number of clusters, the fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g results<br />

are evaluated for different values of c. Cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithms generally aim at locat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

well-separated and compact clusters. When the number of clusters is chosen<br />

equal to the number of groups that actually exist <strong>in</strong> the data, it can be expected<br />

that the cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithm will identify them correctly.<br />

In (Gath and Geva 1989), it is suggested to assess the goodness of the obta<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

partition by evaluat<strong>in</strong>g the separation between the clusters, the volume of<br />

the clusters, and the number of data po<strong>in</strong>ts concentrated <strong>in</strong> the vic<strong>in</strong>ity of the cluster<br />

prototype. There are many cluster validity measures and <strong>in</strong> this case we use the<br />

Fuzzy Hyper-Volume (FHV) (Gath and Geva 1989), the With<strong>in</strong>-Cluster Distance<br />

(WCD) (Krishnapuram 1994), and the Xie-Beni validity measure (SXB) (Xie and<br />

Beni 1991). Good partitions are <strong>in</strong>dicated by small values of all three validity measures.<br />

Fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess exponent<br />

The fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess exponent <strong>in</strong>fluences the fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess of the result<strong>in</strong>g partition. As m<br />

approaches one from above, the partition becomes hard rather than fuzzy. The<br />

higher the fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess exponent, the fuzzier the partition, and hence more overlap<br />

between the clusters. Usually, m = 2 is <strong>in</strong>itially chosen.<br />

3.3 Fuzzy Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope<br />

Few examples of an automated approach to the identification of operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

can be found <strong>in</strong> literature. In (Garduno-Ramirez and Lee 2000) the eigenvalue with<br />

the largest magnitude variation is used to determ<strong>in</strong>e the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. Each<br />

partition covers 20% of the range of the correspond<strong>in</strong>g eigenvalue. Two articles<br />

have been found that describe an automated procedure for the design of a ga<strong>in</strong>scheduled<br />

controller (Wada and Osuka 1997, McNichols and Fadali 2003). Here<br />

it concerns an iterative procedure of schedul<strong>in</strong>g, controller design and closed-loop<br />

evaluation.<br />

The fuzzy partition<strong>in</strong>g of the flight envelope for ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled flight control us<strong>in</strong>g<br />

fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g is described step by step <strong>in</strong> this section. An example of the design<br />

of a ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled state feedback controller is given to illustrate the design<br />

procedure.


3.3. Fuzzy Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope 29<br />

Altitude [ft]<br />

45<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

V C = 150 Kts<br />

M MAX = 0.85<br />

V C = 375 Kts<br />

0<br />

0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Figure 3.1: The operat<strong>in</strong>g range of the SCA <strong>in</strong> clean configuration, def<strong>in</strong>ed as a<br />

function of Mach number, altitude and calibrated airspeed.<br />

3.3.1 Generation of the data set<br />

The data set used for fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g must capture those aircraft dynamics that<br />

are important from the control po<strong>in</strong>t of view. Figure 3.1 illustrates the flight envelope<br />

of the Small Commercial Aircraft (SCA) model <strong>in</strong> clear configuration, which<br />

is def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> terms of Mach number, altitude and calibrated airspeed. The SCA<br />

model is modified from the model of an exist<strong>in</strong>g bus<strong>in</strong>ess jet aircraft and is implemented<br />

<strong>in</strong> the SE that is used <strong>in</strong> the ADFCS project, see Appendix A.<br />

When consider<strong>in</strong>g the longitud<strong>in</strong>al controller, the phugoid motion dynamics are of<br />

m<strong>in</strong>or importance. This has long been recognized, and trivial or no specifications<br />

are placed on the phugoid mode <strong>in</strong> handl<strong>in</strong>g quality requirements. However, the<br />

Short-Period (SP) motion dynamics are of major importance. It is their deficiencies<br />

or those of their equivalents <strong>in</strong> DFBW aircraft, that have caused many difficulties<br />

and even accidents (Gibson 1999). The l<strong>in</strong>earized model for longitud<strong>in</strong>al motion is<br />

described as follows (see also Appendix A):<br />

⎡ ⎤ ⎡<br />

⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤<br />

⎢<br />

⎣<br />

˙u<br />

˙w ⎥<br />

˙q ⎦<br />

˙θ<br />

=<br />

Xu Xw Xq Xθ u<br />

⎢ Zu Zw Zq Zθ ⎥ ⎢<br />

⎢<br />

⎥ ⎢w<br />

⎥<br />

⎣ ˜Mu<br />

˜Mw<br />

˜Mq<br />

˜Mθ ⎦ ⎣ q ⎦<br />

0 0 1 0 θ<br />

+<br />

⎢<br />

⎣<br />

Xδe<br />

Zδe<br />

˜Mδe<br />

0<br />

⎥<br />

⎦ δe, (3.3)<br />

where u denotes the forward speed, w denotes the downward speed, q denotes the<br />

pitch rate, θ denotes the pitch attitude and δe denotes the elevator deflection. For<br />

the short-period approximation, only the downward velocity w and the pitch rate<br />

q are considered, while the forward speed is assumed to be constant ( ˙u = 0):<br />

<br />

˙w Zw Zq w Zδe<br />

=<br />

+ δe. (3.4)<br />

˙q ˜Mw ˜Mq q ˜Mδe


30 Chapter 3. Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g for Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope<br />

Altitude [kft]<br />

27<br />

26<br />

25<br />

24<br />

23<br />

22<br />

21<br />

0.44 0.46 0.48 0.5<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

(a) Grid po<strong>in</strong>ts as a function of Mach<br />

number and altitude.<br />

−0.045<br />

M δe<br />

−0.05<br />

−0.055<br />

−0.5<br />

−0.6<br />

M q<br />

−4<br />

M α<br />

(b) Data po<strong>in</strong>ts zk =[ ˜ Mα ˜ Mq ˜ Mδe ] correspond<strong>in</strong>g<br />

to the grid po<strong>in</strong>ts.<br />

Figure 3.2: Construction of the data set. For the grid po<strong>in</strong>ts <strong>in</strong> the 2-dimensional<br />

space def<strong>in</strong>ed by Mach number and altitude (left), po<strong>in</strong>ts <strong>in</strong> the 3-dimensional space<br />

def<strong>in</strong>ed by ˜ Mα, ˜ Mq and ˜ Mδe are obta<strong>in</strong>ed via l<strong>in</strong>earization of the nonl<strong>in</strong>ear aircraft<br />

model (right).<br />

The aim of fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g is to identify regions <strong>in</strong> the flight envelope where<br />

the short-period motion dynamics can be approximated by a s<strong>in</strong>gle l<strong>in</strong>ear model.<br />

Therefore, the variables selected for the data set should conta<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>formation with<br />

respect to the short-period motion dynamics.<br />

Example<br />

The most important aerodynamic derivatives with respect to the shortperiod<br />

motion are ˜ Mα, ˜ Mq, and˜ Mδe (McLean 1990), where α denotes the<br />

angle-of-attack. It should be noted that ˜ Mα = U0 ˜ Mw, where U0 is the<br />

forward speed <strong>in</strong> the correspond<strong>in</strong>g trimmed condition. The data set is<br />

def<strong>in</strong>ed as:<br />

Z = {zk|k =1, 2, ..., N},<br />

where N is the number of data samples. To generate the data, a grid is<br />

def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> the operat<strong>in</strong>g range with steps of 0.01 <strong>in</strong> Mach number and steps<br />

of 1000 ft <strong>in</strong> altitude. At each grid po<strong>in</strong>t the nonl<strong>in</strong>ear aircraft model is<br />

trimmed and l<strong>in</strong>earized and subsequently the aerodynamic derivatives ˜ Mα,<br />

˜Mq, and˜ Mδe are obta<strong>in</strong>ed from the l<strong>in</strong>ear model (see also Figure 3.2):<br />

zk =[ ˜ Mα(Mk,hk) ˜ Mq(Mk,hk) ˜ Mδe (Mk,hk)] T ,<br />

where (Mk,hk) denotes the kth grid po<strong>in</strong>t <strong>in</strong> terms of Mach number and<br />

altitude, respectively. This data set is generated automatically and the total<br />

number of data samples is equal to N = 1805. <br />

In the example only the aerodynamic derivatives are used for cluster<strong>in</strong>g. One can<br />

also choose to add variables that describe the correspond<strong>in</strong>g flight condition, for<br />

−3<br />

−2


3.3. Fuzzy Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope 31<br />

example Mach number (M) and angle-of-attack (α), to the data set, <strong>in</strong> which case<br />

the data set would be def<strong>in</strong>ed as:<br />

zk =[Mk hk ˜ Mα(Mk,hk) ˜ Mq(Mk,hk) ˜ Mδe (Mk,hk)] T . (3.5)<br />

Explicitly <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g such variables <strong>in</strong>creases the probability of obta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g convex<br />

clusters with respect to the flight condition. If there are for example two operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

regimes with more or less the same aerodynamic derivatives but well separated<br />

<strong>in</strong> terms of Mach number, two separate clusters will be identified. In case Mach<br />

number is not part of the data set, it is likely that one cluster is identified that<br />

results <strong>in</strong> a non-convex Membership Function (MF) as a function of Mach number.<br />

However, the fuzzy partition is no longer solely based on the aircraft dynamics.<br />

Convex clusters can always be obta<strong>in</strong>ed by sufficiently <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g the number of<br />

clusters to be identified.<br />

3.3.2 Fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g<br />

In this case, the objective of fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g is to partition the available data<br />

<strong>in</strong>to subsets and to approximate each subset by a s<strong>in</strong>gle l<strong>in</strong>ear model as given <strong>in</strong><br />

Equation 3.4. The rationale be<strong>in</strong>g that regimes for which the aircraft dynamics<br />

can be approximated by a s<strong>in</strong>gle l<strong>in</strong>ear model, are also suitable to control the<br />

aircraft us<strong>in</strong>g a s<strong>in</strong>gle l<strong>in</strong>ear controller. The most relevant elements of the l<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

model, i.e. the most relevant aerodynamic derivatives, are used for fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

3.3.3 The number of clusters and fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess exponent<br />

Besides the standard validity measures FHV, WCD and SXB, a fourth validity<br />

measure is <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> order to f<strong>in</strong>d the suitable number of clusters. This is the<br />

Error Validity Measure (EVM), which is a modell<strong>in</strong>g performance measure. To<br />

evaluate the EVM, the fuzzy partition is used to construct a s<strong>in</strong>gleton Takagi-<br />

Sugeno fuzzy model (see Appendix D) of each of the aerodynamic derivatives <strong>in</strong><br />

the data set as a function of the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables:<br />

Ri : If Z1 is Z1i and Z2 is Z2i then M = Mi i =1,...,Nr, (3.6)<br />

where <strong>in</strong> this case Z1 and Z2 denote the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables, Z1i and Z2i denote<br />

the correspond<strong>in</strong>g membership functions, Nr denotes the number of rules and Mi<br />

denotes the vector of aerodynamic derivatives. The degree of fulfillment of the ith<br />

rule is computed by the product of the membership degrees of each statement <strong>in</strong><br />

that rule:<br />

βi = µZ1i<br />

µZ2i . (3.7)<br />

The weight wi of each rule Ri is computed as follows:<br />

wi =<br />

βi<br />

Nr j=1 βj<br />

. (3.8)


32 Chapter 3. Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g for Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope<br />

FHV<br />

SXB<br />

0.05<br />

0.04<br />

0.03<br />

2.5<br />

1.5<br />

2 4 6 8 10 12<br />

Number of clusters<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2 4 6 8 10 12<br />

Number of clusters<br />

WCD<br />

5000<br />

4000<br />

3000<br />

2000<br />

ERR<br />

2 4 6 8 10 12<br />

Number of clusters<br />

x 10 4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2 4 6 8 10 12<br />

Number of clusters<br />

Figure 3.3: Performance of the validity measures as a function of the number of<br />

clusters.<br />

The output ˆ M of the s<strong>in</strong>gleton model is then:<br />

Nr <br />

ˆM = wiMi. (3.9)<br />

i=1<br />

The reason to use a s<strong>in</strong>gleton model is that eventually we are go<strong>in</strong>g to use the<br />

TS fuzzy model for ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g. The result<strong>in</strong>g scheduler is <strong>in</strong> fact a s<strong>in</strong>gleton<br />

model and therefore it is decided to use the s<strong>in</strong>gleton model for the error validity<br />

measure as well. The error validity measure is evaluated by summation of the<br />

squared difference between the outputs of the TS fuzzy models at each grid po<strong>in</strong>t<br />

( ˆ Mk) and their correspond<strong>in</strong>g true values <strong>in</strong> the data set (Mk):<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

EVM = 1<br />

N<br />

(Mk −<br />

N<br />

ˆ Mk) 2 . (3.10)<br />

k=1<br />

The validity measures are used to determ<strong>in</strong>e the number of clusters <strong>in</strong> the partition.<br />

When the number of clusters is fixed, the fuzzy partition is evaluated for different<br />

values of the fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess exponent m. The choice of the fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess exponent is made<br />

after visual <strong>in</strong>spection of the partition for different values of m. Of most importance<br />

is that the clusters are convex <strong>in</strong> terms of the potential schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables, e.g.<br />

Mach number and altitude.<br />

Example, cont<strong>in</strong>ued<br />

In this example the Gustafson-Kessel (GK) cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithm is used.<br />

The advantage of this algorithm is that the norm-<strong>in</strong>duc<strong>in</strong>g matrices Ai<br />

are subject to the optimization. This cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithm is able to identify<br />

clusters of different shape and orientation, and is therefore more likely


3.3. Fuzzy Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope 33<br />

to discover the true partition of the data set. The fuzzy c-means algorithm<br />

for example is limited to identify<strong>in</strong>g circular clusters of equal volume<br />

(Bezdek 1980), which makes the algorithm less flexible <strong>in</strong> correctly<br />

identify<strong>in</strong>g the clusters that are present <strong>in</strong> the data set.<br />

In Figure 3.3 the validation measures are illustrated as a function of the<br />

number of clusters. Good performance is <strong>in</strong>dicated by small values of all<br />

four validity measures. In this case both the Xie-Beni validity measure and<br />

the modell<strong>in</strong>g error show a local m<strong>in</strong>imum for c = 8, while both the fuzzy<br />

hyper-volume and with<strong>in</strong>-cluster distance show a local m<strong>in</strong>imum for c =9.<br />

However, the rate of descent of the with<strong>in</strong>-cluster distance has significantly<br />

decreased for c > 8. The fuzzy hyper-volume shows a similar behavior.<br />

Moreover, the local m<strong>in</strong>imum of the Xie-Beni validity measure is most pronounced<br />

compared to those of the other three validity measures and the<br />

number of clusters is therefore set to c =8.Itshouldbenotedthat<strong>in</strong>all<br />

these cases the fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess exponent was set to m =2.<br />

While keep<strong>in</strong>g the number of clusters fixed to c = 8, the fuzzy partition is<br />

evaluated for different values of the fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess exponent m. F<strong>in</strong>ally m =1.8<br />

is selected to be used here. <br />

3.3.4 Partition and membership functions<br />

The result<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy partition is def<strong>in</strong>ed by the fuzzy partition matrix U, see also<br />

Appendix D.1. In the fuzzy partition matrix each data po<strong>in</strong>t is assigned a membership<br />

degree with respect to each cluster. The sum of the membership degrees<br />

per data po<strong>in</strong>t is equal to one.<br />

In order to be able to construct the scheduler as a TS fuzzy model, the multidimensional<br />

fuzzy partition is approximated by the Cartesian product of onedimensional<br />

membership functions. This is obta<strong>in</strong>ed through the follow<strong>in</strong>g procedure:<br />

Selection of the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables.<br />

The fuzzy partition is approximated by the membership functions and the product<br />

operator. Tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account that the membership functions are obta<strong>in</strong>ed by<br />

orthogonal projection of the clusters onto the axes of the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables, the<br />

approximation of the fuzzy partition is most accurate when the orientation of the<br />

fuzzy clusters are aligned with the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables.<br />

Projection of the clusters onto the axes of the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables.<br />

After select<strong>in</strong>g the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables, the orthogonal projections of the clusters<br />

onto each of their axes are obta<strong>in</strong>ed.


34 Chapter 3. Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g for Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope<br />

(a) Mach number vs altitude. (b)Machnumbervsdynamicpressure.<br />

Figure 3.4: Fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g result for c =8and m =1.8.<br />

Approximation of the projections.<br />

The membership functions are obta<strong>in</strong>ed by fitt<strong>in</strong>g the orthogonal projections with<br />

a parametric membership function. Examples of shapes of membership functions<br />

are triangular, trapezoidal and sigmoidal.<br />

A posteriori modification of the membership functions.<br />

It is necessary to modify the membership functions such that each operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t<br />

fully and exclusively belongs to its correspond<strong>in</strong>g cluster. In this way it is made<br />

sure that <strong>in</strong> each operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t the scheduler reproduces those FCL parameters<br />

as tuned for the correspond<strong>in</strong>g operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t. The membership degree of each<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t is thus equal to one for its correspond<strong>in</strong>g cluster and zero for all<br />

other clusters. F<strong>in</strong>ally the kernel of each membership function is reduced to the<br />

correspond<strong>in</strong>g operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t only.<br />

Example, cont<strong>in</strong>ued<br />

In Figure 3.4 the maximum membership degree for each data po<strong>in</strong>t is plotted.<br />

Light areas <strong>in</strong>dicate a maximum membership degree close to one, while<br />

dark areas <strong>in</strong>dicate lower maximum membership degree. The latter areas<br />

<strong>in</strong>dicate those regimes that belong to more than one cluster. S<strong>in</strong>ce each data<br />

po<strong>in</strong>t is obta<strong>in</strong>ed by l<strong>in</strong>eariz<strong>in</strong>g the nonl<strong>in</strong>ear aircraft model, their correspond<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Mach number and altitude or dynamic pressure can be used to<br />

construct Figures 3.4a and 3.4b, respectively.<br />

In Figure 3.4 it can be seen that the orientation of the fuzzy clusters is<br />

diagonal with respect to Mach number and altitude and (more or less)<br />

orthogonal with respect to Mach number and dynamic pressure. The approximation<br />

of the fuzzy partition is most accurate when the orientation<br />

of the fuzzy clusters are aligned with the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables. This makes


3.3. Fuzzy Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope 35<br />

Membership degree<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

250<br />

200<br />

150<br />

MN 5<br />

Dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0.2<br />

0.4<br />

0.6<br />

0.8<br />

1<br />

DP 5<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Figure 3.5: Projection of the fuzzy clusters onto the axes of the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables<br />

(dashed-dotted) and their correspond<strong>in</strong>g approximations by sigmoidal membership<br />

functions (cont<strong>in</strong>uous).<br />

Membership degree<br />

Membership degree<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

0<br />

50 100 150 200 250<br />

Dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

(a) Membership functions.<br />

Membership degree<br />

Membership degree<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

Figure 3.6: Membership functions.<br />

0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

0<br />

50 100 150 200 250<br />

Dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

(b) Modified membership functions.<br />

Mach number and dynamic pressure the most suitable schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables.<br />

An example of the orthogonal projection of the clusters onto the axes of the<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables is denoted <strong>in</strong> Figure 3.5 with the dash-dotted l<strong>in</strong>es. For<br />

example, the dash-dotted l<strong>in</strong>e as a function of Mach number is constructed<br />

by evaluat<strong>in</strong>g the maximum membership degree of all dynamic pressures<br />

for each Mach number.<br />

In Figure 3.5 the sigmoidal membership functions are denoted with the<br />

cont<strong>in</strong>uous l<strong>in</strong>e. There are eight membership functions for each schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

variable result<strong>in</strong>g from the projection of the eight fuzzy clusters, see Figure<br />

3.5a.


36 Chapter 3. Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g for Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope<br />

Figure 3.7: Decomposition of the flight envelope <strong>in</strong>to eight operat<strong>in</strong>g regimes.<br />

Table 3.1: The operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts obta<strong>in</strong>ed through fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

FC Mach Altitude Dynamic<br />

number [kft] pressure<br />

[-] [mbar]<br />

1 0.83 38.0 118<br />

2 0.59 32.3 72<br />

3 0.65 11.0 220<br />

4 0.39 5.9 90<br />

5 0.33 15.4 44<br />

6 0.59 23.2 108<br />

7 0.55 9.8 160<br />

8 0.79 25.8 185<br />

The modified membership functions are illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 3.5b. The partition<br />

result<strong>in</strong>g from the membership functions is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 3.7.<br />

The correspond<strong>in</strong>g operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are given <strong>in</strong> Table 3.1. <br />

3.3.5 The local controller design<br />

When the s<strong>in</strong>gleton model of Equation 3.6 is established, the rule-base and membership<br />

functions can be used for ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g. Each membership function along<br />

Mach number is connected to one membership function along dynamic pressure,<br />

see also Figure 3.5, which results <strong>in</strong> a so-called diagonal rule-base. The local l<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

controller parameters are tuned <strong>in</strong> the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and putt<strong>in</strong>g these param-


3.3. Fuzzy Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope 37<br />

Dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

260<br />

240<br />

220<br />

200<br />

180<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

7,12<br />

10<br />

6<br />

1<br />

11<br />

40<br />

0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

0.8 0.9<br />

Figure 3.8: Test flight regime. The gray dots denote the test flight conditions.<br />

eters <strong>in</strong> the s<strong>in</strong>gleton TS fuzzy model results <strong>in</strong> the global nonl<strong>in</strong>ear controller:<br />

Ri : If Z1 is Z1i and Z2 is Z2i then K = Ki, i =1,...,Nr, (3.11)<br />

where <strong>in</strong> this case Z1 denotes Mach number, Z2 denotes dynamic pressure and Ki<br />

denotes the local controller.<br />

The fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g approach does not put any restrictions on the structure<br />

of the l<strong>in</strong>ear (flight) control laws. In Chapters 4 and 5 the classical and the robust<br />

multivariable control techniques are applied, respectively.<br />

Example, cont<strong>in</strong>ued<br />

The flight regime for which the ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled state feedback controller<br />

will be designed is enclosed by the four operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts 1, 6, 7 and 8,<br />

see Figure 3.8. The set of grid po<strong>in</strong>ts that are with<strong>in</strong> the flight regime of<br />

<strong>in</strong>terest are considered. From this set, only those grid po<strong>in</strong>ts that have a<br />

nonzero membership degree correspond<strong>in</strong>g to one or more of the four operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

po<strong>in</strong>ts 1, 6, 7 and 8 are selected. The grid po<strong>in</strong>ts that have a nonzero<br />

membership degree correspond<strong>in</strong>g to one of the other operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are<br />

removed from the set. The result<strong>in</strong>g set of <strong>Flight</strong> Conditions (FCs) is denoted<br />

by gray dots <strong>in</strong> Figure 3.8. These flight conditions will be referred to<br />

as the test flight conditions. A fixed controller and a second ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled<br />

controller are designed for comparison. The fixed controller is designed <strong>in</strong><br />

FC9 and the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts for the second ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled controller are<br />

FC10 to FC13. These operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are chosen arbitrarily and the correspond<strong>in</strong>g<br />

membership functions are determ<strong>in</strong>ed accord<strong>in</strong>gly. The details<br />

on the design flight conditions are given <strong>in</strong> Table 3.2.<br />

In each of the n<strong>in</strong>e design flight conditions a state feedback controller is de-<br />

9<br />

8<br />

13


Imag<strong>in</strong>ary axis<br />

38 Chapter 3. Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g for Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

−1<br />

−2<br />

−3<br />

−4<br />

−4 −3 −2 −1 0<br />

Real axis<br />

(a) Fixed controller.<br />

Imag<strong>in</strong>ary axis<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

−1<br />

−2<br />

−3<br />

−4<br />

−4 −3 −2 −1 0<br />

Real axis<br />

(b) FGS controller.<br />

Figure 3.9: Closed-loop poles <strong>in</strong> the test flight conditions. The black x-marks denote<br />

the closed-loop poles <strong>in</strong> the test flight conditions. The gray +-marks denote the desired<br />

closed-loop poles.<br />

Table 3.2: <strong>Design</strong> po<strong>in</strong>ts and state feedback controller ga<strong>in</strong>s.<br />

FC Mach Alt. Dyn. K<br />

nr. [kft] press.<br />

[-] [mbar]<br />

1 0.83 38.0 118 [ 0.251 −0.124 −75.10 −53.26 ]<br />

6 0.59 23.2 108 [ 0.084 −0.008 −57.86 −36.13 ]<br />

7 0.55 9.8 160 [ 0.030 −0.194 −30.79 −15.69 ]<br />

8 0.79 25.8 185 [ 0.017 −0.344 −35.74 −17.23 ]<br />

9 0.70 25.9 140 [ 0.099 −0.149 −46.58 −26.25 ]<br />

10 0.55 19.6 108 [ 0.066 −0.008 −55.04 −33.78 ]<br />

11 0.83 39.8 108 [ 0.281 −0.085 −83.76 −63.07 ]<br />

12 0.55 9.8 160 [ 0.030 −0.194 −30.79 −15.69 ]<br />

13 0.83 31.6 160 [ 0.085 −0.379 −48.14 −24.51 ]<br />

signed such that the closed-loop poles are p1,2 = −ωspζsp ± jωsp<br />

and p3,4 = −ωphζph ± jωph<br />

<br />

<br />

1 − ζ 2 sp<br />

1 − ζ 2 ph , where ζsp =0.8, ωsp =3.6 rads −1 ,<br />

ζph =0.9andωph =0.1rad s −1 . The subscripts sp and ph denote the shortperiod<br />

and phugoid motion, respectively. The result<strong>in</strong>g controllers are given<br />

<strong>in</strong> Table 3.2.<br />

The fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled state feedback controller for which the operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

po<strong>in</strong>ts are identified through fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g is validated <strong>in</strong> the test flight<br />

conditions and compared with the fixed state feedback controller designed


3.3. Fuzzy Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope 39<br />

K1<br />

0.2<br />

0.15<br />

0.1<br />

0.05<br />

180<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

Dynamic pressur [mbar]<br />

K3<br />

−40<br />

−50<br />

−60<br />

−70<br />

180<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

Dynamic pressur [mbar]<br />

0.6<br />

0.6<br />

K2<br />

0.3<br />

0.2<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

180<br />

0.8<br />

160<br />

0.7<br />

140<br />

120<br />

Mach number [−] Dynamic pressur [mbar]<br />

K4<br />

−20<br />

−30<br />

−40<br />

−50<br />

180<br />

0.8<br />

160<br />

0.7<br />

140<br />

Mach number [−] Dynamic pressur [mbar]<br />

120<br />

0.6<br />

0.6<br />

0.7<br />

0.8<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

0.7<br />

0.8<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Figure 3.10: The four ga<strong>in</strong>s of the scheduled state feedback matrix K =<br />

[K1 K2 K3 K4] as a function of Mach number and dynamic pressure.<br />

<strong>in</strong> FC9. In Figure 3.9 the closed-loop poles <strong>in</strong> the test flight conditions<br />

are illustrated, both us<strong>in</strong>g the fixed (Fig 3.9a) as well as the fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong>scheduled<br />

state feedback controller (Fig 3.9b). The spread of the closed-loop<br />

poles us<strong>in</strong>g the fixed state feedback controller is much larger than of the<br />

closed-loop us<strong>in</strong>g the scheduled state feedback controller. It should be noted<br />

that us<strong>in</strong>g the fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled state feedback controller, the damp<strong>in</strong>g<br />

of the closed-loop poles is <strong>in</strong> most test flight conditions better (higher) than<br />

<strong>in</strong> the design flight conditions. The reason for this phenomenon is not clear,<br />

but it cannot be expected that this is generally the case.<br />

For the fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled state feedback controllers, the rule-base to<br />

compute the state feedback matrix as a function of Mach number and dynamic<br />

pressure becomes as <strong>in</strong> Equation 3.11 for Nr = 4. The state feedback<br />

matrix is computed <strong>in</strong> the same way as illustrated by Equations 3.7 to 3.9.<br />

The four ga<strong>in</strong>s of the state feedback matrix are illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 3.10<br />

as a function of Mach number and dynamic pressure.<br />

In Figure 3.11 the time histories of the pitch rate result<strong>in</strong>g from the <strong>in</strong>itial<br />

condition response of the closed-loop system are illustrated. The light<br />

gray area denotes the simulations us<strong>in</strong>g the fixed controller. The black area<br />

denotes the simulations us<strong>in</strong>g the ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled controller which uses the<br />

flight conditions FC10 to FC13 as operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. The dark gray area<br />

denotes the simulations us<strong>in</strong>g the ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled controller for which the


40 Chapter 3. Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g for Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope<br />

Pitch rate [deg ⋅ sec −1 ]<br />

1.2<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

Fixed controller<br />

Scheduled <strong>Control</strong>ler (square)<br />

Scheduled controller (fuzzy)<br />

−0.2<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

Time [s]<br />

Figure 3.11: Time histories of the <strong>in</strong>itial condition response <strong>in</strong> pitch rate of the<br />

closed-loop system. The gray area denotes the simulations us<strong>in</strong>g the fixed controller,<br />

the black area denotes the simulations us<strong>in</strong>g the scheduled controller and the dark gray<br />

area denotes the simulations us<strong>in</strong>g the scheduled controller for which the operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

po<strong>in</strong>ts are identified through fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are identified through fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g. As expected, the<br />

simulations us<strong>in</strong>g the scheduled state feedback controllers are much more<br />

consistent than the simulations us<strong>in</strong>g the fixed state feedback controller.<br />

Moreover, the scheduled state feedback controller us<strong>in</strong>g the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

obta<strong>in</strong>ed through fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g outperforms the scheduled state feedback<br />

controller with manual selected operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. The difference between<br />

the two ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled controllers is not big, which is partly due to the<br />

fact that the arbitrarily selected operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are close to the operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

po<strong>in</strong>ts identified through fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g. <br />

3.4 Conclusions<br />

Fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g is applied to a data set that is selected based on the flight control<br />

law design objectives and the handl<strong>in</strong>g quality requirements. Subsequently the parameters<br />

of the cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithm are selected and the obta<strong>in</strong>ed fuzzy partition<br />

is used to determ<strong>in</strong>e the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and membership functions. The schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

variables are selected based on the orientation of the fuzzy clusters.<br />

A simple example demonstrates the effectiveness of the proposed methodology. It<br />

can be concluded that the scheduled state feedback controller us<strong>in</strong>g the operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

po<strong>in</strong>ts identified through fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g slightly outperforms the scheduled state<br />

feedback controller with arbitrarily selected operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. However, the ma<strong>in</strong><br />

objective of the automated approach based on fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g is not to improve


3.4. Conclusions 41<br />

the performance, but is focussed towards reduc<strong>in</strong>g the design effort with respect<br />

to locat<strong>in</strong>g the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts.<br />

The <strong>in</strong>tended reduction of the design effort can be achieved by the automated<br />

identification of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts, circumvent<strong>in</strong>g a time-consum<strong>in</strong>g, iterative<br />

procedure for the identification of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and the tun<strong>in</strong>g of the<br />

FCL parameters. Moreover, this model-based approach is likely to result <strong>in</strong> fewer<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts, which further reduces the design effort.<br />

As can be seen <strong>in</strong> Figure 3.7, three regimes can be found as a function of Mach<br />

number, namely a regime for M 0.46, a regime for 0.46 M 0.70 and a regime<br />

for M 0.70. It turns out that the aerodynamic model is structured <strong>in</strong> exactly the<br />

same way. All the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are more or less <strong>in</strong> the center of each of these<br />

regimes. When an operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t is placed on, or close to, the boundary between<br />

two regimes, the correspond<strong>in</strong>g operat<strong>in</strong>g regime would be relatively small because<br />

of the nonl<strong>in</strong>ear dynamics <strong>in</strong> these parts of the flight envelope and would therefore<br />

result <strong>in</strong> an unnecessary high number of operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. This can be prevented<br />

by us<strong>in</strong>g a model-based approach to identify the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts.<br />

The transparency of the result<strong>in</strong>g scheduler, us<strong>in</strong>g the same operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

and schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables for all longitud<strong>in</strong>al FCL parameters, makes it easier to<br />

predict the effect of small adjustments made to the FCL parameters <strong>in</strong> the later<br />

stages of the design process. This will also contribute to the reduction of the design<br />

effort.


42 Chapter 3. Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g for Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope


4<br />

Scheduled Classical <strong>Control</strong><br />

The problem addressed <strong>in</strong> this chapter is the design of a parameter schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

scheme for the longitud<strong>in</strong>al stability and control augmentation system of the<br />

SCA model. The basel<strong>in</strong>e flight control laws that are available with<strong>in</strong> the synthetic<br />

environment are used to illustrate the fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g approach.<br />

The six most relevant ga<strong>in</strong>s of the longitud<strong>in</strong>al controller are scheduled us<strong>in</strong>g<br />

this approach, while for all the other ga<strong>in</strong>s, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g those of the lateral<br />

controller, the basel<strong>in</strong>e schedul<strong>in</strong>g scheme is preserved.<br />

This chapter is organized as follows: In Section 4.1 the longitud<strong>in</strong>al stability and<br />

control augmentation system is described and the ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g problem is addressed.<br />

The partition<strong>in</strong>g of the flight envelope <strong>in</strong> operat<strong>in</strong>g regimes is discussed<br />

<strong>in</strong> Section 4.2. Section 4.3 describes the design procedure that is used to tune the<br />

local flight control law parameters. The result<strong>in</strong>g rule-base and implementation<br />

of the fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong> scheduled controller is discussed <strong>in</strong> Section 4.4. In Section 4.5<br />

the validation of the ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled flight control laws is described, which <strong>in</strong>cludes<br />

both l<strong>in</strong>ear analysis as well as pilot-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop simulation of the complete nonl<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

aircraft model. Conclud<strong>in</strong>g remarks are given <strong>in</strong> Section 4.6. In Appendix A a<br />

brief description the longitud<strong>in</strong>al equations of motion and the longitud<strong>in</strong>al aerodynamic<br />

model of the SCA model is given.<br />

4.1 Stability and <strong>Control</strong> Augmentation <strong>System</strong><br />

The simplified structure of the “classical” longitud<strong>in</strong>al FCLs of the SCA model is<br />

illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 4.1. Refer to Appendix A for a brief description of the longitud<strong>in</strong>al<br />

flight dynamics of the SCA model. The functionality of the longitud<strong>in</strong>al<br />

FCLs can be divided <strong>in</strong>to the follow<strong>in</strong>g parts:<br />

Pitch damper. Proportional feedback of the pitch rate q is the most basic<br />

approach for augmentation of Cmq , which is the aerodynamic coefficient that<br />

represents the change <strong>in</strong> the moment around the Y-axis m due to a change <strong>in</strong><br />

q. This aerodynamic coefficient is directly related to the natural short-period<br />

damp<strong>in</strong>g ζsp of the aircraft. The ideal value for the ga<strong>in</strong> GQ is given by the<br />

43


44 Chapter 4. Scheduled Classical <strong>Control</strong><br />

Figure 4.1: Simplified representation of the longitud<strong>in</strong>al FCLs.<br />

desired augmentation of Cmq , i.e. ∆Cmq , and the elevator effectiveness Cmδ :<br />

GQ = ∆Cmq<br />

, (4.1)<br />

Cmδ<br />

where Cmδ is the aerodynamic coefficient that represents the change <strong>in</strong> the<br />

moment around the Y-axis m due to a change <strong>in</strong> δe.<br />

Feedback path. Proportional feedback of the angle-of-attack α is the most<br />

basic approach for augmentation of Cmα , which is the aerodynamic coefficient<br />

that represents the change <strong>in</strong> the moment around the Y-axis m due<br />

to a change <strong>in</strong> α. This aerodynamic coefficient is directly related to stiffness<br />

and the frequency of the short-period motion ωsp. The ideal feedback ga<strong>in</strong><br />

Gα is given by the desired augmentation of Cmα , i.e. ∆Cmα , and the elevator<br />

effectiveness:<br />

Gα = ∆Cmα<br />

. (4.2)<br />

Cmδ<br />

S<strong>in</strong>ce the AoA signal is not available for control, the normal acceleration<br />

and pitch rate are used with appropriate schedul<strong>in</strong>g. The short-period approximation<br />

transfer function from normal acceleration to angle-of-attack α,<br />

ignor<strong>in</strong>g the effect of the elevator deflection, is described by the follow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

expression:<br />

α mg<br />

nz<br />

=<br />

1<br />

2 ρV 2 T SCNα<br />

, (4.3)


4.1. Stability and <strong>Control</strong> Augmentation <strong>System</strong> 45<br />

Figure 4.2: Def<strong>in</strong>ition of the membership degrees µδc and µVC .Left:µδcas a function<br />

of the absolute value of the column deflection |δc| <strong>in</strong> degrees. Right: µVC as a function<br />

of the calibrated airspeed VC <strong>in</strong> knots.<br />

where m is the mass of the aircraft, g the gravity acceleration, ρ the air<br />

density, VT the true airspeed, S the w<strong>in</strong>g reference area, and CNα is the<br />

aerodynamic coefficient that represents the change <strong>in</strong> normal force N due to a<br />

change <strong>in</strong> AoA. The short-period approximation transfer function from pitch<br />

rate to normal acceleration, ignor<strong>in</strong>g the effect of the elevator deflection, is<br />

described by the follow<strong>in</strong>g expression:<br />

nz<br />

q<br />

= VT<br />

g<br />

1<br />

, (4.4)<br />

τs+1<br />

where τ = U0<br />

<strong>in</strong> the trimmed condition. The latter equation is reconstructed<br />

Nα<br />

<strong>in</strong> the feedback path illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 4.1. The derivation of the relations<br />

given <strong>in</strong> Equations 4.3 and 4.4 is given <strong>in</strong> Appendix B.2.<br />

The normal acceleration that is fed back is a blend<strong>in</strong>g of the normal acceleration<br />

measurement and the normal acceleration signal obta<strong>in</strong>ed through<br />

the pitch rate measurement (see Equation 4.4). The blend<strong>in</strong>g is a function<br />

of the column deflection δc and the calibrated airspeed VC:<br />

nz,fb = wnz +(1− w)<br />

VT<br />

g<br />

1<br />

τs+1<br />

<br />

q, (4.5)<br />

where nz,fb denotes the result<strong>in</strong>g feedback signal. The weight w is computed<br />

as follows:<br />

w = µδc<br />

µVC , (4.6)<br />

where µδc is the membership degree computed from the column deflection<br />

and µVC is the membership degree computed from the calibrated airspeed,<br />

see also Figure 4.2. With the column centered (w = 0), only the pitch rate<br />

signal is contribut<strong>in</strong>g to the feedback signal. The same holds for large stick<br />

deflections at low calibrated airspeed. The normal acceleration signal is contribut<strong>in</strong>g<br />

to the feedback signal for large stick deflections at medium and<br />

high calibrated airspeed (w >0).<br />

The ideal proportional ga<strong>in</strong> is obta<strong>in</strong>ed as follows:<br />

mg<br />

, (4.7)<br />

KP = Gα<br />

1<br />

2 ρV 2 T SCNα


46 Chapter 4. Scheduled Classical <strong>Control</strong><br />

where the ideal value for Gα is given <strong>in</strong> Equation 4.2. The <strong>in</strong>tegral action<br />

KI<br />

s is added <strong>in</strong> the feedback path <strong>in</strong> order to reduce the steady-state error<br />

of the achieved pitch rate compared to the commanded pitch rate and to<br />

<strong>in</strong>crease the robustness of the controller with respect to the performance <strong>in</strong><br />

off-design flight conditions and disturbances.<br />

Feedforward path. The feedforward path feeds the shaped pilot command,<br />

multiplied by the feedforward ga<strong>in</strong>, directly to the elevator. This augments<br />

the control of the aircraft without compromis<strong>in</strong>g its stability. The shortperiod<br />

approximation transfer function from the elevator deflection to the<br />

normal acceleration nz is:<br />

nz(s)<br />

δe(s)<br />

= VT<br />

g<br />

Kq<br />

( s<br />

ωsp )2 +2ζsp( s<br />

ωsp )+1.<br />

With the feedforward ga<strong>in</strong> this relation is modified as follows:<br />

nz(s)<br />

δe(s)<br />

= GFF<br />

VT<br />

g<br />

Kq<br />

( s<br />

ωsp )2 +2ζsp( s<br />

ωsp )+1.<br />

(4.8)<br />

(4.9)<br />

Command shap<strong>in</strong>g filter. This lead-lag filter shapes the pilot command<br />

such that the desired attitude (and flight path) response is obta<strong>in</strong>ed (Gibson<br />

1999). The short-period approximation transfer function from elevator deflection<br />

δe to the pitch rate q is as follows:<br />

q(s)<br />

δe(s) =<br />

Kq(Tθ2 s +1)<br />

( s<br />

ωsp )2 +2ζsp( s<br />

ωsp )+1.<br />

(4.10)<br />

The command shap<strong>in</strong>g is achieved by cancell<strong>in</strong>g the (stable) zero correspond<strong>in</strong>g<br />

to the short-period motion and place a new (stable) zero at the desired<br />

location:<br />

Kq(Tθ2,news +1)<br />

( s<br />

ωsp )2 +2ζsp( s<br />

where τLAG = Tθ2 and τLEAD = Tθ2,new .<br />

4.2 Partition<br />

ωsp )+1 = τLEADs +1<br />

τLAGs +1<br />

Kq(Tθ2 s +1)<br />

( s<br />

ωsp )2 +2ζsp( s<br />

ωsp )+1,<br />

(4.11)<br />

The procedure to obta<strong>in</strong> a fuzzy partition of the flight envelope us<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g<br />

is described <strong>in</strong> more detail <strong>in</strong> Chapter 3. The fuzzy partition that is derived<br />

<strong>in</strong> Chapter 3 is used <strong>in</strong> this chapter to design the ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled classical FCLs.<br />

The fuzzy partition computed by us<strong>in</strong>g the modified membership functions (see<br />

Figure 3.5b) is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 4.3.<br />

4.3 Automatic Tun<strong>in</strong>g Procedure<br />

Usually, the tun<strong>in</strong>g of the FCLs is performed us<strong>in</strong>g different objectives for different<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. The operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts represent the centers of the clusters, see


4.3. Automatic Tun<strong>in</strong>g Procedure 47<br />

Figure 4.3: Decomposition of the flight envelope <strong>in</strong>to eight operat<strong>in</strong>g regimes. The<br />

dots denote the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts, while the asterisks denote the test flight conditions.<br />

Each operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t and test flight condition is labelled with a number.<br />

Section 3.3. For <strong>in</strong>stance, an operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t for the land<strong>in</strong>g phase flight condition<br />

requires high precision attitude control, while <strong>in</strong> an operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t represent<strong>in</strong>g<br />

the cruise flight condition the requirements are less restrictive.<br />

The tun<strong>in</strong>g of the ga<strong>in</strong>s of the classical FCLs, the default FCLs <strong>in</strong> the SE, is a<br />

time-consum<strong>in</strong>g procedure. In order to be able to evaluate the performance of the<br />

scheduler <strong>in</strong> an early stage of the design process, before implementation <strong>in</strong> the<br />

nonl<strong>in</strong>ear FCLs, the simplified FCLs (see Figure 4.1) are used <strong>in</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ation with<br />

an automatic tun<strong>in</strong>g procedure. This procedure makes use of a fourth order l<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

longitud<strong>in</strong>al model. When the ga<strong>in</strong>s are set to zero, except for the feedforward ga<strong>in</strong><br />

which is set to one, the closed-loop system is equal to the bare aircraft model. In<br />

each iteration <strong>in</strong> the automatic tun<strong>in</strong>g procedure, the Matlab/Simul<strong>in</strong>k TM model<br />

is trimmed and l<strong>in</strong>earized and the damp<strong>in</strong>g and frequency of the short-period and<br />

phugoid motion are evaluated. The automatic tun<strong>in</strong>g strategy, which is developed<br />

<strong>in</strong> cooperation with experienced flight control eng<strong>in</strong>eers from <strong>in</strong>dustry, consists of<br />

four steps:<br />

1. Tun<strong>in</strong>g GQ to obta<strong>in</strong> the required short-period damp<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

The ma<strong>in</strong> effect of <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g GQ is the <strong>in</strong>crease of the short-period damp<strong>in</strong>g<br />

ζsp. The pitch damper ga<strong>in</strong> GQ is set such that the short-period damp<strong>in</strong>g is<br />

ζsp =0.80, us<strong>in</strong>g an optimization algorithm.


48 Chapter 4. Scheduled Classical <strong>Control</strong><br />

Table 4.1: The operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and their correspond<strong>in</strong>g FCL parameters result<strong>in</strong>g<br />

from the automated tun<strong>in</strong>g procedure on the simplified longitud<strong>in</strong>al FCL structure.<br />

FC Mach Alt. Dyn. GQ KP KI GFF τLEAD τLAG<br />

nr. [kft] press.<br />

[-] [mbar]<br />

1 0.83 38.0 118 1.09 0.22 0.59 0.16 0.42 1.49<br />

2 0.59 32.3 72 0.90 0.63 1.74 0.14 0.58 1.68<br />

3 0.65 11.0 220 0.53 0.22 0.63 0.07 0.29 0.67<br />

4 0.39 5.9 90 0.63 0.66 2.06 0.12 0.48 1.09<br />

5 0.33 15.4 44 0.61 1.87 3.60 0.21 0.88 3.28<br />

6 0.59 23.2 108 0.77 0.42 1.34 0.12 0.44 1.21<br />

7 0.55 9.8 160 0.56 0.29 0.92 0.08 0.35 0.81<br />

8 0.79 25.8 185 0.78 0.28 0.97 0.09 0.30 0.81<br />

2. Tun<strong>in</strong>g KI and KP to obta<strong>in</strong> the required phugoid damp<strong>in</strong>g and<br />

ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong> the required short-period damp<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

The ma<strong>in</strong> effect of <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g KI is the <strong>in</strong>crease of the phugoid damp<strong>in</strong>g<br />

ζph. However, an undesirable side-effect is the decrease of the short-period<br />

damp<strong>in</strong>g. Although the ma<strong>in</strong> effect of <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g KP is the <strong>in</strong>crease of the<br />

short-period frequency (see Section 4.1), it also results <strong>in</strong> an <strong>in</strong>crease of the<br />

short-period damp<strong>in</strong>g. However, an undesirable side-effect is the decrease<br />

of the phugoid damp<strong>in</strong>g. The tun<strong>in</strong>g KP and KI is therefore an iterative<br />

process. The objective is to tune KI and KP such that the phugoid damp<strong>in</strong>g<br />

is equal to ζph =0.90, while the short-period damp<strong>in</strong>g stays at ζsp =0.80.<br />

3. Tun<strong>in</strong>g GFF to provide optimal direct <strong>in</strong>put to the elevator.<br />

The dynamics of the aircraft are augmented and fixed at this po<strong>in</strong>t. The<br />

purpose of the feedforward path is to improve handl<strong>in</strong>g performance. The<br />

feedforward ga<strong>in</strong> GFF should be such that the direct <strong>in</strong>put to the elevators<br />

br<strong>in</strong>gs the aircraft close to the commanded set po<strong>in</strong>t. The pilot <strong>in</strong>put is <strong>in</strong><br />

fact a commanded normal acceleration. The feedforward ga<strong>in</strong> is set equal<br />

to the <strong>in</strong>verse of the ga<strong>in</strong> of the short-period approximation of the transfer<br />

function from elevator deflection δe to normal acceleration nz.<br />

4. Tun<strong>in</strong>g the lead-lag filter to obta<strong>in</strong> zero dropback.<br />

The lead-lag filter denom<strong>in</strong>ator time constant is chosen to cancel the zero of<br />

the short-period motion Tθ2 . The lead-lag filter numerator time constant is<br />

chosen to obta<strong>in</strong> zero dropback <strong>in</strong> pitch attitude.<br />

The operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and their correspond<strong>in</strong>g FCL parameters result<strong>in</strong>g from the<br />

automatic tun<strong>in</strong>g procedure are given <strong>in</strong> Table 4.1.<br />

4.4 The Scheduler<br />

The scheduler for the ga<strong>in</strong>s of the FCLs is implemented as a TS fuzzy model. The<br />

rule-base of the TS fuzzy model is equivalent to the rule-base given <strong>in</strong> Equation 3.11


4.4. The Scheduler 49<br />

Figure 4.4: Hierarchical structure of the scheduler.<br />

Table 4.2: Aircraft configurations.<br />

Config. Flaps Slats Remarks<br />

[deg] [deg]<br />

1 0 0 clean configuration<br />

2 0 25<br />

3 12 25<br />

4 20 25 take-off configuration<br />

5 40 25 land<strong>in</strong>g configuration<br />

and the str<strong>in</strong>g of local FCL parameter is def<strong>in</strong>ed as Ki =[GQi ,KPi ,KIi ,GFFi ,<br />

τLEADi ,τLAGi ].<br />

The ga<strong>in</strong> scheduler that is described above is designed for clean configuration.<br />

However, dur<strong>in</strong>g take-off and land<strong>in</strong>g the configuration of the aircraft is typically<br />

modified to optimize its performance with respect to the correspond<strong>in</strong>g flight task.<br />

This is achieved by deploy<strong>in</strong>g the flaps and slats that are mounted on the trail<strong>in</strong>g<br />

and lead<strong>in</strong>g edge of the w<strong>in</strong>g, respectively. The five configurations that can be<br />

selected <strong>in</strong> the SCA model, <strong>in</strong> terms of flaps and slats deflection, are described<br />

<strong>in</strong> Table 4.2. S<strong>in</strong>ce the aircraft dynamics change significantly with aircraft configuration,<br />

the FCL parameters need to be scheduled accord<strong>in</strong>gly. The land<strong>in</strong>g<br />

gear is not taken <strong>in</strong>to account because it has only m<strong>in</strong>or effects on the aircraft<br />

dynamics when it is extended. Besides the ga<strong>in</strong> scheduler that is described above,<br />

a second ga<strong>in</strong> scheduler is designed for the land<strong>in</strong>g configuration us<strong>in</strong>g the same<br />

method. S<strong>in</strong>ce the flight envelope for land<strong>in</strong>g configuration is much smaller, fewer<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are needed compared to the clean configuration. The number of<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts for the land<strong>in</strong>g configuration <strong>in</strong> this case is two. The rule-base<br />

for the land<strong>in</strong>g configuration therefore has two rules. The schedulers for Clean<br />

Configuration (CC) and Land<strong>in</strong>g Configuration (LC) run <strong>in</strong> parallel and their respective<br />

outputs, KCC and KLC, are scheduled as a function of the flap deflection:<br />

R1 : If δfl = SMALL then K = KCC<br />

R2 : If δfl = BIG then K = KLC


50 Chapter 4. Scheduled Classical <strong>Control</strong><br />

G Q<br />

τ LEAD<br />

K I<br />

1<br />

K P<br />

0.5<br />

2<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

G FF<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

0.35<br />

0.3<br />

0.2<br />

0.15<br />

τ LAG<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

Figure 4.5: The ga<strong>in</strong> scheduled FCL parameters GQ, KP , KI, GFF, τLEAD, and<br />

τLAG as a function of Mach number and dynamic pressure (clean configuration).<br />

Configurations 1 through 3 <strong>in</strong> Table 4.2 correspond to small flap deflections, while<br />

configurations 4 and 5 correspond to big flap deflections. A schematic <strong>in</strong>terpretation<br />

of the result<strong>in</strong>g scheduler is given <strong>in</strong> Figure 4.4. The rule-bases for clean and<br />

land<strong>in</strong>g configuration could be comb<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> a s<strong>in</strong>gle rule-base with flap deflection<br />

as a third antecedent or schedul<strong>in</strong>g variable. However, this would result <strong>in</strong> more<br />

rules and it would obscure the underly<strong>in</strong>g physical structure.<br />

4.5 Evaluation<br />

As mentioned before, the FCL parameters given <strong>in</strong> Table 4.1, which are obta<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

through the automated tun<strong>in</strong>g procedure, are only used to evaluate the scheduler<br />

<strong>in</strong> the early stages of the design. The FCL parameters that are implemented <strong>in</strong><br />

the full nonl<strong>in</strong>ear FCLs, see Table 4.3, are taken from the FCLs that serve as the<br />

default of the SE. Figure 4.5 shows the correspond<strong>in</strong>g FCL parameters as a function<br />

of Mach number and dynamic pressure.<br />

In this section the closed-loop system is evaluated <strong>in</strong> a number of test flight conditions<br />

selected by flight control eng<strong>in</strong>eers from <strong>in</strong>dustry. This evaluation considers<br />

straight and level flight conditions <strong>in</strong> clean configuration. The GS FCLs are eval-<br />

8<br />

6<br />

10<br />

5<br />

1<br />

0.5


4.5. Evaluation 51<br />

Table 4.3: The operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and their correspond<strong>in</strong>g FCL parameters result<strong>in</strong>g<br />

from manual tun<strong>in</strong>g us<strong>in</strong>g the full longitud<strong>in</strong>al FCL structure.<br />

FC Mach Alt. Dyn. GQ KP KI GFF τLEAD τLAG<br />

nr. [kft] press.<br />

[-] [mbar]<br />

1 0.83 38.0 118 1.13 0.14 0.58 0.16 0.42 1.49<br />

2 0.59 32.3 72 0.90 0.62 1.74 0.14 0.58 1.68<br />

3 0.65 11.0 220 0.57 0.11 0.62 0.07 0.29 0.67<br />

4 0.39 5.9 90 0.64 0.62 2.06 0.12 0.48 1.09<br />

5 0.33 15.4 44 0.59 1.99 3.60 0.21 0.88 3.28<br />

6 0.59 23.2 108 0.79 0.36 1.35 0.12 0.44 1.21<br />

7 0.55 9.8 160 0.58 0.20 0.92 0.08 0.35 0.81<br />

8 0.79 25.8 185 0.82 0.18 0.96 0.09 0.30 0.81<br />

Table 4.4: Test flight conditions.<br />

FC Mach Altitude Dynamic<br />

number [kft] pressure<br />

[-] [mbar]<br />

14 0.35 15.0 51<br />

15 0.30 5.0 54<br />

16 0.70 35.0 92<br />

17 0.60 25.0 104<br />

18 0.50 5.0 157<br />

19 0.70 15.0 221<br />

20 0.75 40.0 85<br />

uated by l<strong>in</strong>ear analysis and nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulation. The test flight conditions are<br />

given <strong>in</strong> Table 4.4 and illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 4.3.<br />

4.5.1 L<strong>in</strong>ear off-l<strong>in</strong>e evaluation<br />

The l<strong>in</strong>ear analysis consists of evaluat<strong>in</strong>g the ga<strong>in</strong> marg<strong>in</strong> GM, the phase marg<strong>in</strong><br />

PM, the short-period frequency ωsp and the short-period damp<strong>in</strong>g ζsp. Ideally the<br />

GM exceeds 12 dB and the PM exceeds 60 ◦ . It can be seen <strong>in</strong> Table 4.5 that these<br />

criteria are amply met <strong>in</strong> all the test flight conditions. Furthermore a number of<br />

handl<strong>in</strong>g qualities are evaluated: the <strong>Control</strong> Anticipation Parameter (CAP) criterion,<br />

the pitch rate time history criteria (PR), the pitch axis equivalent time delay<br />

criterion (ETD), and the dropback criterion (DB). These handl<strong>in</strong>g qualities are<br />

considered to be the most significant (Gibson 1999, Alony et al. 1998). In order<br />

to comply with the design requirements for normal operation the CAP should be<br />

between 0.085 and 3.6, the pitch rate transient peak ratio should be less than 0.05,<br />

TriseVT should be between 5.33 and 296.2, the ETD should be less than 0.10 sec,<br />

and for the DB the po<strong>in</strong>t ( qpeak<br />

qss<br />

, ∆θ<br />

qss<br />

) should be below the l<strong>in</strong>e that runs through


52 Chapter 4. Scheduled Classical <strong>Control</strong><br />

q [deg⋅s −1 ]<br />

n z [−]<br />

θ [deg]<br />

δ e [deg]<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

−2<br />

0 5 10 15<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0 5 10 15<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15<br />

0<br />

−5<br />

−10<br />

0 5 10 15<br />

Time [s]<br />

Figure 4.6: L<strong>in</strong>ear simulation results with fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the cruise flight<br />

condition: pitch rate q, normal acceleration nz, attitude θ, and elevator deflection δe<br />

as a function of time.<br />

the po<strong>in</strong>ts (0, 3) and (1, 2.35). These criteria are met <strong>in</strong> all the test flight conditions,<br />

see Table 4.5.<br />

In Figure 4.6 the results of a l<strong>in</strong>ear simulation example with fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

are illustrated for test condition FC20. This flight condition corresponds to the<br />

cruise flight condition. Dur<strong>in</strong>g the simulation a block-shaped pilot <strong>in</strong>put is used,<br />

which starts at t = 1 sec and term<strong>in</strong>ates at t = 7 sec. It can be seen from the time<br />

history of θ that the dropback <strong>in</strong> pitch attitude is <strong>in</strong>deed negligible.<br />

Table 4.5: Evaluation results <strong>in</strong> the test flight conditions: ga<strong>in</strong> marg<strong>in</strong> GM, phase marg<strong>in</strong><br />

PM, short-period frequency ωsp, short-period damp<strong>in</strong>g ζsp, control anticipation<br />

parameter criterion (CAP), pitch rate time history criteria (PR), pitch axis equivalent<br />

time delay criterion (ETD), and the dropback criterion (DB).<br />

FC GM<br />

[dB]<br />

PM<br />

[deg]<br />

ζsp<br />

[-]<br />

ωsp<br />

[rad s −1 ]<br />

CAP PR<br />

∆q2<br />

∆q1<br />

PR<br />

TriseVT<br />

ETD DP<br />

( DB<br />

qss<br />

, qmax<br />

qss )<br />

14 23.6 147.7 0.78 2.22 0.44 0.020 50.6 0.03 (0.19,1.19)<br />

15 23.3 137.2 0.81 2.31 0.44 0.012 42.6 0.03 (0.18,1.18)<br />

16 26.4 179.9 0.80 3.22 0.37 0.015 65.6 0.03 (0.13,1.18)<br />

17 26.8 138.9 0.79 3.57 0.43 0.019 54.0 0.03 (0.12,1.18)<br />

18 28.5 124.5 0.82 4.51 0.48 0.011 38.7 0.03 (0.09,1.17)<br />

19 30.4 134.0 0.77 5.53 0.47 0.022 45.0 0.03 (0.08,1.19)<br />

20 26.5 179.5 0.79 3.03 0.37 0.017 74.3 0.03 (0.14,1.18)


4.5. Evaluation 53<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

Flap deflection [deg]<br />

0.4<br />

0.3<br />

0.2<br />

0 20 40 60<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0 20 40 60<br />

Time [s]<br />

(a) Inputs.<br />

G Q<br />

K I<br />

τ LEAD<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

CGS<br />

FGS<br />

0<br />

15<br />

20 40 60<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0 20 40 60<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60<br />

Time [s]<br />

K P<br />

G FF<br />

τ LAG<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

20<br />

20 40 60<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0.7<br />

20 40 60<br />

0.65<br />

0.6<br />

(b) Outputs.<br />

0.55<br />

0 20 40 60<br />

Figure 4.7: (a) Inputs of the Fuzzy Ga<strong>in</strong> Scheduler. (b) Outputs of the conventional<br />

(CGS) and fuzzy (FGS) ga<strong>in</strong> scheduler. The solid l<strong>in</strong>e denotes the conventional ga<strong>in</strong><br />

scheduler (CGS), while the dash-dotted l<strong>in</strong>e denotes the fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong> scheduler (FGS).<br />

4.5.2 Pilot-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop evaluation<br />

Pilot-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop tests were performed <strong>in</strong> the Research <strong>Flight</strong> Simulator (RFS) of<br />

the National Aerospace Laboratory (NLR) <strong>in</strong> the Netherlands. In Figure 4.7 the<br />

results of a flight simulator test with the Fuzzy Ga<strong>in</strong> Scheduler (FGS) are illustrated.<br />

This specific test is to verify the transient behavior due to the transition<br />

from land<strong>in</strong>g configuration to clean configuration while the aircraft is accelerat<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Dur<strong>in</strong>g this test the aircraft crossed four operat<strong>in</strong>g regimes, namely two for<br />

land<strong>in</strong>g configuration and two for clean configuration. The <strong>in</strong>puts to the FGS are<br />

shown <strong>in</strong> Figure 4.7a. The Mach number and the dynamic pressure are cont<strong>in</strong>uously<br />

<strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g (which <strong>in</strong>dicates the acceleration), while the flaps are retracted<br />

from 40 degrees to 0 degrees. The latter is performed <strong>in</strong> three stages accord<strong>in</strong>g<br />

to the follow<strong>in</strong>g sett<strong>in</strong>gs: flaps/slats 40/25 (land<strong>in</strong>g configuration), 20/25 (take-off<br />

configuration), 12/25 (<strong>in</strong>termediate configuration) and 00/00 (clean configuration)<br />

degrees. The transition from <strong>in</strong>termediate to clean configuration is not shown <strong>in</strong><br />

Figure 4.7. The parameters of the Conventional Ga<strong>in</strong> Scheduler (CGS) are added<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g the same <strong>in</strong>put data <strong>in</strong> order to give an <strong>in</strong>dication of the similarities and<br />

differences. The CGS parameters are therefore not result<strong>in</strong>g directly from pilot<strong>in</strong>-the-loop<br />

simulation. The differences between the parameters of the FGS and<br />

those of the CGS are due to the differences <strong>in</strong> the schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanism. In the<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts of the FGS the parameters are the same for both controllers. As<br />

can be seen <strong>in</strong> Figure 4.4, the schedul<strong>in</strong>g as a function of flap deflection takes place<br />

between 12 and 20 degrees. This transition occurs at about 46 sec. Compar<strong>in</strong>g the<br />

SCAS parameters from the CGS with those of the FGS it is clear that the ga<strong>in</strong>s<br />

of the FGS are much smoother, especially dur<strong>in</strong>g the transition from flaps/slats<br />

Time [s]


54 Chapter 4. Scheduled Classical <strong>Control</strong><br />

20/25 to 12/25 degrees. In the CGS the schedul<strong>in</strong>g as a function of flap deflection<br />

is a switch at 15 degrees, which expla<strong>in</strong>s the discont<strong>in</strong>uous behavior of the CGS<br />

ga<strong>in</strong>s <strong>in</strong> this region. Dur<strong>in</strong>g this flight simulator test of the FGS the pilot commented<br />

that he could feel no transients due to flaps/slats retraction.<br />

Dur<strong>in</strong>g the evaluation of the FGS, cover<strong>in</strong>g about 80% of the flight envelope, the<br />

two test pilots agreed that the FGS performed as good as the CGS. The FGS was<br />

not evaluated <strong>in</strong> the upper left corner of the flight envelope, see Figure 4.3, due to<br />

the lack of available simulator time and because this region is un<strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g from an<br />

operational po<strong>in</strong>t of view. The fact that the FGS is designed <strong>in</strong> a more automated<br />

fashion <strong>in</strong>dicates the improvement of this approach. Although it should be taken<br />

<strong>in</strong>to account that the FGS approach is implemented only for the most relevant<br />

parameters of the longitud<strong>in</strong>al SCAS, we conclude that the flight simulator test<br />

results are very encourag<strong>in</strong>g and that they serve as a proof-of-pr<strong>in</strong>ciple of the<br />

proposed fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g design approach.<br />

4.6 Conclusions<br />

The presented procedure shows good potential for automated design of ga<strong>in</strong> scheduled<br />

flight control laws. The objective was to reduce the design effort while at<br />

least ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g performance. The results were evaluated and discussed extensively<br />

with the <strong>in</strong>dustrial partners of the ADFCS project. The experienced test<br />

pilots could not detect any significant difference between the conventional FCLs<br />

and those implemented with FGS for the SCAS of the longitud<strong>in</strong>al axis. Even<br />

though the FGS used fewer operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts than <strong>in</strong> the conventional approach, it<br />

can be concluded that its performance is comparable. The reduction of the design<br />

effort seems evident because of the more automated approach result<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> fewer<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts, but this has not been evaluated <strong>in</strong> detail.<br />

When the flight control eng<strong>in</strong>eer designs the ga<strong>in</strong> scheduler for a classical controller,<br />

this is typically performed separately for each FCL parameter that requires<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g. Moreover, each FCL parameter is not necessarily scheduled with the<br />

same schedul<strong>in</strong>g variable(s). In other words, each FCL parameter has its own set<br />

of operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts, which makes the structure of the ga<strong>in</strong> scheduler opaque. This<br />

iterative, s<strong>in</strong>gle-loop approach of tun<strong>in</strong>g the (scheduled) FCL parameters is timeconsum<strong>in</strong>g<br />

and contributes therefore significantly to the total design cost. Due to<br />

this opaque structure, the mutual dependencies of the FCL parameters are hard<br />

to identify. This makes it difficult to understand what needs to be changed when it<br />

turns out that the performance is not as expected <strong>in</strong> a certa<strong>in</strong> flight condition. By<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g the same schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables and operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts for all related FCL parameters<br />

that require schedul<strong>in</strong>g, the mutual dependencies of the FCL parameters<br />

are clearer and corrections are easier to make. However, this does not necessarily<br />

mean that the best performance is achieved by schedul<strong>in</strong>g all FCL parameters <strong>in</strong><br />

exactly the same way. To get the same closed-loop dynamics over the entire operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

range, each FCL parameter should have a dedicated schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanism.<br />

Moreover, it makes sense to use different operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts for the longitud<strong>in</strong>al and<br />

lateral FCL parameters, s<strong>in</strong>ce they correspond to different aircraft dynamics.


5<br />

Scheduled Robust Multivariable<br />

<strong>Control</strong><br />

The ma<strong>in</strong> contribution of this chapter is the comb<strong>in</strong>ation of the ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

technique based on fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g, <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> Chapter 3, and an H∞ design<br />

approach. The design objective is to have the closed-loop system match a predef<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

reference model, tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account disturbances and uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties. The<br />

H∞ controllers are designed locally <strong>in</strong> a number of operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and the<br />

<strong>in</strong>terpolation between them (schedul<strong>in</strong>g) takes place through fuzzy membership<br />

functions. The H∞ design approach requires less design effort than the classical<br />

design approach, but it does not necessarily result <strong>in</strong> a better controller <strong>in</strong><br />

terms of stability and performance. The performance us<strong>in</strong>g the ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled<br />

H∞ controller is significantly improved compared to the performance us<strong>in</strong>g a<br />

fixed H∞ controller.<br />

This chapter is organized as follows: An overview of scheduled robust multivariable<br />

control is given <strong>in</strong> Section 5.2. In Section 5.3, the H∞ design problem is<br />

described. Section 5.4 outl<strong>in</strong>es the design process of the local H∞ controller, while<br />

<strong>in</strong> Section 5.5 the partition of the flight envelope and the design po<strong>in</strong>ts are briefly<br />

described. The parameter schedul<strong>in</strong>g approach for H∞ controllers is described <strong>in</strong><br />

Section 5.6. Conclud<strong>in</strong>g remarks are given <strong>in</strong> Section 5.7.<br />

5.1 Introduction<br />

The ma<strong>in</strong> advantage of us<strong>in</strong>g robust multivariable (MV) control techniques over<br />

classical control techniques is that they replace the s<strong>in</strong>gle-loop design approach<br />

by a multi-loop design approach. This reduces the required design effort, while<br />

simultaneously tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties and disturbances. In the<br />

case of an aircraft, examples of model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties are:<br />

1. Variation <strong>in</strong> the aircraft dynamics as a function of flight condition.<br />

2. Variations <strong>in</strong> the aircraft dynamics as a function of the weight and the centerof-gravity.<br />

55


56 Chapter 5. Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong><br />

3. Aerodynamic uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties, e.g., due to variations <strong>in</strong> the production or model<br />

mismatch.<br />

4. Unmodelled higher-order dynamics.<br />

The latter is not considered <strong>in</strong> this thesis, s<strong>in</strong>ce the controller validation is performed<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g the same model as used for the controller design. The SCA model<br />

does facilitate the option to modify the aerodynamic characteristics.<br />

It is unlikely that the design specifications can be met over the entire operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

range us<strong>in</strong>g a s<strong>in</strong>gle robust multivariable controller. Typically a compromise has to<br />

be found between performance and robustness. Two types of robustness are considered,<br />

namely robust stability and robust performance. Robust stability implies<br />

that the closed-loop system is stable for all possible plants as described by the uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty<br />

description. Robust performance implies that the performance objective<br />

is achieved under all possible plants as described by the uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty description.<br />

Expand<strong>in</strong>g the uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty, i.e. expand<strong>in</strong>g the operat<strong>in</strong>g regime, reduces the probability<br />

that robust stability and robust performance can be achieved. Schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

is a common approach to overcome this trade-off, however, schedul<strong>in</strong>g of multivariable<br />

controllers is a difficult task.<br />

5.2 Overview of Scheduled Robust MV <strong>Control</strong><br />

One of the difficulties with implement<strong>in</strong>g ga<strong>in</strong> scheduled multivariable control laws<br />

is the complexity of such control laws. For a controller of order n with ni <strong>in</strong>puts<br />

and no outputs, there are n(1+n<strong>in</strong>o)+n<strong>in</strong>o controller parameters to schedule (Ly<br />

et al. 1985, Nichols et al. 1993, Hyde and Glover 1993). Two categories of ga<strong>in</strong>schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

robust multivariable controllers can be found <strong>in</strong> the literature:<br />

1. Schedul<strong>in</strong>g of the controller output matrix.<br />

2. Schedul<strong>in</strong>g of both the controller dynamics and the controller output matrix.<br />

An example of the first category can be found <strong>in</strong> (Garg 1997). A nom<strong>in</strong>al controller<br />

is designed that gives a stable closed-loop system <strong>in</strong> the entire operat<strong>in</strong>g range.<br />

The parameters of the output matrix are optimized such that the closed-loop system<br />

at the off-design po<strong>in</strong>ts closely matches the closed-loop system <strong>in</strong> the design<br />

po<strong>in</strong>t. The controller eigenvalues are not affected. It is possible that this simplified<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g scheme is not sufficient to account for significant variations <strong>in</strong> the plant<br />

poles and zeros.<br />

Many examples of the second category can be found <strong>in</strong> the literature, show<strong>in</strong>g a<br />

wide variety of design approaches. However, <strong>in</strong> all approaches an attempt is made<br />

to reduce the order of the controller and/or to impose a certa<strong>in</strong> structure on the<br />

controller <strong>in</strong> order to simplify the schedul<strong>in</strong>g problem.<br />

In (Nichols et al. 1993) a ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled robust multivariable controller is designed<br />

for the autopilot function of a missile. The system has two <strong>in</strong>puts and one<br />

output. The order of each controller is reduced from seven to four. Moreover, after<br />

the order reduction, two poles and two zeros that do not vary significantly from<br />

one operat<strong>in</strong>g condition to the next are replaced by their average values. This


5.3. General Description of the Robust <strong>Control</strong> Problem 57<br />

modification yields fourth-order l<strong>in</strong>earized controller transfer functions conta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g<br />

an identical second-order factor at each operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t. This significantly reduces<br />

the number of parameters to be scheduled. Schedul<strong>in</strong>g takes place directly on the<br />

ga<strong>in</strong>s, poles and zeros of the fourth order controllers. This is possible if the poles<br />

and zeros are identifiable or recognizable, i.e. if it is possible to identify the pole(s)<br />

and/or zero(s) of a certa<strong>in</strong> mode <strong>in</strong> each local controller. Schedul<strong>in</strong>g is performed<br />

through l<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>in</strong>terpolation as a function of Mach number and angle-of-attack. A<br />

similar approach is taken <strong>in</strong> (L<strong>in</strong> and Khammash 2001). Moreover, <strong>in</strong> this paper<br />

the parameters are modified such that they monotonically <strong>in</strong>crease/decrease with<br />

the <strong>in</strong>dicated airspeed.<br />

The schedul<strong>in</strong>g of H∞ controllers would be simplified if it is possible to write<br />

the controller as a plant observer plus state feedback:<br />

˙ˆx = Aˆx + H(y − C ˆx)+Bu<br />

u = F ˆx.<br />

The clear structure lends itself to ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g of the F and H matrices. In<br />

general, it is not clear that H∞ controllers can be written as exact plant state<br />

observers as there will be a worst disturbance term enter<strong>in</strong>g the observer state<br />

equation as shown <strong>in</strong> (Doyle et al. 1989). However, <strong>in</strong> (Hyde and Glover 1993)<br />

it is shown that the normalized coprime factor robust stabilization approach produces<br />

a controller which can be written as a plant observer plus state feedback.<br />

The application describes the design of a controller for a Very Short Take-Off and<br />

Land<strong>in</strong>g (VSTOL) aircraft, which has significant variations <strong>in</strong> airspeed. The scheduler<br />

is based on l<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>in</strong>terpolation of the matrices F and H as a function of true<br />

airspeed and angle-of-attack. A similar design approach can be found <strong>in</strong> (Pellanda<br />

et al. 2000).<br />

An alternative to the approaches described above is to design all the controllers<br />

simultaneously, <strong>in</strong>herently solv<strong>in</strong>g the stability problems that can occur when<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g multivariable controllers. This can be done by us<strong>in</strong>g L<strong>in</strong>ear Matrix Inequalities<br />

(LMIs) and is described <strong>in</strong> (Apkarian et al. 1995, Apkarian and Gah<strong>in</strong>et<br />

1995, Apkarian et al. 2000). The nonl<strong>in</strong>ear model of the plant is transformed<br />

<strong>in</strong>to the L<strong>in</strong>ear Parameter-Vary<strong>in</strong>g (LPV) format, where the parameters vary as<br />

a function of the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables. The result<strong>in</strong>g controller is also described<br />

<strong>in</strong> the LPV format. By <strong>in</strong>corporat<strong>in</strong>g the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables, the controller adjusts<br />

to the variations <strong>in</strong> the plant dynamics <strong>in</strong> order to ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong> stability and<br />

high performance along all trajectories of the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables. This approach<br />

is valid only when a s<strong>in</strong>gle Lyapunov function is used over the entire operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

range. The design approach is demonstrated on a second order LPV model of a<br />

missile (Apkarian et al. 1995).<br />

5.3 General Description of the Robust <strong>Control</strong> Problem<br />

Figure 5.1 illustrates the robust control problem (Zhou et al. 1995). The control<br />

objective is to design the dynamic controller K such that the closed-loop system


58 Chapter 5. Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong><br />

Figure 5.1: Robust <strong>Control</strong> Problem.<br />

meets the design requirements, while tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account certa<strong>in</strong> disturbances<br />

d and model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties. The block ∆ is a matrix of which the elements δi,j<br />

vary between -1 and 1, δi,j ∈ [−1, 1]. The model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty can be def<strong>in</strong>ed by<br />

appropriately choos<strong>in</strong>g the vector signal z and the structure of the matrix ∆. An<br />

illustrative example can be found <strong>in</strong> (Balas et al. 1991). For a detailed description<br />

of the robust control problem, the reader is referred to (Zhou et al. 1995).<br />

5.3.1 The generalized plant<br />

The generalized plant is a l<strong>in</strong>ear model of the nom<strong>in</strong>al open-loop system (plant<br />

model, actuator dynamics, sensor model, anti-alias<strong>in</strong>g filters, etc), <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g the<br />

reference model and weight<strong>in</strong>g filters for the design of the controller. S<strong>in</strong>ce the<br />

generalized plant is a l<strong>in</strong>ear approximation of a nonl<strong>in</strong>ear system, it will vary with<br />

the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t. The three outputs of the generalized plant are the vectors z,<br />

e and y:<br />

z <strong>in</strong>puts of the uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty block ∆ (variations from the nom<strong>in</strong>al model).<br />

e performance measures: track<strong>in</strong>g error (e1) and control activity penalty (e2).<br />

y feedback signals that are used as <strong>in</strong>put to the controller K.<br />

The three <strong>in</strong>puts of the generalized plant are the vectors w, d and u:<br />

w outputs of the uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty block ∆.<br />

d disturbances, to be separated <strong>in</strong> the command signal (d1), sensor noise (d2)<br />

and disturbances (d3).<br />

y control signal (output of the controller).<br />

The reference model that is used for the design of the robust multivariable controller<br />

represents the desired closed-loop system dynamics. The reference model<br />

should be chosen such that it fulfills the stability and performance requirements.


5.4. Robust Multivariable <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>Design</strong> 59<br />

Each measurement is corrupted with sensor noise which becomes more severe with<br />

<strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g frequency. This is phenomenon is realized through the noise filter. The<br />

track<strong>in</strong>g and actuator filters are (dynamic) weight<strong>in</strong>g filters that need to be tuned.<br />

5.3.2 Model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties<br />

The model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties can be divided <strong>in</strong>to two categories:<br />

1. Model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties due to schedul<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

2. Model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties due to changes <strong>in</strong> variables which are not schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

variables, due to parameter uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties and due to unmodelled (higherorder)<br />

dynamics.<br />

The first category of model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties are due to nonl<strong>in</strong>earities <strong>in</strong> the aircraft<br />

model. In order to effectively deal with the nonl<strong>in</strong>earities, a schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanism<br />

for the controller is <strong>in</strong>troduced. However, <strong>in</strong> general, the scheduled controller at<br />

off-design flight conditions is not equal to the controller designed for that specific<br />

flight condition (Babuˇska and Oosterom 2003). This mismatch between model and<br />

controller can be <strong>in</strong>terpreted as a model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty. Examples of uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties<br />

of the second category are uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties due to variations of the weight and the<br />

position of the center-of-gravity, parameter uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties, and uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties due to<br />

the (false) assumption of a rigid body. It should be noted that the second category<br />

of uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties are present both <strong>in</strong> the design flight condition as well as <strong>in</strong> the<br />

off-design flight conditions.<br />

5.3.3 <strong>Control</strong>ler<br />

The controller needs to be robust aga<strong>in</strong>st the model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties and the disturbances,<br />

mean<strong>in</strong>g that it should perform with<strong>in</strong> the specifications under all uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties<br />

represented by the block ∆ and the disturbances represented by the vector<br />

d. There are several techniques to design the controller, such as the µ-synthesis<br />

approach or the LMI approach. In this chapter the controller results from design<br />

process us<strong>in</strong>g LMIs (Doyle et al. 1989). This is discussed <strong>in</strong> more detail <strong>in</strong><br />

Section 5.4 and Appendix F.<br />

5.4 Robust Multivariable <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>Design</strong><br />

The objective is to design a fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled H∞ controller for the full flight<br />

envelope of the SCA model. Furthermore, the FGS H∞ controller should ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><br />

robust stability and robust performance under the above described uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties.<br />

The generalized plant illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 5.2, has seven <strong>in</strong>puts and six outputs.<br />

The seven <strong>in</strong>puts are (the dimensions are given <strong>in</strong> brackets):<br />

• w[1]: scalar output from the uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty block (represent<strong>in</strong>g model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties)


60 Chapter 5. Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong><br />

2<br />

d1: pilot<br />

command<br />

Column Dynamics<br />

Fs [lb] Col [deg]<br />

4<br />

y1: q_c<br />

5<br />

y2: q_fb<br />

6<br />

y3: nz_fb<br />

K<br />

7<br />

u1: control<br />

signal<br />

G2<br />

G1<br />

Col [deg] q [deg/s]<br />

Reference Model<br />

1<br />

z1<br />

∆<br />

1<br />

w1<br />

tau.s+1<br />

tau.s<br />

5<br />

d4: u_gust<br />

6<br />

d5: w_gust<br />

de<br />

de_c<br />

de_dot<br />

Elevator<br />

Actuator<br />

u_gust<br />

w_gust sens em<br />

de<br />

L<strong>in</strong>ear AC<br />

de_dot perf_de<br />

<strong>Control</strong> Activity<br />

Weight<br />

q [deg/s]<br />

q VT/g<br />

theta [deg]<br />

nz [g]<br />

nz_comp<br />

VT [m/s]<br />

Anti−alias<strong>in</strong>g Filters and<br />

Computation<br />

q_noise<br />

3<br />

d2: q_noise<br />

nz_noise 4<br />

d3: nz_noise<br />

Noise Filter<br />

Figure 5.2: The generalized plant with <strong>in</strong>put uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty.<br />

Track<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Weight<br />

num(s)<br />

den(s)<br />

2<br />

e1: perf_q<br />

3<br />

e2: perf_de<br />

• d[5]: the pitch reference signal (d1), two sensor noise sources (d2 and d3),<br />

and two atmospheric turbulence sources (d4 and d5)<br />

• u[1]: the control <strong>in</strong>put (commanded elevator deflection).<br />

while the six outputs are:<br />

• z[1]: scalar <strong>in</strong>put of the uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty block<br />

• e[2]: the pitch rate error signal (e1) and the control activity signal (e2)<br />

• y[3]: the command path signal (y1, commanded pitch rate) and two feedback<br />

signals (y2 and y3, pitch rate and normal acceleration ).<br />

The controller is a multi-<strong>in</strong>put, s<strong>in</strong>gle-output system with the <strong>in</strong>put vector y and<br />

with the output scalar u. The pitch rate error signal penalizes the difference between<br />

the true pitch rate q and the output of the reference model qref. The control<br />

activity signal penalizes the time derivative of the elevator deflection, ˙ δe.<br />

5.4.1 Reference model<br />

The follow<strong>in</strong>g longitud<strong>in</strong>al handl<strong>in</strong>g quality requirements are used as a guidel<strong>in</strong>e for<br />

the reference model: CAP criterion, pitch attitude bandwidth criterion, dropback<br />

criterion and the pitch rate time history criteria (Hodgk<strong>in</strong>son 1999, Gibson 1999).<br />

The controller is of the pitch rate command/attitude hold type, which implies<br />

that the commanded pitch rate is a function of the column deflection and that<br />

the pitch attitude is kept constant at the current value when the column is at the<br />

center position. The required attitude hold capability implies that the phugoid<br />

motion should be cancelled out and for this reason the phugoid motion is not<br />

<strong>in</strong>cluded <strong>in</strong> the reference model. The reference model therefore represents only the


5.4. Robust Multivariable <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>Design</strong> 61<br />

short-period dynamics. For the clean configuration the reference model is:<br />

q(s)<br />

δe(s) =<br />

Kq(Tθ2 s +1)<br />

( s<br />

ωsp )2 +2ζsp( s<br />

ωsp )+1,<br />

where Kq =7.84, Tθ2 =0.56, ζsp =0.9 andωsp =3.2. The short-period damp<strong>in</strong>g<br />

ζsp and natural frequency ωsp are chosen such that they comply with the<br />

handl<strong>in</strong>g qualities for normal operation. The time-constant Tθ2 is selected such<br />

that zero dropback is achieved (Gibson 1999). The ga<strong>in</strong> Kq is determ<strong>in</strong>ed based<br />

on the pilot comments concern<strong>in</strong>g the required stick force to maneuver the aircraft.<br />

To further improve the attitude hold performance, the output of the controller is<br />

, see Figure 5.2.<br />

fed through a low-frequency <strong>in</strong>tegrator H(s) = τs+1<br />

τs<br />

5.4.2 Model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty<br />

Two types of model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty can be manipulated <strong>in</strong> the synthetic environment,<br />

namely uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty <strong>in</strong> the weight and balance and uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty <strong>in</strong> the aerodynamic<br />

model. The ranges of these uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties are described below.<br />

Weight and Balance Envelope<br />

In the SCA model the Aircraft Inertia Matrix (AIM) depends on the aircraft weight<br />

and the position of the Center-of-Gravity (CG) along the X-axis. The position of<br />

the CG along the Y -axis and Z-axis has no impact on the AIM and they are therefore<br />

not taken <strong>in</strong>to account. The weight and balance envelope, or centogramme,<br />

is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 5.3. The centogramme is def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> cooperation with the<br />

manufacturer of the aircraft on which the SCA model is based.<br />

Aerodynamic Uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties<br />

One can select from four pre-def<strong>in</strong>ed aerodynamic models (see Appendix A for<br />

more details on the aerodynamic coefficients):<br />

1. Nom<strong>in</strong>al model (default).<br />

2. Increased control effectiveness (15% <strong>in</strong>crease of ∆Clδe ,∆Cmδe ,∆Clδs ,∆Cmδs ,<br />

∆CYδr ,∆CRδa ,∆CRδr ,∆CNδa and ∆CNδr ).<br />

3. Decreased control effectiveness (15% decrease of ∆Clδe ,∆Cmδe ,∆Clδs ,∆Cmδs ,<br />

∆CYδr ,∆CRδa ,∆CRδr ,∆CNδa and ∆CNδr ).<br />

4. Reduced stability (30% decrease of ∆Cmq and ∆CRp and 10% decrease of<br />

∆Cm, ∆Cn and ∆CNr ).<br />

Furthermore it is possible to modify the (longitud<strong>in</strong>al) aerodynamic derivatives<br />

Cmα , Cmq , Cmδe , Cmδs , Clδe ,andClδs . Only the four pre-def<strong>in</strong>ed aerodynamic<br />

models are considered.<br />

In this chapter the model uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties with respect to the weight and balance and<br />

the aerodynamic model are not implicitly described <strong>in</strong> the uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty block ∆.<br />

These uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties are only used for the validation of the controller. The model


62 Chapter 5. Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong><br />

weight [10 3 lbs]<br />

45<br />

43<br />

41<br />

39<br />

37<br />

35<br />

33<br />

31<br />

29<br />

6<br />

7<br />

2 3<br />

maximum take−off weight<br />

1<br />

maximum flight weight<br />

maximum land<strong>in</strong>g weight<br />

27<br />

m<strong>in</strong>imum weight<br />

25<br />

18 20 22 24<br />

5<br />

26 28 30 32<br />

X [% mac]<br />

CG<br />

34 36 38<br />

4<br />

40<br />

Figure 5.3: The centogramme of the SCA model as a function of aircraft weight and<br />

the position of the center-of-gravity along the X-axis.<br />

uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty description that is used for the design of the local H∞ controllers is<br />

an uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty on the <strong>in</strong>put ga<strong>in</strong>, see Figure 5.2. The ga<strong>in</strong>s G1 and G2 determ<strong>in</strong>e<br />

the level of the <strong>in</strong>put uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty. The block ∆ is <strong>in</strong> this case a scalar δ and varies<br />

between -1 and 1. When the <strong>in</strong>put u should vary between cm<strong>in</strong>u and cmaxu, the<br />

ga<strong>in</strong>s G1 and G2 have the follow<strong>in</strong>g values:<br />

G1 = cmax + cm<strong>in</strong><br />

2<br />

, G2 = cmax − cm<strong>in</strong><br />

.<br />

2<br />

Tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account the uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty scalar δ, the uncerta<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>put becomes:<br />

5.4.3 Weight functions<br />

uunc =(G1 + δG2) u.<br />

In the generalized plant, as presented <strong>in</strong> Figure 5.2, there are two weight functions<br />

that need to be tuned, the track<strong>in</strong>g weight function and the control activity weight<br />

function. The proportion between these weights determ<strong>in</strong>es the relative importance<br />

of the follow<strong>in</strong>g two objectives:<br />

1. <strong>Design</strong> the controller such that the closed-loop system matches the reference<br />

model.<br />

2. Limit the required actuator control activity.<br />

These weights can either be constant or frequency dependent. These weights <strong>in</strong>fluence<br />

the achievable γ, which is def<strong>in</strong>ed as ||Tzw||∞ (see also Figure 5.1).


5.4. Robust Multivariable <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>Design</strong> 63<br />

Ga<strong>in</strong> [dB]<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

−10<br />

−20<br />

−30<br />

−40<br />

Reference model<br />

Track<strong>in</strong>g weight<br />

<strong>Control</strong> Activity Weight<br />

Local Model (Mach = 0.55, Alt = 12 kft)<br />

10 −2<br />

10 0<br />

Frequency [rad ⋅ sec −1 ]<br />

Figure 5.4: Ga<strong>in</strong> of the reference model, track<strong>in</strong>g weight and control activity weight<br />

as a function of the frequency.<br />

The track<strong>in</strong>g weight is frequency dependent:<br />

Wtrack =<br />

432 (s +1)<br />

.<br />

(s +0.1)(s + 12) 2<br />

The track<strong>in</strong>g weight has a high DC-ga<strong>in</strong> of 30 dB to suppress steady state errors<br />

on the pitch rate. In the frequency range of <strong>in</strong>terest with respect to the reference<br />

model, between 0.01 and 10 rad sec −1 , the ga<strong>in</strong> should be lower. For this reason<br />

the pole p1 = −0.1 is <strong>in</strong> the denom<strong>in</strong>ator of the reference model. To prevent the<br />

ga<strong>in</strong> of the track<strong>in</strong>g weight to become too small <strong>in</strong> the frequency range of <strong>in</strong>terest<br />

of the reference model, the zero z1 = −1 is added to the numerator. F<strong>in</strong>ally the<br />

two poles p2,3 = −12 are added to the denom<strong>in</strong>ator to make sure the emphasis is<br />

on the DC-ga<strong>in</strong> and the frequency range of <strong>in</strong>terest of the reference model. The<br />

ga<strong>in</strong> of the reference model, the track<strong>in</strong>g weight, the control activity weight are<br />

illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 5.4 as a function of frequency. The ga<strong>in</strong> of the open-loop longitud<strong>in</strong>al<br />

model <strong>in</strong> one of design flight conditions (FC27) as a function of frequency<br />

is added as an example, see also Section 5.5.<br />

The weight correspond<strong>in</strong>g to the actuator control activity is frequency <strong>in</strong>dependent<br />

and is set equal to one. In this way the control activity weight is <strong>in</strong>ferior<br />

to the track<strong>in</strong>g weight <strong>in</strong> the frequency range of <strong>in</strong>terest with respect to the reference<br />

model, see also Figure 5.4. At the same time the control activity weight<br />

is superior to the track<strong>in</strong>g weight <strong>in</strong> the high end of the frequency range of the<br />

elevator actuator. The maximum speed of the elevator is 50 rad/sec.<br />

5.4.4 <strong>Control</strong>ler <strong>Design</strong><br />

The output-feedback H∞ controller is designed <strong>in</strong> cont<strong>in</strong>uous-time us<strong>in</strong>g the LMI<br />

approach, see Appendix F for a brief description. This approach is further moti-<br />

10 2


64 Chapter 5. Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong><br />

Figure 5.5: Possible ways to tackle the robust multivariable control problem.<br />

vated below.<br />

The objective is to design a low-order discrete-time H∞ controller. There are a<br />

number of arguments for low-order controllers, e.g., to reduce the required computational<br />

power or the required storage space. However, <strong>in</strong> this case the ma<strong>in</strong> reason<br />

to reduce the order of the controller is to m<strong>in</strong>imize the number of parameters that<br />

need to be scheduled, which greatly simplifies the schedul<strong>in</strong>g problem for robust<br />

multivariable controllers.<br />

The order of the controller is equal to the order of the generalized plant for the<br />

LMI approach (Boyd et al. 1994, Apkarian et al. 1995) or equal to the order of the<br />

generalized plant plus twice the order of the scal<strong>in</strong>g filter D for the µ-synthesis<br />

approach (Zhou et al. 1995). The LMI approach is selected over the µ-synthesis<br />

approach because the result<strong>in</strong>g controller is of significant lower order. Additional<br />

order reduction is required to further simplify the schedul<strong>in</strong>g problem.<br />

There are a number of approaches to the design of a low-order, discretetime<br />

controller through the LMI approach (see Figure 5.5). The design of the<br />

H∞ controller can be performed <strong>in</strong> cont<strong>in</strong>uous-time and <strong>in</strong> discrete-time. In this<br />

case it is chosen to perform the design of the controller <strong>in</strong> cont<strong>in</strong>uous-time, us<strong>in</strong>g<br />

the full-order generalized plant. Experiments show that order reduction on<br />

the generalized plant has a negative impact on the performance and robustness<br />

of the result<strong>in</strong>g controller. Perform<strong>in</strong>g order reduction on the controller is much<br />

less sensitive <strong>in</strong> this respect. For this reason it was chosen not to perform order<br />

reduction on the generalized plant. The ma<strong>in</strong> argument to perform the design <strong>in</strong><br />

cont<strong>in</strong>uous-time is that <strong>in</strong> Matlab TM there are tools readily available for order reduction<br />

of cont<strong>in</strong>uous-time systems. S<strong>in</strong>ce the order reduction is performed after<br />

the design of the controller, this means that the design itself should be performed<br />

<strong>in</strong> cont<strong>in</strong>uous-time. The order reduction and discretization are discussed <strong>in</strong> more<br />

detail <strong>in</strong> the follow<strong>in</strong>g paragraphs.


5.4. Robust Multivariable <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>Design</strong> 65<br />

5.4.5 Order reduction<br />

As mentioned before, the order of the controller is equal to the order of the generalized<br />

plant for the LMI approach. This typically leads to a controller of higher<br />

order than is strictly necessary to comply with the design specifications. Consequently,<br />

the excess of poles and zeros are pushed to the high frequency range <strong>in</strong><br />

order to m<strong>in</strong>imize their (unwanted) <strong>in</strong>fluence. A low-order controller is obta<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

<strong>in</strong> two steps, namely:<br />

1. Hankel order reduction<br />

The m<strong>in</strong>imum realization of the generalized plant, see Figure 5.2, is of 18 th<br />

order. The controller is of the same order. Us<strong>in</strong>g Hankel order reduction<br />

the order of the controller is reduced to eleven, while the Bode diagram<br />

does not change <strong>in</strong> the frequency range of <strong>in</strong>terest ([0.01, 10] rad sec −1 ). The<br />

frequency range of <strong>in</strong>terest is such that it <strong>in</strong>cludes both the phugoid motion<br />

as well as the short-period motion frequency, see also Figure 5.4. However,<br />

the Hankel order reduction still leaves some high frequency modes.<br />

2. Remove high-frequency modes<br />

The 11 th order controller has modes with a frequency higher than the Nyquist<br />

frequency, ωN = fs · π, where fs denotes the sample frequency. The sample<br />

frequency of the flight control system of the SCA model is equal to fs =<br />

50 Hz and the Nyquist frequency is therefore equal to ωN = 157.1 radsec −1 .<br />

Remov<strong>in</strong>g these modes results <strong>in</strong> a n<strong>in</strong>th order controller.<br />

5.4.6 Discretization<br />

S<strong>in</strong>ce the controller is to be used <strong>in</strong> a digital system, it needs to be discretized.<br />

A straightforward Tust<strong>in</strong> discretization is used to obta<strong>in</strong> the discrete-time controller,<br />

s<strong>in</strong>ce this method results <strong>in</strong> a discrete-time controller that best matched<br />

the cont<strong>in</strong>uous-time controller <strong>in</strong> terms of the frequency response.<br />

5.4.7 Transformation to the δ-operator form<br />

First attempts showed that parameter schedul<strong>in</strong>g us<strong>in</strong>g the discrete-time transfer<br />

function form resulted <strong>in</strong> unstable controllers <strong>in</strong> a number of off-design flight conditions.<br />

A method approach to reduce the parameter-pole sensitivity is to transform<br />

the controller to the δ-operator form (Aström and Wittenmark 1997):<br />

⎡<br />

⎤<br />

a1 1 0 ... 0<br />

⎡ ⎤<br />

b1<br />

⎢<br />

.<br />

a2 ⎢ 1 1<br />

..<br />

.<br />

⎥<br />

. ⎥ ⎢b2⎥<br />

⎥ ⎢ ⎥<br />

⎢<br />

A = ⎢<br />

.<br />

⎢a3<br />

0 1<br />

..<br />

⎥ ⎢ . ⎥<br />

0⎥<br />

, B = ⎢<br />

⎥ ⎢ . ⎥ , C =<br />

⎢ .<br />

⎣ .<br />

.<br />

.<br />

. .<br />

.<br />

.. . ⎥ ⎢ . ⎥<br />

..<br />

1⎦<br />

⎣ . ⎦<br />

an 0 ... 0 1 bn<br />

1 0 ... 0 , D = d .<br />

In this form the parameter-scheduled controller turned out to be stable for all flight<br />

conditions. An example is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 5.6. The poles of the scheduled


66 Chapter 5. Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong><br />

Imag<strong>in</strong>ary Axis<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

−1<br />

−2<br />

x 10 −3<br />

Transfer function<br />

0.998 0.999<br />

Real Axis<br />

1 1.001<br />

Imag<strong>in</strong>ary Axis<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

−1<br />

−2<br />

x 10 −3<br />

δ−operator<br />

0.998 0.999<br />

Real Axis<br />

1 1.001<br />

Figure 5.6: Coefficient-pole sensitivity. Comparison between the discrete-time transfer<br />

function form (left) and the δ-operator form (right). The black x-marks denote the<br />

poles of the five controllers. The grey x-marks denote the poles of scheduled controllers.<br />

controllers us<strong>in</strong>g the transfer function form are scattered, moreover, they cross<br />

the unit circle. The poles of the scheduled controllers us<strong>in</strong>g the δ-operator move<br />

around <strong>in</strong> a much more predictable manner. It should be noted that dur<strong>in</strong>g the<br />

transformation from discrete-time transfer function form to the δ-operator form,<br />

the poles do not stay exactly <strong>in</strong> the same position due to the f<strong>in</strong>ite computer<br />

accuracy (compare the black x-marks <strong>in</strong> the left and right plot of Figure 5.6).<br />

5.5 Partition of the <strong>Flight</strong> Envelope<br />

The partition<strong>in</strong>g of the flight envelope is obta<strong>in</strong>ed by fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g of the relevant<br />

aerodynamic derivatives. The approach is the same as <strong>in</strong> Section 3.3, however,<br />

due to some modifications <strong>in</strong> the aerodynamic model the result<strong>in</strong>g partition of the<br />

flight envelope is not equivalent to the partition presented <strong>in</strong> Chapter 4. Based on<br />

validation and performance criteria, the optimal number of clusters is found to be<br />

n<strong>in</strong>e. S<strong>in</strong>ce <strong>in</strong> this case the aerodynamic database is smoother, due to a discont<strong>in</strong>uity<br />

<strong>in</strong> the aerodynamic database that has been fixed, the number of clusters has<br />

<strong>in</strong>creased. The result<strong>in</strong>g partition of the flight envelope is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 5.7<br />

as a function of Mach number and altitude. Note that the membership functions<br />

are def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> terms of Mach number and dynamic pressure (see also Chapter 3).<br />

The n<strong>in</strong>e design po<strong>in</strong>ts are denoted by black dots, see Table 5.1 for more details.<br />

The light areas around the design po<strong>in</strong>ts denote large membership degrees, i.e., areas<br />

where one controller is dom<strong>in</strong>at<strong>in</strong>g, the dark areas denote the flight conditions<br />

where the controller parameters of neighbor<strong>in</strong>g design po<strong>in</strong>ts are <strong>in</strong>terpolated. Interpolation<br />

takes place through the membership functions, which are def<strong>in</strong>ed as<br />

functions of the two schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables: Mach number and dynamic pressure.<br />

The membership functions are shown <strong>in</strong> Figure 5.8.


5.6. Parameter Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong> 67<br />

Figure 5.7: Partition<strong>in</strong>g of the flight envelope of the aircraft for clean configuration<br />

as a function of Mach number and altitude.<br />

5.6 Parameter Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong><br />

The concept of the parameter schedul<strong>in</strong>g approach is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 5.9.<br />

There is a s<strong>in</strong>gle l<strong>in</strong>ear dynamic controller and the schedul<strong>in</strong>g is performed directly<br />

on the parameters of this controller. In contrast to output schedul<strong>in</strong>g, the parameter<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g concept imposes a number of restrictions on the local controllers. In<br />

order to make sure that the schedul<strong>in</strong>g takes place amongst like parameters, the<br />

local controllers need to be of the same order and need to have the same structure,<br />

e.g., the observable canonical form. In order to design local H∞ controllers that<br />

Table 5.1: The n<strong>in</strong>e design po<strong>in</strong>ts result<strong>in</strong>g from fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g, denoted by FC26<br />

to FC34.<br />

FC Mach Altitude Dynamic<br />

number [kft] pressure<br />

[-] [mbar]<br />

26 0.60 7.2 214<br />

27 0.55 12.0 147<br />

28 0.77 24.1 188<br />

29 0.56 20.5 108<br />

30 0.53 30.2 63<br />

31 0.24 1.7 39<br />

32 0.83 28.0 188<br />

33 0.75 35.0 108<br />

34 0.34 8.3 62


68 Chapter 5. Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong><br />

Membership degree<br />

Membership degree<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

50 100 150 200 250<br />

Dynamic pressure [mbar]<br />

Figure 5.8: Membership functions for the flight envelope <strong>in</strong> clean configuration.<br />

Figure 5.9: Schematic representation of the parameter schedul<strong>in</strong>g concept.<br />

are suitable for ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g, the follow<strong>in</strong>g three issues are of importance:<br />

1. The controllers should be stable (preferably also with stable zero dynamics).<br />

2. The controllers should be of low-order (designed through low-order generalized<br />

plant and order reduction on the H∞ controller, see Section 5.4).<br />

3. The controllers should have equivalent structures (the same number of poles<br />

and zeros).<br />

It is known that a necessary and sufficient condition of the existence of a stable<br />

stabiliz<strong>in</strong>g controller (strong stabilization) is the so-called parity <strong>in</strong>terlac<strong>in</strong>g<br />

property (Youla et al. 1974). S<strong>in</strong>ce the H∞ controller is <strong>in</strong> general not unique, it is<br />

reasonable to expect that even if the H∞ central controller is unstable, there might<br />

still be a stable controller that could satisfy the H∞ norm bound. In (Zeren and<br />

Özbay 1999, Cao and Lam 2000) an approach for design<strong>in</strong>g such high order stable<br />

H∞ controller has been suggested based on the parametrization of all suboptimal<br />

H∞ controllers. This approach conservatively converts the stable H∞ controller<br />

design problem <strong>in</strong>to another 2-block standard H∞ problem. In addition, the order<br />

of the controller may be twice as high as the order of the central controller.


5.6. Parameter Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong> 69<br />

Altitude [kft]<br />

45<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

V C = 150 Kts<br />

FC30<br />

FC29<br />

FC33<br />

M = 0.85<br />

MAX<br />

FC36<br />

FC28<br />

FC32<br />

15<br />

10<br />

FC34<br />

FC27<br />

FC26<br />

V = 375 Kts<br />

C<br />

5<br />

FC37<br />

0<br />

0.1 0.2<br />

FC31<br />

0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

0.7 0.8<br />

Figure 5.10: The black dashed cont<strong>in</strong>uous l<strong>in</strong>e denotes the flight envelope for clean<br />

configuration (FC26 → FC34). The black dots denote the design flight conditions<br />

for clean configuration, which are obta<strong>in</strong>ed through fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g. The light gray<br />

dashed l<strong>in</strong>e denotes the flight envelope for land<strong>in</strong>g configuration. The light gray dot<br />

denotes the design flight condition for land<strong>in</strong>g configuration (FC37). The black asterisk<br />

denotes a test flight condition. The dark gray cont<strong>in</strong>uous l<strong>in</strong>e denotes <strong>in</strong> which parts<br />

of the flight envelope the evaluation of the parameter schedul<strong>in</strong>g concept has taken<br />

place.<br />

In (Campos-Delgado and Zhou 2001) a weight<strong>in</strong>g function is <strong>in</strong>troduced to alleviate<br />

the conservativeness of this approach.<br />

Fortunately the central controller is stable for this application, which is also<br />

<strong>in</strong>fluenced by the reference model and weight functions, and the above mentioned<br />

method is therefore not applied <strong>in</strong> this thesis.<br />

5.6.1 Schedul<strong>in</strong>g of the H∞ controllers<br />

The ideal situation would be to schedule the poles and zeros of the local controllers<br />

directly. However, this only makes sense when there is an unambiguous<br />

relation between the poles and zeros of each of the H∞ controllers. If this relation<br />

is not present, the parameters of the controllers need to be scheduled <strong>in</strong>stead. In<br />

that case the local controllers should be written <strong>in</strong> a format with low coefficientpole<br />

sensitivity <strong>in</strong> order to improve their schedulability. It is well known that the<br />

coefficient-pole sensitivity <strong>in</strong>creases with the order of the system (Aström and<br />

Wittenmark 1997). For this reason the order of the H∞ controller should be as<br />

low as possible. Rewrit<strong>in</strong>g the local controllers <strong>in</strong> the δ-operator form further reduces<br />

the coefficient-pole sensitivity.


70 Chapter 5. Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong><br />

Figure 5.11: Hierarchical structure of the parameter scheduler.<br />

The design procedure as described <strong>in</strong> Section 5.4 is performed for 10 flight conditions,<br />

see Figure 5.10. One design po<strong>in</strong>t represents the land<strong>in</strong>g configuration and<br />

n<strong>in</strong>e design po<strong>in</strong>ts represent the clean configuration. The order of all 10 controllers<br />

is reduced to n<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

For the parameter schedul<strong>in</strong>g the controller is rewritten from the discrete-time<br />

description <strong>in</strong>to the observable canonical δ-operator form. S<strong>in</strong>ce the basic controller<br />

is a three <strong>in</strong>put s<strong>in</strong>gle output system, the controller is def<strong>in</strong>ed as follows:<br />

⎡<br />

⎤<br />

where<br />

K =<br />

⎢<br />

⎣<br />

A On×n On×n B1 On×1 On×1<br />

On×n A On×n On×1 B2 On×1<br />

On×n On×n A On×1 On×1 B3<br />

C C C D1 D2 D3<br />

⎡<br />

⎤<br />

a1 1 0 ... 0<br />

⎡ ⎤<br />

bi1<br />

⎢<br />

.<br />

a2 ⎢ 1 1<br />

..<br />

.<br />

⎥<br />

. ⎥<br />

⎢bi2⎥<br />

⎥<br />

⎢ ⎥<br />

⎢<br />

A = ⎢<br />

.<br />

⎢a3<br />

0 1<br />

..<br />

⎥<br />

⎢ .<br />

0⎥<br />

, Bi = ⎢ .<br />

⎥<br />

⎥<br />

⎢ . ⎥ ,<br />

⎢ .<br />

⎣ .<br />

.<br />

.<br />

. .<br />

.<br />

.. . ⎥<br />

⎢ . ⎥<br />

..<br />

1⎦<br />

⎣ . ⎦<br />

an 0 ... 0 1<br />

b<strong>in</strong><br />

C = 1 0 ... 0 , Di = <br />

di , i =1, 2, 3.<br />

The number of parameters that are scheduled is equal to (1 + ni) n + ni for the<br />

dynamic controller, where n denotes the order of the controller and ni denotes the<br />

number of <strong>in</strong>puts, plus the time-constant of the low-frequency <strong>in</strong>tegrator. In this<br />

case the controllers are of 9th order, with three <strong>in</strong>puts and one output. In total<br />

there are 40 parameters subject to schedul<strong>in</strong>g. These parameters are tuned <strong>in</strong> the<br />

design flight conditions illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 5.10. The flight condition FC37 denotes<br />

the design flight condition for land<strong>in</strong>g configuration and the flight conditions<br />

FC26 through FC34 denote the n<strong>in</strong>e design flight conditions for clean configuration.<br />

The parameter scheduler is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 5.11. The land<strong>in</strong>g configuration is<br />

covered by a s<strong>in</strong>gle operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t, and therefore also by a s<strong>in</strong>gle parameter set for<br />

the controller K = KLC and the time-constant τ = τLC. The clean configuration<br />

⎥<br />

⎦ ,


5.6. Parameter Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong> 71<br />

Table 5.2: Ga<strong>in</strong> and phase marg<strong>in</strong> of the closed-loop system <strong>in</strong> the 10 design flight<br />

conditions and an additional test flight condition (FC36).<br />

FC Mach Alt. Dyn. δfl δsl LG GM PM<br />

nr. [kft] press. [deg] [deg] [0/1] [dB] [deg]<br />

[-] [mbar]<br />

26 0.60 7.2 214 0 0 0 6.5 23.3<br />

27 0.55 12.0 147 0 0 0 7.2 26.4<br />

28 0.77 24.1 188 0 0 0 7.1 26.0<br />

29 0.56 20.5 108 0 0 0 8.0 30.5<br />

30 0.53 30.2 63 0 0 0 9.6 37.2<br />

31 0.27 2.0 49 0 0 0 10.4 55.6<br />

32 0.83 28.0 188 0 0 0 7.5 28.1<br />

33 0.75 35.0 108 0 0 0 8.3 32.4<br />

34 0.34 8.3 62 0 0 0 9.4 37.2<br />

36 0.67 23.0 144 0 0 0 6.7 27.1<br />

37 0.22 2.0 32 40 25 1 12.4 50.3<br />

is covered by n<strong>in</strong>e operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts, and therefore also by n<strong>in</strong>e parameter sets for<br />

the controller K = KCC. The parameters for K = KCC are a function of Mach<br />

number and dynamic pressure and are computed us<strong>in</strong>g the follow<strong>in</strong>g rule-base:<br />

Ri : If M is MNi and q is DPi then KCC = Ki<br />

The membership functions correspond<strong>in</strong>g to M is MNi and M is DPi are illustrated<br />

<strong>in</strong> Figure 5.8. In all n<strong>in</strong>e operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts for clean configuration, the same<br />

time-constant τ = τCC is used. The controller parameters for land<strong>in</strong>g and clean<br />

configuration are then scheduled as a function of flaps deflection to obta<strong>in</strong> K and τ:<br />

R1 : If δfl is Extended then K = KLC and τ = τLC<br />

R2 : If δfl is Retracted then K = KCC and τ = τCC<br />

5.6.2 Stability analysis<br />

In Table 5.2, the ga<strong>in</strong> marg<strong>in</strong> and phase marg<strong>in</strong> of the closed-loop system <strong>in</strong> the<br />

10 design po<strong>in</strong>ts and an additional test po<strong>in</strong>t (FC36) are given. In all cases the<br />

ga<strong>in</strong> marg<strong>in</strong> exceeds 6 dB, however, the 30 degrees phase marg<strong>in</strong> is not always<br />

achieved.<br />

It should be noted that <strong>in</strong> the aerospace <strong>in</strong>dustry often a m<strong>in</strong>imum ga<strong>in</strong> marg<strong>in</strong><br />

of 12 dB and a m<strong>in</strong>imum phase marg<strong>in</strong> of 60 degrees is taken as a reference. In order<br />

to achieve this, the local designs have to be improved. The stability marg<strong>in</strong>s can<br />

be <strong>in</strong>fluenced through the reference model, the weight functions, the uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty<br />

model description, etc. However, here we have concentrated on the schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

aspects of the local controllers and not on the optimization of the local controllers


72 Chapter 5. Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong><br />

Altitude [kft]<br />

45<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

V C = 150 Kts<br />

FC31<br />

FC34<br />

FC30<br />

FC29<br />

FC27<br />

FC26<br />

FC33<br />

M MAX = 0.85<br />

FC28<br />

FC32<br />

V C = 375 Kts<br />

0<br />

0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Figure 5.12: Randomized stability analysis. The gray dots denote the flight conditions<br />

that have been used for stability analysis. The black dots denote the two design flight<br />

conditions, while the black o-marks denote the flight conditions for which the output<br />

ga<strong>in</strong>s are tuned. The black x-marks denote the 9 flight conditions for which the ga<strong>in</strong><br />

marg<strong>in</strong> is smaller that 3 dB and/or the phase marg<strong>in</strong> is smaller than 15 degrees.<br />

to meet <strong>in</strong>dustrial standards.<br />

5.6.3 <strong>Control</strong>ler validation<br />

The stability marg<strong>in</strong>s have been evaluated at 200 randomly def<strong>in</strong>ed flight conditions<br />

for clean configuration. Not only the Mach number and altitude were selected<br />

randomly, but also the aircraft weight and center-of-gravity as well as the aerodynamic<br />

uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty. N<strong>in</strong>e flight conditions resulted <strong>in</strong> a closed-loop system with<br />

a ga<strong>in</strong> marg<strong>in</strong> lower than 3 dB and/or a phase marg<strong>in</strong> lower than 15 degrees, see<br />

Figure 5.12. All these flight conditions correspond to a low dynamic pressure, lower<br />

than any of the n<strong>in</strong>e design po<strong>in</strong>ts. This <strong>in</strong>dicates that either the design po<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

should be closer to the edge of the flight envelope or the robust stability of the<br />

local controllers needs to be improved.<br />

The parameter-scheduled controller was successfully tested dur<strong>in</strong>g pilot-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop<br />

simulations <strong>in</strong> the NLR Research <strong>Flight</strong> Simulator. The pilot performs longitud<strong>in</strong>al<br />

maneuvers to evaluate the dynamics and performance of the closed-loop system<br />

at several flight conditions scattered over the flight envelope and rates the system<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g the Cooper-Harper (CH) rat<strong>in</strong>g scale (Cooper and Harper Jr. 1969), see<br />

Figure 5.13. As can be seen <strong>in</strong> Figure 5.10, a large part of the flight envelope was<br />

covered. In all flight conditions where the longitud<strong>in</strong>al dynamics were evaluated<br />

the pilot gave the system CH-1. With respect to the required stick force when<br />

perform<strong>in</strong>g longitud<strong>in</strong>al maneuvers, the pilot gave rat<strong>in</strong>gs rang<strong>in</strong>g from CH-2 to


5.6. Parameter Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong> 73<br />

Figure 5.13: Cooper-Harper rat<strong>in</strong>g scale (Source: (Cooper and Harper Jr. 1969)).<br />

CH-4. There is a clear correlation between the dynamic pressure and the pilot<br />

rat<strong>in</strong>g, namely the lower the dynamic pressure, the higher the pilot rat<strong>in</strong>g. Note<br />

that a high CH rat<strong>in</strong>g means a poor performance. The reason for this is that the<br />

same reference model was used for all n<strong>in</strong>e design flight conditions for clean configuration.<br />

The pilot expects a more responsive system for low dynamic pressure.<br />

This can be easily solved by modify<strong>in</strong>g the reference model accord<strong>in</strong>gly.<br />

Figures 5.14 and 5.15 show the time histories of an approach and land<strong>in</strong>g. In<br />

Figure 5.14 the position of the aircraft <strong>in</strong> terms of the deviation from the glide-slope<br />

is illustrated as a function of time. In Figure 5.15 the variables that are <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g<br />

with respect to the schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanism and/or configuration changes are illustrated.<br />

The ma<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>terest of this exercise is to evaluate the schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanism<br />

while go<strong>in</strong>g through a number of configuration changes and cover<strong>in</strong>g a fair part<br />

of the range <strong>in</strong> terms of Mach number and dynamic pressure. No anomalies were<br />

found. In Figure 5.16 the time history of a push-pull to pitch attitude is illustrated.<br />

The data are taken from the RFS record<strong>in</strong>gs. The pilot controls the aircraft to -5,<br />

0 and 5 degrees of pitch attitude while evaluat<strong>in</strong>g the performance and dynamics.<br />

It can be seen that the control <strong>in</strong> pitch attitude is fairly accurate.


74 Chapter 5. Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong><br />

Lateral deviation [m]<br />

Altitude [kft]<br />

100<br />

0<br />

−100<br />

−15 −10 −5<br />

<strong>Flight</strong> simulator data<br />

Glide slope<br />

0<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

−15 −10 −5<br />

Downrange [km]<br />

0<br />

Figure 5.14: <strong>Flight</strong> simulator time histories of the f<strong>in</strong>al approach and land<strong>in</strong>g. The<br />

lateral deviations are the result of <strong>in</strong>tentional pilot <strong>in</strong>puts to evaluate the lateral controller.<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Dynamic pres. [mbar]<br />

Flaps/Slats [deg]<br />

Land<strong>in</strong>g gear [−]<br />

0.25<br />

0.2<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

40<br />

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220<br />

25<br />

20<br />

12<br />

Flaps deflection<br />

0<br />

Slats deflection<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220<br />

Time [s]<br />

Figure 5.15: <strong>Flight</strong> simulator time histories of the f<strong>in</strong>al approach and land<strong>in</strong>g. The<br />

illustrated variables are the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables and/or denote configuration changes.


5.7. Conclusions 75<br />

Column position [deg]<br />

Pitch attitude [deg]<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

−2<br />

−4<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30<br />

5<br />

0<br />

−5<br />

0 5 10 15<br />

Time [s]<br />

20 25 30<br />

Figure 5.16: <strong>Flight</strong> simulator time histories of a push/pull maneuver to ± 5 degrees<br />

pitch attitude.<br />

5.7 Conclusions<br />

A ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g concept for multivariable H∞ controllers is presented. The design<br />

po<strong>in</strong>ts and the schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanism are obta<strong>in</strong>ed through fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g<br />

of relevant aerodynamic derivatives. The local H∞ controllers are designed <strong>in</strong><br />

cont<strong>in</strong>uous-time us<strong>in</strong>g LMIs and order reduction is performed before the transformation<br />

to discrete-time.<br />

The ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g concept has been evaluated off-l<strong>in</strong>e (l<strong>in</strong>ear and nonl<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

simulations, stability analysis) and through pilot-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop simulations. The results<br />

are satisfactory, although additional tun<strong>in</strong>g is required to further improve<br />

the performance and stability characteristics.<br />

There are still stability problems <strong>in</strong> the operat<strong>in</strong>g regimes between the outer<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and the edge of the flight envelope. These problems occurred<br />

<strong>in</strong> particular <strong>in</strong> the low dynamic pressure region. It is recommended to force the<br />

outer operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts closer to the edge of the flight envelope, such that these<br />

stability problems no longer occur. S<strong>in</strong>ce the fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithm uses the<br />

Euclidean distance measure, one possible approach is to weight the distance for<br />

data po<strong>in</strong>ts close to the edge of the flight envelope more than for data po<strong>in</strong>ts <strong>in</strong><br />

the center of the flight envelope. Another option is to use the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

obta<strong>in</strong>ed through fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g as an <strong>in</strong>itial condition for a similar procedure<br />

as described <strong>in</strong> (McNichols and Fadali 2003). In this way the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and<br />

the parameters of the scheduler are tuned based on the performance of the global<br />

nonl<strong>in</strong>ear closed-loop system.


76 Chapter 5. Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong>


Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor<br />

An aircraft carries many (redundant) hardware sensors on board, measur<strong>in</strong>g<br />

a wide variety of variables. Due to the relations between the measured signals,<br />

a lot of redundant <strong>in</strong>formation is available. This redundant <strong>in</strong>formation<br />

can be used to estimate a certa<strong>in</strong> variable through a number of available signals<br />

that represent other variables, i.e. non-like signals. In this chapter, the<br />

design of a virtual angle-of-attack sensor is described. The virtual sensor consists<br />

of a l<strong>in</strong>ear parameter vary<strong>in</strong>g model, whose parameters are determ<strong>in</strong>ed by<br />

a Takagi-Sugeno fuzzy model, plus a nonl<strong>in</strong>ear black-box model. The Takagi-<br />

Sugeno fuzzy model is designed us<strong>in</strong>g data from l<strong>in</strong>ear models. The black-box<br />

model consists of a neural network that is tra<strong>in</strong>ed to reduce the estimation<br />

error of the l<strong>in</strong>ear parameter vary<strong>in</strong>g model. The <strong>in</strong>puts of the neural network<br />

are selected us<strong>in</strong>g a genetic search algorithm followed by a backward elim<strong>in</strong>ation<br />

procedure. The neural network is designed and tra<strong>in</strong>ed us<strong>in</strong>g data from<br />

nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulations.<br />

This chapter is organized as follows: A brief <strong>in</strong>troduction is given <strong>in</strong> Section 6.1<br />

followed by the description of the design requirements for the virtual angle-ofattack<br />

sensor <strong>in</strong> Section 6.2. The structure of the virtual sensor is addressed <strong>in</strong><br />

Section 6.3. In Section 6.4 the design and parameter optimization of the Takagi-<br />

Sugeno fuzzy model and the neural network are discussed. The validation of the<br />

virtual sensor is described <strong>in</strong> Section 6.5. Conclud<strong>in</strong>g remarks and suggestions for<br />

future work are presented <strong>in</strong> Section 6.6.<br />

6.1 Introduction<br />

Vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g systems that are based on cross-comparison of like-signals are<br />

unable to isolate a sensor failure when there are two physical sensors <strong>in</strong> operation.<br />

A virtual sensor can <strong>in</strong> this case be used as a discrim<strong>in</strong>ator, which may also be<br />

used to identify a fault <strong>in</strong> the last available physical sensor. In terms of reliability<br />

or flight safety, with the virtual sensor it is possible to get more performance out<br />

of the same number of physical sensors. A second option is to replace a physical<br />

sensor by a virtual sensor, which results <strong>in</strong> fewer hardware components and the<br />

77<br />

6


78 Chapter 6. Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor<br />

Altitude [kft]<br />

45<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

V C = 150 Kts<br />

M MAX = 0.85<br />

V C = 375 Kts<br />

0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9<br />

Mach number [−]<br />

Figure 6.1: <strong>Flight</strong> envelope of the SCA. The black solid l<strong>in</strong>e def<strong>in</strong>es the flight envelope<br />

<strong>in</strong> clean configuration. The grey l<strong>in</strong>e def<strong>in</strong>es the flight envelope <strong>in</strong> land<strong>in</strong>g configuration.<br />

associated cost benefits. Although the <strong>in</strong>tegration of sensor <strong>in</strong>formation has its<br />

advantages, it should be noted that it <strong>in</strong>troduces mutual dependencies amongst<br />

non-like signals. This is true for all model-based FDI methods.<br />

In particular for the physical Angle-of-Attack (AoA) sensor, there are more issues<br />

to consider that motivate the use of a virtual sensor. First of all, these sensors<br />

are mounted on the outside of the fuselage. Due to its vic<strong>in</strong>ity to the fuselage, the<br />

physical AoA sensor is not situated <strong>in</strong> a free airflow and the measured AoA signal<br />

is therefore corrupted and noisy. Moreover, these sensors are also vulnerable<br />

to damage because of their location and harsh operat<strong>in</strong>g environment. Because<br />

of these problems that are encountered with the use of physical AoA sensors, a<br />

virtual AoA sensor can make a significant contribution.<br />

As the research described <strong>in</strong> this chapter serves as a proof-of-pr<strong>in</strong>ciple for the proposed<br />

methodology, only the flight envelope for the land<strong>in</strong>g phase is considered<br />

rather than the entire flight envelope. This is typically the flight regime where the<br />

AoA is high and therefore most critical with respect to potential stall. In view of<br />

the AoA protection system, the potential added value of a virtual AoA sensor is<br />

higher for the land<strong>in</strong>g configuration than for the clean configuration.<br />

6.2 <strong>Design</strong> Requirements<br />

The estimation error of the virtual AoA sensor has to be less than one degree.<br />

This level of accuracy makes the virtual sensor suitable for monitor<strong>in</strong>g the physical<br />

angle-of-attack sensors. The virtual AoA sensor should be designed such that<br />

this accuracy is met under the follow<strong>in</strong>g circumstances:


6.3. Structure of the Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor 79<br />

Dynamic maneuver<strong>in</strong>g (both longitud<strong>in</strong>al as well as lateral).<br />

Variations of flight condition with<strong>in</strong> the land<strong>in</strong>g flight envelope.<br />

The flight envelope for the land<strong>in</strong>g configuration is denoted by the grey l<strong>in</strong>e<br />

<strong>in</strong> Figure 6.1. The calibrated airspeed varies between 110 and 195 knots,<br />

while the altitude up to 10 kft is considered.<br />

Variations of aircraft weight and center-of-gravity.<br />

The allowed variation <strong>in</strong> aircraft weight and the variation <strong>in</strong> the position of<br />

the CG along the X-axis is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 5.3.<br />

Aerodynamic uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties.<br />

The aerodynamics of each aircraft of the same type are different, for example<br />

due to production variations, but also weather conditions have an impact on<br />

the aerodynamics. In this chapter, the four pre-def<strong>in</strong>ed aerodynamic models<br />

that are available <strong>in</strong> the SE are considered, see Section 5.4.<br />

6.3 Structure of the Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor<br />

The ma<strong>in</strong> difference of the approach proposed <strong>in</strong> this section with respect to us<strong>in</strong>g,<br />

for example, a Neural Network (NN) or NARX-model to estimate the AoA, is<br />

that <strong>in</strong> this case only those parts that are unknown and/or (highly) nonl<strong>in</strong>ear are<br />

estimated by a black-box model. The aircraft dynamics are well-known and it does<br />

not make sense to use a (black-box) model with a completely different structure<br />

to represent them.<br />

The proposed virtual AoA sensor consists of two parts, a L<strong>in</strong>ear Parameter Vary<strong>in</strong>g<br />

(LPV) model and a neural network model:<br />

ˆα = αLP V + αNN<br />

(6.1)<br />

The NN model is a black-box model, while the LPV model has an <strong>in</strong>terpretable<br />

structure with vary<strong>in</strong>g parameters (white-box structure). The latter consists of<br />

the trimmed AoA (α0) plus a l<strong>in</strong>ear Short-Period (SP) approximation of the AoA<br />

(αSP):<br />

(6.2)<br />

αLP V = α0 + αSP<br />

The structure of these three elements of the virtual AoA sensor, namely α0, αSP<br />

and αNN are discussed below.<br />

6.3.1 The trimmed angle-of-attack α0<br />

The trimmed angle-of-attack α0 is the AoA of the aircraft <strong>in</strong> an equilibrium condition.<br />

To estimate the trimmed angle-of-attack, a Takagi-Sugeno fuzzy model is


80 Chapter 6. Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor<br />

Figure 6.2: Architecture of the TS fuzzy model to estimate α0.<br />

used (Takagi and Sugeno 1985). The <strong>in</strong>puts of the TS fuzzy model, which are selected<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g a Genetic Algorithm (GA) optimization procedure (see Section 6.4),<br />

are Mach number, dynamic pressure, bank angle, position of the CG along the<br />

X-axis and aircraft weight:<br />

Ri : If M is ZM,j M and q is Zq,j q and φ is Zφ,j φ and XCG is ZX CG,j XCG<br />

and W is ZW,j W then α0 = α0,i for i =1,...,Nr (6.3)<br />

where jM, jq, jφ, jXCG and jW denote the jth membership function of their<br />

correspond<strong>in</strong>g variable. It should be noted that two of the <strong>in</strong>puts of the TS fuzzy<br />

model, namely the position of the CG along the X-axis and the aircraft weight,<br />

cannot be measured directly. Instead a NN based virtual sensor developed by Idan<br />

et al. (2004) is used to provide an estimate of these variables. The <strong>in</strong>puts of this<br />

virtual sensor are Mach number (M), dynamic pressure (q), pitch attitude (θ),<br />

flight path angle (γ) and elevator deflection (δe).<br />

The correlation between the aircraft weight and the angle-of-attack is more<br />

or less l<strong>in</strong>ear. The aircraft weight is directly related to the required lift, which is<br />

ma<strong>in</strong>ly dependent on the lift coefficient CL and the dynamic pressure. Not tak<strong>in</strong>g<br />

<strong>in</strong>to account configuration changes, the lift coefficient is ma<strong>in</strong>ly a function of the<br />

angle-of-attack. Because of this direct relation between AoA and aircraft weight,<br />

the TS fuzzy model to estimate α0 consists of two stages. The first stage consists<br />

of a number of TS fuzzy models that each estimate the α0 for a specific aircraft<br />

weight, see Figure 6.2. The <strong>in</strong>puts of these TS fuzzy models are Mach number,<br />

dynamic pressure, bank angle and the position of the CG along the X-axis. The<br />

correspond<strong>in</strong>g rule-base is as follows:<br />

Ri : If M is ZM,j M and q is Zq,j q and φ is Zφ,j φ and XCG is ZX CG,j XCG<br />

then α0,W 1 = α0,W 1i for i =1,...,Nr (6.4)<br />

In the second stage the outputs of these TS fuzzy models are weighted as a function<br />

of the aircraft weight us<strong>in</strong>g l<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>in</strong>terpolation.


6.3. Structure of the Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor 81<br />

6.3.2 The short-period approximation of the angle-of-attack αSP<br />

The start<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t for the derivation of the expression for αSP is the l<strong>in</strong>ear shortperiod<br />

approximation (see also Appendix B):<br />

<br />

˙w<br />

=<br />

˙q<br />

Zw Zq<br />

˜Mw<br />

˜Mq<br />

<br />

w<br />

+<br />

q<br />

Zδe<br />

˜Mδe<br />

<br />

δe<br />

(6.5)<br />

where the variables w, q and δe denote the variation of the correspond<strong>in</strong>g variables<br />

with respect to the trimmed condition. Us<strong>in</strong>g the formula:<br />

G(s) =C (sI − A) −1 B (6.6)<br />

where <strong>in</strong> this case the matrix C is an identity matrix of dimension two, the follow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

two transfer functions can be derived from Equation 6.5:<br />

w(s)<br />

δe(s) =<br />

q(s)<br />

δe(s) =<br />

Zδes +(Zq ˜ Mδe − ˜Mq) Zδe<br />

s2 − (Zw + ˜ Mq)s +(Zw ˜ Mq − Zq ˜ Mw)<br />

˜Mδe s ˜Mw +(Zδe − Zw ˜ Mδe )<br />

s2 − (Zw + ˜ Mq)s +(Zw ˜ Mq − Zq ˜ Mw)<br />

(6.7)<br />

(6.8)<br />

The transfer function from the pitch-rate to the downward velocity can be obta<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

by divid<strong>in</strong>g Equation 6.7 by Equation 6.8:<br />

w(s)<br />

q(s) = Zδes +(Zq ˜ Mδe − ˜Mq) Zδe<br />

˜Mδe s ˜Mw +(Zδe − Zw ˜ Mδe )<br />

(6.9)<br />

Us<strong>in</strong>g the relation α = w/U0, Equation 6.9 can be rewritten to the transfer function<br />

from pitch-rate to angle-of-attack:<br />

α(s)<br />

q(s)<br />

= 1<br />

U0<br />

Equation 6.10 can be simplified to:<br />

Zδes +(Zq ˜ Mδe − ˜Mq) Zδe<br />

˜Mδe s ˜Mw +(Zδe − Zw ˜ Mδe )<br />

α(s)<br />

q(s) = b1s + b0<br />

a1s + a0<br />

where b1 = 1<br />

U0 Zδe , b0 = 1<br />

U0 (Zq ˜ Mδe − Zδe<br />

˜Mq), a1 = ˜ Mδe and a0 =(Zδe<br />

(6.10)<br />

(6.11)<br />

˜Mw −<br />

Zw ˜ Mδe ). The parameters b1, b0, a1 and a0 are obta<strong>in</strong>ed from the l<strong>in</strong>earized aircraft<br />

model. S<strong>in</strong>ce the virtual sensor is implemented <strong>in</strong> the digital flight control system,<br />

the model must be discretized. The Tust<strong>in</strong> discretization is used to obta<strong>in</strong> the<br />

discrete-time short-period approximation. This method results <strong>in</strong> a discrete-time<br />

model that matches best the cont<strong>in</strong>uous-time model <strong>in</strong> terms of the frequency<br />

response. The discrete time transfer function becomes:<br />

α(k) = ˆb1σ + ˆb0 q(k) (6.12)<br />

σ +â0


82 Chapter 6. Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor<br />

Figure 6.3: Architecture of the LPV model αLP V .<br />

where σ denotes the shift operator. Nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulation experiments have shown<br />

that keep<strong>in</strong>g the parameters ˆ b0 and ˆ b1 fixed at the center values of their ranges,<br />

<strong>in</strong>stead of vary<strong>in</strong>g them as a function of flight condition, has no effect on the<br />

performance of the virtual sensor. For this reason these parameters are kept constant<br />

and only â0 is vary<strong>in</strong>g as a function of flight condition. Besides the TS fuzzy<br />

model to estimate α0, see Equation 6.3, a second TS fuzzy model is designed to<br />

approximate â0. The complete LPV part of the virtual sensor is as follows:<br />

αLP V (k) =α0(x(k)) + ˆb1σ + ˆb0 q(k)<br />

σ +â0(x(k))<br />

(6.13)<br />

where x =[M,q, φ, XCG,W]. In order to get the correct pitch rate dur<strong>in</strong>g lateral<br />

maneuvers, the pitch rate measurement needs to be modified as follows:<br />

qφ = q − g<br />

tan(φ)s<strong>in</strong>(φ) (6.14)<br />

VT<br />

The term g<br />

tan(φ)s<strong>in</strong>(φ) describes the approximation of the output of the pitch<br />

VT<br />

rate sensor dur<strong>in</strong>g turns with constant pitch rate, constant bank angle and constant<br />

turn rate (McLean 1990). This signal is therefore not related to the pitch rate <strong>in</strong><br />

terms of the rotational velocity of the aircraft around the Y-axis. Substitution of<br />

q(k) byqφ(k) <strong>in</strong> Equation 6.13 results <strong>in</strong>:<br />

where<br />

αLP V = α0(x)+H(σ;â0(x(k))) qφ(z) (6.15)<br />

H(σ;â0(x(k))) = ˆb1σ + ˆb0 . (6.16)<br />

σ +â0(x(k))<br />

In the first simulation experiments it turned out that, although the static estimation<br />

of α0 and â0 is good, dur<strong>in</strong>g dynamic nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulation the performance<br />

of the LPV model was poor. The TS fuzzy model is designed based on data of<br />

the l<strong>in</strong>earized SCA model <strong>in</strong> trimmed condition. However, dur<strong>in</strong>g maneuver<strong>in</strong>g the<br />

aircraft is not trimmed, which means that the estimated trimmed angle-of-attack<br />

is lead<strong>in</strong>g the true angle-of-attack. This effect is compensated for by a low-pass<br />

filter, which lags the estimated α0 dur<strong>in</strong>g maneuver<strong>in</strong>g. The result<strong>in</strong>g structure of<br />

αLP V is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 6.3.


6.4. <strong>Design</strong> of the TS Fuzzy Model and the NN Model 83<br />

Figure 6.4: Architecture of the virtual AoA sensor.<br />

6.3.3 The neural network αNN<br />

Neural networks have been tra<strong>in</strong>ed to perform complex functions <strong>in</strong> various fields<br />

of application <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g pattern recognition, identification, classification, speech,<br />

vision and control systems. In general a neural network is used when the exact<br />

nature of the relationship between <strong>in</strong>puts and outputs is not known. If this relationship<br />

is known, it should be modelled directly. The other key feature of neural<br />

networks is that they learn the <strong>in</strong>put/output relationship through tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g. Neural<br />

networks are discussed <strong>in</strong> more detail <strong>in</strong> Appendix D.3, where also a number of<br />

useful references are given.<br />

As mentioned above, neural networks are used when the exact nature of the<br />

relationship between <strong>in</strong>puts and output is not known. In this case the objective is<br />

to use a neural network to reduce the estimation error ∆α of the LPV model:<br />

∆α = α − αLP V . (6.17)<br />

In other words, the neural networks is used to account for that part of the AoA<br />

signal that is not accounted for us<strong>in</strong>g the LPV model.<br />

The structure of the entire virtual AoA sensor is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 6.4 and is<br />

written as follows:<br />

ˆα(k) =α0(x(k)) + H(σ;â0(x(k))) qφ(k)+αNN(xNN(k)) (6.18)<br />

where αNN denotes the output of the NN model and xNN =[θ nz, nz, qφ, cos φ]<br />

results from a nonl<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>in</strong>put selection procedure (see Section 6.4).<br />

6.4 <strong>Design</strong> of the TS Fuzzy Model and the NN Model<br />

The parameters of the LPV model are computed through a TS fuzzy model. The<br />

TS fuzzy model is designed us<strong>in</strong>g data from l<strong>in</strong>ear models <strong>in</strong> trimmed condition.


84 Chapter 6. Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor<br />

On the other hand, the NN model is tra<strong>in</strong>ed us<strong>in</strong>g data from (dynamic) nonl<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

simulations.<br />

6.4.1 TS fuzzy model design<br />

The TS fuzzy model is designed us<strong>in</strong>g data obta<strong>in</strong>ed from the nonl<strong>in</strong>ear SCA<br />

model. The SCA model is trimmed and l<strong>in</strong>earized for a large number of flight<br />

conditions with<strong>in</strong> the flight regime of <strong>in</strong>terest, which <strong>in</strong> this case is the flight envelope<br />

for land<strong>in</strong>g configuration. From each trimmed flight condition, the trimmed<br />

angle-of-attack is extracted and put <strong>in</strong> a data set together with the correspond<strong>in</strong>g<br />

<strong>in</strong>put values, i.e. [M,q, φ, XCG] (see also Figure 6.2).<br />

The design of the Takagi-Sugeno fuzzy model is performed <strong>in</strong> two steps. First the<br />

optimal structure of the TS fuzzy model is determ<strong>in</strong>ed, i.e. the <strong>in</strong>puts of the model<br />

and the number of membership functions for each <strong>in</strong>put. This is done us<strong>in</strong>g a GA<br />

optimization approach (Goldberg 1989, Michalewicz 1996), see Appendix E. The<br />

consequent part of the TS fuzzy model is computed by Least Squares (LS) optimization,<br />

with the objective to m<strong>in</strong>imize the Root Mean-Square Error (RMSE),<br />

see also Appendix C.1, between the data set and the TS fuzzy model output. The<br />

objective function J for the GA optimization is:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

J = 1<br />

N<br />

N<br />

k=1<br />

(α0,k − ˆα0,k) 2 Nr<br />

· e<br />

0.5( 64 ) (6.19)<br />

where α0,k denotes the kth sample of the data set, ˆα0,k denotes the kth output<br />

of the TS fuzzy model, N denotes the number of data po<strong>in</strong>ts and Nr denotes the<br />

number of rules. The fitness of each chromosome <strong>in</strong> the population is evaluated<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g the 10-fold cross validation method, see Appendix C.2. The secondary objective<br />

is to keep the model transparent, for a TS fuzzy model this means to keep the<br />

number of rules low. The RMSE of each chromosome is therefore multiplied by the<br />

Nr<br />

factor e<br />

0.5( 64 ) , where the numbers 0.5 and 64 are the result of an iterative tun<strong>in</strong>g<br />

process. The more complicated the TS fuzzy models, i.e. the more rules describe<br />

the TS fuzzy model, the larger the additional penalty. The result<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>puts of the<br />

TS fuzzy model are given <strong>in</strong> Section 6.3. It should be noted that the structure of<br />

the TS fuzzy model is determ<strong>in</strong>ed for fixed aircraft weight, see also Figure 6.2.<br />

In the second step, once the <strong>in</strong>puts and the number of membership functions<br />

per <strong>in</strong>put are determ<strong>in</strong>ed, the parameters of the membership functions are optimized<br />

tak<strong>in</strong>g aga<strong>in</strong> a GA approach, <strong>in</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ation with the 10-fold cross validation<br />

method, and the same data set. Aga<strong>in</strong> the objective function <strong>in</strong> Equation 6.19 is<br />

Nr<br />

used, except for the penalty term e<br />

0.5( 64 ) .<br />

6.4.2 NN model design<br />

The most common type of artificial neural network consists of three groups, or<br />

layers, of units: a layer of <strong>in</strong>put units is connected to a layer of hidden units, which<br />

is connected to a layer of output units. This type of neural network is also used


6.4. <strong>Design</strong> of the TS Fuzzy Model and the NN Model 85<br />

<strong>in</strong> this thesis. The activity of the <strong>in</strong>put units represents the raw <strong>in</strong>formation that<br />

is fed <strong>in</strong>to the network. The activity of each hidden unit is determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the<br />

activities of the <strong>in</strong>put units and the weights on the connections between the <strong>in</strong>put<br />

and the hidden units. The behavior of the output units depends on the activity of<br />

the hidden units and the weights between the hidden and output units.<br />

The NN model is designed such that it reduces the estimation error (∆α) of<br />

the LPV model, see Equation 6.17. In order to obta<strong>in</strong> data for the design of the<br />

NN model, the LPV model is evaluated through a large number of nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulations<br />

(450). The <strong>in</strong>itial condition and the pilot <strong>in</strong>put, <strong>in</strong> terms of <strong>in</strong>put shape<br />

and <strong>in</strong>put force, for each simulation are selected randomly from a set of predef<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

samples. The <strong>in</strong>itial condition is determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the Mach number, altitude,<br />

aircraft weight, position of the CG along the X-axis and the aerodynamic model.<br />

The predef<strong>in</strong>ed pilot <strong>in</strong>put shapes are the so-called 3-2-1-1 <strong>in</strong>put <strong>in</strong> column and<br />

<strong>in</strong> wheel, the block-shaped <strong>in</strong>put <strong>in</strong> column and <strong>in</strong> wheel, the pull-up and the<br />

push-down maneuver manoeuvre , the w<strong>in</strong>d-up turn maneuver and the comb<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

w<strong>in</strong>d-up turn and pull-up maneuver. From the data that are generated, 60% is<br />

used for the tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g and 40% is used for the validation of the NN model.<br />

The NN model is designed <strong>in</strong> two steps. First the <strong>in</strong>puts of the NN model are<br />

determ<strong>in</strong>ed through a nonl<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>in</strong>put selection procedure, then the number of<br />

neurons <strong>in</strong> the hidden layer is determ<strong>in</strong>ed. The objective is to f<strong>in</strong>d a compromise<br />

between good performance and low complexity (few <strong>in</strong>puts and few neurons <strong>in</strong> the<br />

hidden layer).<br />

The <strong>in</strong>puts for the NN are determ<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> two steps. First a set of candidate <strong>in</strong>puts<br />

is selected us<strong>in</strong>g a GA based search algorithm. From this set the <strong>in</strong>puts of<br />

the NN are selected through a backward elim<strong>in</strong>ation procedure. In the first step<br />

a pre-selection is made on the basis of second order polynomial models. In the<br />

second step the f<strong>in</strong>al selection is made on the basis of NN models.<br />

The GA based search algorithm (Maertens et al. 2004) is used to generate candidate<br />

<strong>in</strong>puts for the NN model. The genetic algorithm evolves “<strong>in</strong> parallel” a large<br />

number (e.g. 100) of different structures of the polynomial model. For each given<br />

structure, the parameters are determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the LS method and the fitness value<br />

for that model is calculated from the correspond<strong>in</strong>g RMSE. If some of the regressor<br />

variables are not present <strong>in</strong> any of the polynomial terms, they are deleted from the<br />

regressor set and the procedure is repeated with a smaller number of regressors<br />

until a desired (user-def<strong>in</strong>ed) number of variables is reached. Due to the random<br />

nature of the GA, the search has to be performed multiple times (e.g. 50) <strong>in</strong> order<br />

to get a statistically sound result. The six most promis<strong>in</strong>g variables are selected<br />

as candidate variables for the NN model, namely: θ nz, nz, cosφ, qφ, qφ VT and<br />

qφ/VT.<br />

First the performance of the NN model with these six candidate variables as<br />

<strong>in</strong>puts is evaluated. The neural three-layer feed-forward backpropagation network<br />

is tra<strong>in</strong>ed us<strong>in</strong>g the tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g data set. Both the <strong>in</strong>put layer and the hidden layer<br />

have as many neurons as the number of <strong>in</strong>puts of the NN (<strong>in</strong> this case six). The output<br />

layer has one neuron. The network is tra<strong>in</strong>ed us<strong>in</strong>g the Levenberg-Marquardt


86 Chapter 6. Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor<br />

RMSE<br />

0.17<br />

0.16<br />

0.15<br />

0.14<br />

0.13<br />

0.12<br />

0.11<br />

0.1<br />

6 5 4 3 2<br />

Number of <strong>in</strong>puts<br />

Figure 6.5: Backward elim<strong>in</strong>ation procedure, the RMSE as a function of the number<br />

of <strong>in</strong>puts of the NN model.<br />

algorithm (Bishop 1995, Shepherd 1997). In order to determ<strong>in</strong>e the least valuable<br />

candidate variable, six neural networks are tra<strong>in</strong>ed and validated with five <strong>in</strong>puts,<br />

leav<strong>in</strong>g each time one of the candidate variables out. Aga<strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>put layer and<br />

hidden layer both have as many neurons as the number of <strong>in</strong>puts of the NN (<strong>in</strong><br />

this case five) and the output layer has one neuron. The candidate variable that is<br />

left out of the NN model with the best performance of the six NN models, is the<br />

least valuable and therefore removed from the set of candidate variables. Typically<br />

the performance if this NN model is less than that of the NN model with all six<br />

candidate variables as <strong>in</strong>puts. This procedure, the so-called backward elim<strong>in</strong>ation<br />

procedure, is term<strong>in</strong>ated when the removal of the latest <strong>in</strong>put results <strong>in</strong> a relatively<br />

large reduction <strong>in</strong> the performance. This is also illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 6.5,<br />

where it can be seen that there is a relatively large reduction <strong>in</strong> the performance<br />

of the NN model when remov<strong>in</strong>g the fourth <strong>in</strong>put variable. The number of <strong>in</strong>puts<br />

for the NN model is therefore set to four and these <strong>in</strong>puts are: θ nz,nz,cosφ and qφ.<br />

The optimal number of hidden neurons is determ<strong>in</strong>ed based on a number of NN<br />

models with <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g numbers of neurons. Each extra neuron should have a<br />

significant contribution <strong>in</strong> the performance of the NN model (on the tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g and<br />

on the validation data set). The number of hidden neurons is set to eight.<br />

6.5 Validation of the Virtual AoA Sensor<br />

In this section all the design requirements, as described <strong>in</strong> Section 6.2, are taken<br />

<strong>in</strong>to account, except for the variation <strong>in</strong> aircraft weight. The aircraft weight varies<br />

between W = 31850 and W = 35750 [lbs], which represents 20% of the total range<br />

<strong>in</strong> aircraft weight. Due to the modular structure of the virtual AoA sensor, the<br />

total range <strong>in</strong> aircraft weight can be covered by add<strong>in</strong>g more LPV models designed<br />

for different aircraft weights.


6.5. Validation of the Virtual AoA Sensor 87<br />

Table 6.1: Performance of the TS fuzzy models.<br />

W = 31850 [lbs] W = 35750 [lbs]<br />

α0 [deg] â0 [-] α0 [deg] â0 [-]<br />

RMSE 0.1267 2.03 · 10 −4 0.0479 2.07 · 10 −4<br />

VAF [%] 99.86 99.43 99.98 99.23<br />

First the TS fuzzy model and LPV model is validated, before the complete virtual<br />

AoA sensor is validated. This will enable us to appreciate the added value each<br />

element of the virtual sensor. Bank angles larger than 45 degrees are not taken<br />

<strong>in</strong>to account, while the bank angle for the estimation of α0 and â0 is limited<br />

to 30 degrees. As mentioned <strong>in</strong> Section 6.3, the parameters ˆ b1 and ˆ b0 are kept<br />

constant at their center values. For the compensation of the pitch rate signal, see<br />

Equation 6.14, the bank angle is limited to 33 degrees.<br />

6.5.1 Validation of the TS fuzzy models<br />

Separate TS fuzzy models have been designed for the estimation of α0 and â0. The<br />

TS fuzzy model to estimate α0 has seven membership functions, namely two for<br />

the Mach number, three for the dynamic pressure and two for the bank angle. The<br />

TS fuzzy model uses ten rules, which means that not all the possible 12 comb<strong>in</strong>ations<br />

of the MFs are used. The two comb<strong>in</strong>ations of the MFs that are not used,<br />

covered spaces that do not conta<strong>in</strong> data, i.e. the aerodynamic model is not def<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

there, which means that you can not fly there. The correspond<strong>in</strong>g rule-base is as<br />

follows:<br />

R1 : If M is ZM,1 and q is Zq,1 and φ is Zφ,1 then α0 = α0,1<br />

R2 :<br />

.<br />

If M is ZM,1 and q is Zq,1 and φ is Zφ,2 then α0 = α0,2<br />

R10 : If M is ZM,2 and q is Zq,3 and φ is Zφ,2 then α0 = α0,10<br />

where α0i = c0,i + cM,iM + cq,iq + cφ,iφ + cCG,iXCG. The TS fuzzy model to<br />

estimate â0 has n<strong>in</strong>e membership functions, namely two for the Mach number, the<br />

dynamic pressure and the position of the center-of-gravity along the X-axis and<br />

three for the bank angle. The TS fuzzy model uses 16 rules out of the 24 possible<br />

comb<strong>in</strong>ations of the MFs. The performance of the TS fuzzy models to estimate α0<br />

and â0 for each aircraft weight is summarized <strong>in</strong> Table 6.1 <strong>in</strong> terms of RMSE and<br />

Variance Accounted For (VAF). These performance measures are def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> Appendix<br />

C.1. Performances of the TS fuzzy models are good, although it should be<br />

noted that the TS fuzzy model to estimate α0 for aircraft weight W = 35750 [lbs]<br />

outperforms the TS fuzzy model to estimate α0 for aircraft weight W = 31850 [lbs].


88 Chapter 6. Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor<br />

Table 6.2: Performance of the LPV model <strong>in</strong> estimat<strong>in</strong>g the angle-of-attack <strong>in</strong> nonl<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

simulation.<br />

W = 31850 W = 35750 31850 < W < 35750<br />

[lbs] [lbs] [lbs]<br />

RMSE [deg] 0.2748 0.2317 0.2323<br />

VAF [%] 99.38 99.52 99.53<br />

∆ α [deg]<br />

α [deg]<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3<br />

x 10 4<br />

−5<br />

Sample<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

−0.5<br />

−1<br />

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3<br />

x 10 4<br />

Sample<br />

Figure 6.6: Performance of the LPV model <strong>in</strong> nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulation.<br />

6.5.2 Validation of the LPV model<br />

The performance of the LPV model dur<strong>in</strong>g nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulation is evaluated <strong>in</strong><br />

terms of RMSE and VAF with respect to the true angle-of-attack signal, see Table<br />

6.2. In this table the performance is given for W = 31850 and W = 35750 [lbs],<br />

the two aircraft weights for which the TS fuzzy models are designed, and for the<br />

range from W = 31850 to W = 35750 [lbs]. S<strong>in</strong>ce the performance of the latter is<br />

of the same order as for the fixed aircraft weight cases, it can be concluded that the<br />

l<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>in</strong>terpolation as a function of aircraft weight works well. The RMSE value<br />

is below 0.24 degrees while the VAF value is above the 99%. The correspond<strong>in</strong>g<br />

time history is shown <strong>in</strong> Figure 6.6.<br />

6.5.3 Validation of the virtual AoA sensor<br />

The virtual sensor is validated us<strong>in</strong>g the validation data set that has not been used<br />

<strong>in</strong> any stage of the design. The performance of the virtual sensor is given <strong>in</strong> Ta-


6.5. Validation of the Virtual AoA Sensor 89<br />

Table 6.3: Performance of the virtual sensor <strong>in</strong> estimat<strong>in</strong>g the angle-of-attack <strong>in</strong><br />

nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulation.<br />

∆ α [deg]<br />

α [deg]<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

Tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g Validation<br />

RMSE [deg] 0.1088 0.1125<br />

VAF [%] 99.90 99.90<br />

max |∆α| [deg] 0.7314 0.7781<br />

0 0.5 1 1.5 2<br />

x 10 4<br />

−5<br />

0.8<br />

Sample<br />

0.4<br />

0<br />

−0.4<br />

0 0.5 1 1.5 2<br />

x 10 4<br />

−0.8<br />

Sample<br />

Figure 6.7: Performance of the virtual sensor <strong>in</strong> nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulation on the tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g<br />

data set.<br />

ble 6.3. The RMSE values are below 0.12 degrees while the VAF values are aga<strong>in</strong><br />

above the 99%. It can be seen that the difference <strong>in</strong> performance on the tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g<br />

and validation data set is <strong>in</strong> balance, suggest<strong>in</strong>g that the complexity of the NN<br />

is about right. The correspond<strong>in</strong>g simulation results are illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figures 6.7<br />

and 6.8. In terms of the RMSE, the improvement <strong>in</strong> the performance of the virtual<br />

sensor is significant compared to the LPV model. The absolute estimation error<br />

rema<strong>in</strong>s below the 0.8 degrees for both the tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g and the validation data set.<br />

In this section the variation <strong>in</strong> aircraft weight is 3900 lbs. The total allowable<br />

variation for the SCA model is 17400 lbs, see also Figure 5.3, which means that<br />

five local LPV models would be needed to cover the entire centogramme. In case<br />

the performance requirements of the virtual AoA sensor cannot be met with a<br />

s<strong>in</strong>gle NN for the entire range of the aircraft weight, a separate NN model should<br />

be designed for each aircraft weight regime (W 1 → W 2, W 2 → W 3, etc). This<br />

option will result <strong>in</strong> more accuracy at the price of a more complicated virtual AoA<br />

sensor.


90 Chapter 6. Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor<br />

∆ α [deg]<br />

α [deg]<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

−5<br />

0<br />

0.8<br />

2000 4000 6000<br />

Sample<br />

8000 10000<br />

0.4<br />

0<br />

−0.4<br />

−0.8<br />

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000<br />

Sample<br />

Figure 6.8: Performance of the virtual sensor <strong>in</strong> nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulation on the validation<br />

data set.<br />

6.6 Conclusions<br />

The virtual AoA sensor described <strong>in</strong> this chapter consists of two parts, namely a<br />

LPV model and a NN model. In the LPV model part the TS fuzzy model estimates<br />

the trimmed angle-of-attack α0 as well as the parameter <strong>in</strong> the denom<strong>in</strong>ator<br />

of αSP, while <strong>in</strong> the (nonl<strong>in</strong>ear) black-box part the NN is designed to fit the estimation<br />

error rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g from the LPV model.<br />

The design example <strong>in</strong> this chapter serves as a proof-of-pr<strong>in</strong>ciple for the proposed<br />

methodology. The virtual sensor performed well, both for the tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g and the<br />

validation data set. The design requirement of estimation errors less than 1 degree<br />

was met. The RMSE was kept well below 0.12 degrees while the VAF was kept<br />

well above 99%. It should be noted that the automatically generated data does<br />

not reach the maximum angle-of-attack of 16 degrees, because this is prevented by<br />

the envelope protection system. Around this angle-of-attack the aircraft model is<br />

more nonl<strong>in</strong>ear and it can therefore be expected that improv<strong>in</strong>g the data set will<br />

result <strong>in</strong> slightly more complex TS fuzzy models (and neural network) <strong>in</strong> order<br />

to achieve the same performance. It should also be noted that <strong>in</strong> the simulation<br />

results the true aircraft weight or the true position of the center-of-gravity along<br />

the X-axis have been used as <strong>in</strong>puts to the TS fuzzy model and NN. These should<br />

<strong>in</strong> fact be estimates of the virtual sensor developed by IIT (Idan et al. 2004). It is<br />

expected that the correspond<strong>in</strong>g decrease <strong>in</strong> performance of the virtual sensor is<br />

negligible, s<strong>in</strong>ce these variables can be estimated accurately.


7<br />

<strong>Soft</strong> Sensor Management and<br />

Virtual Sensors for FDIR<br />

A sensor management system based on soft comput<strong>in</strong>g techniques has been<br />

developed and implemented <strong>in</strong> the flight control system of the SCA model.<br />

Unlike <strong>in</strong> the conventional sensor management system, the signals from sensors<br />

are assigned weights based on fuzzy membership functions and the consolidated<br />

signal is computed as a weighted average. This approach improves the quality<br />

of the consolidated signal and reduces transients due to sensor failures. The soft<br />

vot<strong>in</strong>g scheme serves as a basis for soft flight control law reconfiguration. In<br />

addition, it is illustrated how a virtual sensor can serve as an arbitrator which<br />

enables the isolation of the failed sensor <strong>in</strong> the duplex mode and the detection of<br />

a sensor failure <strong>in</strong> the simplex mode. The effectiveness of the proposed methods<br />

is demonstrated by us<strong>in</strong>g the SCA model, tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account sensor failures <strong>in</strong><br />

pitch rate and normal acceleration. The properties of the conventional sensor<br />

management system have been reta<strong>in</strong>ed, with the additional advantage that<br />

the quality of the consolidated signal is improved, failure-<strong>in</strong>duced transients<br />

are reduced and the consolidated signal rema<strong>in</strong>s available up to the last valid<br />

sensor.<br />

This chapter is organized as follows: In Section 7.1 a short <strong>in</strong>troduction of the<br />

sensor management problem is given. The conventional sensor management system<br />

and the flight control law reconfiguration are discussed <strong>in</strong> Section 7.2. Section 7.3<br />

<strong>in</strong>troduces the sensor management system and flight control law reconfiguration<br />

based on soft comput<strong>in</strong>g, which is extended to <strong>in</strong>clude virtual sensors <strong>in</strong> Section 7.4.<br />

Conclud<strong>in</strong>g remarks and future research are discussed <strong>in</strong> Section 7.5.<br />

7.1 Introduction<br />

Sensor management based on majority vot<strong>in</strong>g and po<strong>in</strong>t consolidation of like signals<br />

is a proven technology <strong>in</strong> modern fly-by-wire flight control systems (Rosenberg<br />

1998). The assumption is that the majority of like signals represent the truth and<br />

that any s<strong>in</strong>gle dissimilar signal is the result of a failure. Such a signal must be<br />

91


92 Chapter 7. <strong>Soft</strong> Sensor Management and Virtual Sensors for FDIR<br />

disconnected as soon as the failure is detected. The probability of multiple simultaneous<br />

failures is considered to be extremely remote. In the conventional approach,<br />

the decision whether a sensor has failed or not is crisp. In order to reduce the sensitivity<br />

of this decision to uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties like quantization and measurement noise,<br />

a properly adjusted threshold is used. This threshold is a compromise between<br />

two goals: the absence of false alarms and the ability to detect all possible failures<br />

with<strong>in</strong> a certa<strong>in</strong> time frame. This <strong>in</strong>evitably leads to a transient response dur<strong>in</strong>g<br />

which the consolidated signal temporarily differs from the true value.<br />

The soft sensor management system <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> this chapter ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong>s the key<br />

properties of the conventional sensor management system (majority vot<strong>in</strong>g) while<br />

improv<strong>in</strong>g its performance by apply<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy logic techniques.<br />

Us<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy logic, the decision whether a sensor has failed or not is no longer<br />

crisp. In the soft sensor management system the signals are assigned weights based<br />

on a cross-comparison of like signals by us<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy membership functions. The<br />

consolidated signal is then computed as a weighted average. Compared to the<br />

conventional management system, the soft management system <strong>in</strong>tervenes at an<br />

earlier stage by reduc<strong>in</strong>g the weight of the suspected faulty sensor signal, while the<br />

failure declaration occurs at a later stage. This approach improves the quality of the<br />

consolidated signal with respect to its difference from the true value due to sensor<br />

failures. An additional attractive feature of this approach is the reduction of the<br />

transients due to sensor failures. Although FL techniques have been implemented<br />

<strong>in</strong> other application doma<strong>in</strong>s, such as the process <strong>in</strong>dustry (Frank and Marcu 1999,<br />

Schneider and Frank 1996), their application for FDI <strong>in</strong> flight control systems has<br />

not been extensively <strong>in</strong>vestigated yet.<br />

Furthermore, a virtual sensor is <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> order to be able to identify<br />

failed sensors <strong>in</strong> the duplex mode and to detect a sensor failure <strong>in</strong> the simplex<br />

mode (which is not possible with the current sensor management systems). In the<br />

literature, many applications of analytical redundancy for fault detection and fault<br />

isolation <strong>in</strong> flight control systems have been reported (Patton et al. 1989, Patton<br />

and Chen 1992, Isermann 1984), however, the use of virtual sensors <strong>in</strong> aerospace<br />

applications is novel.<br />

7.2 Conventional Sensor Management and FCL Reconfiguration<br />

Each signal is measured by a number of <strong>in</strong>dependent sensors. The sensor management<br />

system has two tasks, namely the computation of a consolidated signal from<br />

these measurements (vot<strong>in</strong>g) and the validation of each of the sensors (monitor<strong>in</strong>g).<br />

The consolidated (or voted) signal is fed to the flight control computer and<br />

at the same time serves as a reference for sensor validation.


7.2. Conventional Sensor Management and FCL Reconfiguration 93<br />

Figure 7.1: Conventional triplex sensor management system (Source: (Rosenberg<br />

1998)).<br />

7.2.1 Conventional vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g scheme<br />

The redundancy level for each signal, i.e. the number of redundant sensors <strong>in</strong><br />

normal mode, is related to the system architecture, the failure probability of the<br />

sensor and the consequence of los<strong>in</strong>g the correspond<strong>in</strong>g signal. For example, the<br />

consequence of los<strong>in</strong>g the pitch rate signal is a catastrophic failure. The probability<br />

of a catastrophic failure must be less than 10 −9 per hour of flight. This level<br />

of reliability can not be achieved with a s<strong>in</strong>gle pitch rate sensor and therefore<br />

redundant pitch rate sensors need to be <strong>in</strong>stalled. It should be noted that a sensor<br />

failure <strong>in</strong> the duplex mode (two sensor signals available) results <strong>in</strong> los<strong>in</strong>g the signal,<br />

s<strong>in</strong>ce the conventional vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g scheme is not able to identify the failed<br />

sensor <strong>in</strong> this case.<br />

In order to keep the presentation simple, the triplex sensor system (three<br />

sensor signals available) will be used to expla<strong>in</strong> the conventional vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g<br />

philosophy (see Figure 7.1). The three sensor signals are first sorted from the<br />

largest value to the smallest one. The mid-value signal is taken as a reference and<br />

the two extreme-value signals are limited <strong>in</strong> their deviation from the mid-value<br />

signal. When the limits are not <strong>in</strong>voked, the voted (consolidated) signal is given<br />

by:<br />

Svoted = S2 +0.25 (S1 − S2)+0.25 (S3 − S2) =0.25 (S1 +2S2 + S3).<br />

For two valid signals, a duplex voter is used, and the voted signal is a simple average.<br />

The monitor compares each of the three sensor signals Si with the consolidated<br />

signal Svoted. If the absolute difference is smaller than a predef<strong>in</strong>ed threshold ∆,<br />

the monitor count is decreased by one, otherwise it is <strong>in</strong>creased by two:


94 Chapter 7. <strong>Soft</strong> Sensor Management and Virtual Sensors for FDIR<br />

If |Si − Svoted| ≤∆ then (count rate) i = −1<br />

If |Si − Svoted| > ∆ then (count rate) i =+2.<br />

The updated count value is bounded between zero and the failure declaration<br />

value. If the count value has reached the failure declaration value, a failure is declared<br />

and the signal is latched (see Figure 7.1). S<strong>in</strong>ce <strong>in</strong> this case only two sensor<br />

signals are still available, automatically the sensor management system reconverts<br />

to duplex mode.<br />

The logic <strong>in</strong> the conventional sensor management system is such that a failed sensor<br />

output cont<strong>in</strong>ues to contribute to the voted signal until it is latched. This implies<br />

that when signal is latched, its contribution to the consolidated signal is <strong>in</strong>stantly<br />

removed. This discont<strong>in</strong>uity <strong>in</strong> the consolidated signal results <strong>in</strong> a transient <strong>in</strong> the<br />

aircraft motion, which is illustrated by nonl<strong>in</strong>ear, closed-loop simulation examples<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g the SCA model <strong>in</strong> Matlab/Simul<strong>in</strong>k TM .<br />

7.2.2 Simulation examples<br />

The functionality and performance of the sensor management systems is demonstrated<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g pitch rate and normal acceleration sensor failures dur<strong>in</strong>g longitud<strong>in</strong>al<br />

maneuver<strong>in</strong>g. The closed-loop transients due to sensor failures are not of the same<br />

order for each signal. From Figure 4.1 it can be seen that the pitch rate is fed back<br />

through a proportional ga<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> the pitch damper path and through a proportional<br />

and an <strong>in</strong>tegral ga<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> the feedback path. In the feedback path the normal acceleration<br />

is fed back <strong>in</strong> a similar way. However, discont<strong>in</strong>uities <strong>in</strong> the voted normal<br />

acceleration signal are suppressed by the low-pass filter <strong>in</strong> the normal acceleration<br />

feedback path (Figure 4.1). Closed-loop transients are therefore less evident. For<br />

this reason the pitch rate signal is used to demonstrate this additional benefit of<br />

the sensor management system based on soft comput<strong>in</strong>g techniques. The normal<br />

acceleration signal is used only to demonstrate the functionality of the conventional<br />

management system <strong>in</strong> the case of a sensor failure <strong>in</strong> duplex mode, s<strong>in</strong>ce<br />

this requires a reconfiguration mode which is not available for the loss of the pitch<br />

rate signal <strong>in</strong> the SCA model. As mentioned <strong>in</strong> Section 7.2.1, the loss of the pitch<br />

rate signal is a catastrophic failure.<br />

A simplified representation of the longitud<strong>in</strong>al flight control laws is illustrated<br />

<strong>in</strong> Figure 4.1. In this figure it can be seen that the feedback signal consists of a<br />

blend<strong>in</strong>g of the pitch rate and the normal acceleration signal. In order to compare<br />

the performance of the conventional sensor management system to that of the<br />

soft management system, sensor failures are considered <strong>in</strong> these two signals. The<br />

blend<strong>in</strong>g function is described <strong>in</strong> Section 4.1.<br />

Two nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulations are used to illustrated the functionality of the conventional<br />

sensor management system. For both simulations, the <strong>in</strong>itial condition<br />

is a straight and level flight at a Mach number of M =0.75 and an altitude of<br />

h = 40 kft, which is the cruise flight condition for the SCA model. In this flight<br />

condition the calibrated airspeed is equal to VC = 225 knots. The pilot <strong>in</strong>put<br />

is a block-shaped <strong>in</strong>put of the maximum positive column deflection start<strong>in</strong>g at


7.2. Conventional Sensor Management and FCL Reconfiguration 95<br />

a) q meas [deg s −1 ]<br />

b) ∆ q voted [deg s −1 ]<br />

c) count<br />

d) valid<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

q<br />

1<br />

q<br />

2<br />

q<br />

3<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0.5<br />

1 2 3 4 5<br />

0<br />

−0.5<br />

0<br />

20<br />

1<br />

q<br />

1<br />

2 3 4 5<br />

10<br />

q<br />

2<br />

q<br />

3<br />

0<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

Time [s]<br />

e) δ e [deg]<br />

f) n z [g]<br />

g) q [deg s −1 ]<br />

−5.2<br />

−5.4<br />

−5.6<br />

−5.8<br />

−6 conv<br />

no fault<br />

−6.2<br />

3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2<br />

1.65<br />

1.6<br />

1.55<br />

3.2<br />

5.5<br />

3.4 3.6 3.8<br />

conv<br />

no fault<br />

4<br />

conv<br />

4.2<br />

5<br />

no fault<br />

4.5<br />

4<br />

3.5<br />

3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2<br />

Time [s]<br />

Figure 7.2: Conventional sensor management: drift failure of a pitch rate sensor.<br />

Figures e-g are zoomed <strong>in</strong> on the failure-<strong>in</strong>duced transients.<br />

t =1sec and last<strong>in</strong>g for 6 sec. Dur<strong>in</strong>g this maneuver, the normal acceleration signal<br />

is partly contribut<strong>in</strong>g to the feedback signal. This is necessary <strong>in</strong> order to be<br />

able to evaluated failure-<strong>in</strong>duced transients when consider<strong>in</strong>g failures <strong>in</strong> the normal<br />

acceleration sensors.<br />

The time histories correspond<strong>in</strong>g to the first simulation example are illustrated<br />

<strong>in</strong> Figure 7.2. At t =1sec, a drift failure of 1 deg sec −2 occurs <strong>in</strong> one of the pitch<br />

rate sensors (Figure 7.2a). Figure 7.2b shows the difference ∆qvoted between the<br />

voted signal and the true pitch rate. Due to the drift failure, the voted signal diverges<br />

from the true pitch rate until the contribution of the failed sensor output<br />

is limited and the mismatch rema<strong>in</strong>s constant. When the difference between the<br />

failed sensor (q1) and the voted signal (qvoted) exceeds the monitor threshold, the<br />

monitor count rate <strong>in</strong>creases from −1 to +2 (denoted by the first vertical dashdotted<br />

l<strong>in</strong>e). When the monitor count (Figure 7.2c) reaches the failure declaration<br />

value (denoted by the second dash-dotted vertical l<strong>in</strong>e) the signal is latched and<br />

the number of valid signals reduces to two (Figure 7.2d). The faulty contribution<br />

of q1 is omitted <strong>in</strong>stantaneously, which results <strong>in</strong> an undesirable discont<strong>in</strong>uity <strong>in</strong><br />

the consolidated signal (Figure 7.2b). The result<strong>in</strong>g transients <strong>in</strong> the elevator deflection<br />

(Figure 7.2e), the normal acceleration (Figure 7.2f), and the true pitch<br />

rate (Figure 7.2g) signals are evident (solid l<strong>in</strong>e) compared to the fault free case<br />

(dash-dotted l<strong>in</strong>e). The second simulation example illustrates a cut-off sensor fail-


96 Chapter 7. <strong>Soft</strong> Sensor Management and Virtual Sensors for FDIR<br />

a) q meas [deg s −1 ]<br />

b) ∆ q voted [deg s −1 ]<br />

c) count<br />

d) valid<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

q<br />

1<br />

q<br />

2<br />

q<br />

3<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0.5<br />

1 2 3 4 5<br />

0<br />

−0.5<br />

0<br />

20<br />

1<br />

q<br />

1<br />

2 3 4 5<br />

10<br />

q<br />

2<br />

q<br />

3<br />

0<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

Time [s]<br />

e) δ e [deg]<br />

f) n z [g]<br />

g) q [deg s −1 ]<br />

−4.5<br />

−5<br />

−5.5<br />

−6<br />

1.6<br />

1.55<br />

1.5<br />

1.45<br />

conv<br />

no fault<br />

1.4<br />

2.5 3 3.5<br />

5.6<br />

5.4<br />

5.2<br />

5<br />

4.8<br />

conv<br />

no fault<br />

2.5 3 3.5<br />

conv<br />

no fault<br />

4.6<br />

2.5 3<br />

Time [s]<br />

3.5<br />

Figure 7.3: Conventional sensor management: cut-off failure of a pitch rate sensor.<br />

Figures e-g are zoomed <strong>in</strong> on the failure-<strong>in</strong>duced transients.<br />

ure which occurs at t =3sec <strong>in</strong> one of the pitch rate sensors (Figure 7.3a). Due<br />

to the abrupt nature of the sensor failure, discont<strong>in</strong>uities <strong>in</strong> the voted signal occur<br />

both when the failure is <strong>in</strong>serted and when the correspond<strong>in</strong>g signal is latched<br />

(Figure 7.3b). Aga<strong>in</strong> the behavior of the voted signal is undesirable s<strong>in</strong>ce it is by<br />

no means represent<strong>in</strong>g the behavior of the true value. The transients <strong>in</strong> the elevator<br />

deflection (Figure 7.3e), the normal acceleration (Figure 7.3f) and the pitch<br />

rate (Figure 7.3g) are evident (solid l<strong>in</strong>e), especially when compared to the fault<br />

free case (dash-dotted l<strong>in</strong>e).<br />

7.2.3 <strong>Flight</strong> control law reconfiguration<br />

The voted signal <strong>in</strong> the duplex mode is computed as the average of the two sensor<br />

signals. If a sensor fails <strong>in</strong> the duplex mode, the majority vot<strong>in</strong>g pr<strong>in</strong>ciple can no<br />

longer be used to identify the failed sensor. As soon as the difference between these<br />

two signals exceeds a certa<strong>in</strong> threshold, both sensors are declared <strong>in</strong>valid and the<br />

FCS reconfigures to not us<strong>in</strong>g this particular signal. In Figure 7.4 a drift failure of<br />

the second normal acceleration sensor is simulated (Figure 7.4a). The voted signal<br />

is the average of the two valid signals. The <strong>in</strong>itial condition is a straight and level<br />

flight at a Mach number of M =0.70 and an altitude of h = 25 kft. This flight<br />

condition is selected to <strong>in</strong>crease the contribution of the normal acceleration signal


7.3. Sensor Management and FCL Reconfiguration Based on <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> 97<br />

a) n z,meas [g]<br />

b) ∆ n z,voted [g]<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

n z,2<br />

n z,3<br />

5<br />

0.3<br />

6 7 8 9 10<br />

0.2<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

−0.1<br />

5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

Time [s]<br />

c) valid<br />

d) blend<br />

3<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

Time [s]<br />

Figure 7.4: Conventional sensor management: drift failure of the second normal acceleration<br />

sensor.<br />

<strong>in</strong> the feedback path. The pilot <strong>in</strong>put is a block-shaped <strong>in</strong>put of maximum positive<br />

column deflection start<strong>in</strong>g at t =6sec and last<strong>in</strong>g for 6 sec. When the difference<br />

between the two sensor signals exceeds the threshold, the monitor count of both<br />

sensor signals is set to the failure declaration value <strong>in</strong>stantaneously and both <strong>in</strong>put<br />

signals are latched (Figure 7.4c). At this po<strong>in</strong>t the consolidated signal is no longer<br />

available and the FCS reconfigures to not us<strong>in</strong>g this signal (Figure 7.4d). This<br />

implies that only the pitch rate signal is used <strong>in</strong> the feedback path for the entire<br />

range of the admissible column deflection and calibrated airspeed. The blend<strong>in</strong>g<br />

of the pitch rate signal and the normal acceleration signal <strong>in</strong> the feedback path is<br />

expla<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> more detail <strong>in</strong> Section 4.1.<br />

7.3 Sensor Management and FCL Reconfiguration Based on<br />

<strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

The simulation examples <strong>in</strong> Section 7.2.2 and 7.2.3 have demonstrated the ma<strong>in</strong><br />

shortcom<strong>in</strong>gs of the conventional sensor management approach, namely the failure<strong>in</strong>duced<br />

discont<strong>in</strong>uities <strong>in</strong> the consolidated signal and the <strong>in</strong>ability to identify sensor<br />

failures <strong>in</strong> duplex mode and/or to detect a sensor failure <strong>in</strong> simplex mode. A<br />

fuzzy logic approach can be used to improve the conventional sensor management<br />

system without chang<strong>in</strong>g the basic concept of majority vot<strong>in</strong>g. In this section we<br />

focus on reduc<strong>in</strong>g, or even elim<strong>in</strong>at<strong>in</strong>g, the transients <strong>in</strong> the voted signal due to<br />

sensor failures.


98 Chapter 7. <strong>Soft</strong> Sensor Management and Virtual Sensors for FDIR<br />

Figure 7.5: <strong>Soft</strong> vot<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the triplex mode. The current value of each sensor signal<br />

forms the center of its correspond<strong>in</strong>g membership function, which is used to determ<strong>in</strong>e<br />

the membership degree of this sensor signal.<br />

7.3.1 <strong>Soft</strong> vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g scheme<br />

The soft voter is different from the conventional vot<strong>in</strong>g scheme <strong>in</strong> the sense that<br />

each <strong>in</strong>put signal is assigned a weight, and the consolidated signal is the weighted<br />

average of the <strong>in</strong>put signals:<br />

n<br />

Svoted = wiSi, (7.1)<br />

where wi denotes the weight assigned to the ith <strong>in</strong>put signal Si and n denotes the<br />

number of valid sensors. The weight wi is the normalized membership degree µi:<br />

wi =<br />

i=1<br />

µi<br />

n j=1 µj<br />

, (7.2)<br />

where 0 ≤ µi ≤ 1. The computation of the membership degree µi is illustrated <strong>in</strong><br />

Figure 7.5. The current value of each signal forms the center of its correspond<strong>in</strong>g<br />

membership function. The membership degree of the signal is the largest membership<br />

degree of the rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g valid signals accord<strong>in</strong>g to this membership function:<br />

µi = max<br />

i=j (µi(qj)). (7.3)<br />

In Figure 7.5a the membership function of q3 is illustrated. With respect to this<br />

membership function, q1 has a membership degree of µ3(q1) =0.35 and q2 has a<br />

membership degree of µ3(q2) =0.65. This implies that q3 has a membership degree<br />

of:<br />

µ3 = max(µ3(q1),µ3(q2)) = 0.65 .


7.3. Sensor Management and FCL Reconfiguration Based on <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> 99<br />

Figure 7.6: <strong>Soft</strong> triplex sensor management system.<br />

Clearly, the majority vot<strong>in</strong>g concept of the conventional sensor management system<br />

is also used <strong>in</strong> the soft sensor management system. The signal q3 is not <strong>in</strong><br />

agreement with the signals q1 and q2, and therefore its weight <strong>in</strong> the voted signal<br />

is reduced. In Figure 7.5b the discrepancy between signal q3 and the signals q1<br />

and q2 is further <strong>in</strong>creased. The correspond<strong>in</strong>g membership degree is now reduced<br />

to µ3 =0.<br />

Both the conventional and the soft vot<strong>in</strong>g scheme are based on majority vot<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

The major difference is the way the like sensor signals contribute to the consolidated<br />

signal. In the conventional vot<strong>in</strong>g scheme, the contribution of a faulty signal<br />

is limited, while <strong>in</strong> the soft vot<strong>in</strong>g scheme its weight is reduced. The implementation<br />

of the soft vot<strong>in</strong>g scheme is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 7.6 for a triplex sensor<br />

system. The vector of like signals is split and sorted. The membership degrees are<br />

computed accord<strong>in</strong>g to Equation 7.3, put back <strong>in</strong> the orig<strong>in</strong>al order and comb<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

aga<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> a vector. The voted signal is then computed accord<strong>in</strong>g to Equations 7.1<br />

and 7.2.<br />

In the monitor part, the count rate of the ith signal is the follow<strong>in</strong>g function<br />

of its correspond<strong>in</strong>g membership degree µi:<br />

If µi =1then (count rate) i = −1<br />

If 0


100 Chapter 7. <strong>Soft</strong> Sensor Management and Virtual Sensors for FDIR<br />

a) q meas [deg s −1 ]<br />

b) ∆ q voted [deg s −1 ]<br />

c) weight<br />

d) count<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

q<br />

1<br />

q<br />

2<br />

q<br />

3<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0.5<br />

1 2 3 4 5<br />

0<br />

−0.5<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

1<br />

q<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

q<br />

2<br />

q<br />

3<br />

0<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

20<br />

10<br />

q<br />

1<br />

q<br />

2<br />

q<br />

3<br />

0<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

Time [s]<br />

e) δ e [deg]<br />

f) n z [g]<br />

g) q [deg s −1 ]<br />

−4<br />

−4.5<br />

−5<br />

−5.5<br />

−6<br />

1.6<br />

1.5<br />

1.4<br />

1.3<br />

5.5<br />

5<br />

4.5<br />

4<br />

soft<br />

conv<br />

no fault<br />

2.5 3 3.5 4<br />

soft<br />

conv<br />

no fault<br />

2.5 3 3.5 4<br />

soft<br />

conv<br />

no fault<br />

2.5 3<br />

Time [s]<br />

3.5 4<br />

Figure 7.7: <strong>Soft</strong> sensor management: drift failure of a pitch rate sensor. Figures e-g<br />

are zoomed <strong>in</strong> on the failure-<strong>in</strong>duced transients.<br />

correspond<strong>in</strong>g signal is latched. This is illustrated with the help of two closed-loop<br />

simulation examples.<br />

7.3.2 Simulation examples<br />

The sett<strong>in</strong>g is identical to the simulation examples discussed <strong>in</strong> Section 7.2.2 except<br />

for the sensor management system.<br />

The time histories of the first simulation example are given <strong>in</strong> Figure 7.7. At<br />

t =1sec, a drift failure of 1 deg sec −2 occurs (Figure 7.7a). Figure 7.7b shows the<br />

difference between the voted signal and the true pitch rate ∆qvoted. Due to the<br />

drift failure the voted signal diverges from the true pitch rate until the weight of<br />

the failed sensor output is reduced to zero (Figure 7.7c) and the voted signal is<br />

aga<strong>in</strong> equal to the true value (not tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties such as quantization,<br />

sensor noise, etc.). One can see that the voted signal is smoother than <strong>in</strong><br />

the conventional sensor management case. By this time the monitor count rate is<br />

<strong>in</strong>creased from −1 (µ1 =1)to0(0


7.3. Sensor Management and FCL Reconfiguration Based on <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> 101<br />

a) q meas [deg s −1 ]<br />

b) ∆ q voted [deg s −1 ]<br />

c) weight<br />

d) count<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

−0.2<br />

q<br />

1<br />

q<br />

2<br />

q<br />

3<br />

0<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

q<br />

1<br />

q<br />

2<br />

q<br />

3<br />

0<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

20<br />

10<br />

q<br />

1<br />

q<br />

2<br />

q<br />

3<br />

0<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

Time [s]<br />

e) δ e [deg]<br />

f) n z [g]<br />

g) q [deg s −1 ]<br />

−5<br />

−5.5<br />

−6<br />

1.65<br />

1.6<br />

1.55<br />

1.5<br />

1.45<br />

5.5<br />

5<br />

4.5<br />

4<br />

soft<br />

conv<br />

no fault<br />

3 3.5 4<br />

soft<br />

conv<br />

no fault<br />

3 3.5 4<br />

soft<br />

conv<br />

no fault<br />

3 3.5<br />

Time [s]<br />

4<br />

Figure 7.8: <strong>Soft</strong> sensor management: cut-off failure of a pitch rate sensor. Figures e-g<br />

are zoomed <strong>in</strong> on the failure-<strong>in</strong>duced transients.<br />

the elevator deflection (Figure 7.7e), normal acceleration (Figure 7.7f), and the<br />

true pitch rate (Figure 7.7g). For comparison, the time histories of the simulations<br />

of the fault free case (dash-dotted l<strong>in</strong>e) and conventional vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g case<br />

(dotted l<strong>in</strong>e) are also <strong>in</strong>cluded <strong>in</strong> Figures 7.7e-g.<br />

The second simulation example is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 7.8. At t =3sec, a cutoff<br />

sensor failure occurs (Figure 7.8a). Due to the abrupt nature of the sensor failure,<br />

the weight of the failed signal output becomes zero immediately (Figure 7.8c)<br />

and therefore there are no transients <strong>in</strong> the elevator deflection (Figure 7.8e), the<br />

normal acceleration (Figure 7.8f), and the pitch rate (Figure 7.8g) signals.<br />

7.3.3 <strong>Flight</strong> control law reconfiguration<br />

The soft vot<strong>in</strong>g logic is extended to soft flight control law reconfiguration. Also here<br />

the voted signal is computed as the average of the two sensor signals. Both normal<br />

acceleration sensor signals automatically have the same membership degree, and<br />

are therefore equally weighted <strong>in</strong> the consolidated signal. However, their mutual<br />

membership degree is multiplied with the contribution of the normal acceleration<br />

signal <strong>in</strong> the feedback path as well. The blend<strong>in</strong>g between the pitch rate and<br />

the normal acceleration signals <strong>in</strong> the feedback path, see also Section 4.1, is now


102 Chapter 7. <strong>Soft</strong> Sensor Management and Virtual Sensors for FDIR<br />

a) n z,meas [g]<br />

b) ∆ n z,voted [g]<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

n<br />

z,2<br />

n<br />

z,3<br />

5<br />

0.2<br />

6 7 8 9 10<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

−0.1<br />

5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

Time [s]<br />

c) weight<br />

d) blend<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

n<br />

z,2<br />

n<br />

z,3<br />

0<br />

5<br />

1<br />

6 7 8 9 10<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

Time [s]<br />

Figure 7.9: <strong>Soft</strong> sensor management: drift failure of the second normal acceleration<br />

sensor.<br />

a function of the column deflection δc and the calibrated airspeed pressure VC<br />

multiplied by the maximum membership degree of the normal acceleration signals.<br />

Equation 4.6 then becomes:<br />

w =(µδc µVC ) µnz , (7.4)<br />

where µnz is equal to the maximum membership degree of all nz signals:<br />

µnz = max(µi). (7.5)<br />

When the difference between the two signals is such that their mutual membership<br />

degree becomes equal to zero, the flight control laws are already reconfigured to<br />

not us<strong>in</strong>g the normal acceleration signal <strong>in</strong> the feedback path.<br />

This is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 7.9, where the time histories of a simulation of a<br />

drift failure of the second normal acceleration sensor are illustrated (Figure 7.9a).<br />

The voted signal is the average of the two <strong>in</strong>put signals. Dur<strong>in</strong>g the maneuver, the<br />

signal <strong>in</strong> the feedback path is for 90% derived from the normal acceleration signal<br />

(Figure 7.9d). This is reduced to zero due to the grow<strong>in</strong>g discrepancy between<br />

the two valid normal acceleration sensor signals. By the time the nz signal is no<br />

longer available (Figure 7.9b), the FCLs are reconfigured to not us<strong>in</strong>g this signal<br />

(Figure 7.9d).<br />

7.3.4 Discussion<br />

In pr<strong>in</strong>ciple the conventional and the soft sensor management system are much<br />

alike. The soft sensor management system is a weighted implementation of the


7.3. Sensor Management and FCL Reconfiguration Based on <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> 103<br />

conventional sensor system, reta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g all the benefits of this system.<br />

The conventional vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g system has two separate crisp thresholds, one<br />

to limit the contribution of a suspected faulty sensor signal and one for the failure<br />

declaration. The selected thresholds are a compromise between two goals: the absence<br />

of false alarms and the ability to detect all possible failures with<strong>in</strong> a short<br />

time frame. The latter is important to m<strong>in</strong>imize the effect of a sensor failure. This<br />

<strong>in</strong>evitably leads to a transient response dur<strong>in</strong>g which the consolidated signal temporarily<br />

differs from the true value. Although it is possible to reduce transients<br />

by <strong>in</strong>troduc<strong>in</strong>g filters, the soft sensor management is a more direct solution to<br />

this problem. In the soft sensor management system, the compromise between<br />

false alarms and the ability to detect sensor failures with<strong>in</strong> a certa<strong>in</strong> time frame is<br />

avoided by <strong>in</strong>troduc<strong>in</strong>g a soft threshold. Through the soft threshold, the objectives<br />

of no false alarms and the m<strong>in</strong>imization of the transient effects are well separated.<br />

When the failure declaration procedure is activated, the weight of the correspond<strong>in</strong>g<br />

sensor signal is equal to zero and the negative impact of the suspected faulty<br />

sensor is avoided. As transients are reduced or even removed, the tun<strong>in</strong>g of the<br />

membership function parameters is only driven by the sensor characteristics. For<br />

example, expensive sensors are more accurate and may allow for more narrow<br />

membership functions than other sensors. The additional computation due to the<br />

soft sensor management system is considered to be negligible. The thresholds used<br />

<strong>in</strong> the simulation examples were selected such that the characteristics of both<br />

vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g systems become clear. The crisp threshold <strong>in</strong> the conventional<br />

vot<strong>in</strong>g system is <strong>in</strong> between the upper and lower bound of the soft threshold of<br />

the soft vot<strong>in</strong>g/monitor<strong>in</strong>g system.<br />

The thresholds of the soft sensor management system can always be designed such<br />

that the performance is equal to or better than that of the conventional sensor<br />

management system, without <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g the probability of false alarms. Performance<br />

is expressed <strong>in</strong> the accuracy of the consolidated, or voted, signal Svoted and<br />

<strong>in</strong> the magnitude of the discont<strong>in</strong>uities <strong>in</strong> the voted signal. In Figure 7.10 three<br />

different locations of the soft threshold (solid l<strong>in</strong>e) are illustrated compared to the<br />

crisp threshold (dashed l<strong>in</strong>e). The simulation results of a slow drift failure shown<br />

<strong>in</strong> Figure 7.11 correspond to these three locations of the soft threshold. The signal<br />

∆Svoted is a measure of the <strong>in</strong>accuracy of the voted signal. In case (c), where the<br />

left hand side of the soft threshold co<strong>in</strong>cides with the crisp threshold, the maximum<br />

deviation when us<strong>in</strong>g the soft threshold is equal to that when us<strong>in</strong>g the crisp<br />

threshold. Typically case (b) will be applied <strong>in</strong> practise. An advantage of the soft<br />

sensor management system is that the deviation of the voted signal from the true<br />

value is reduced when the deviation of the failed sensor signal cont<strong>in</strong>ues to grow.<br />

When us<strong>in</strong>g the conventional sensor management system, it rema<strong>in</strong>s constant until<br />

the correspond<strong>in</strong>g sensor signal is latched.<br />

The benefits of the soft sensor management system are most evident for cutoff<br />

failures. The worst case sensor failure for the soft sensor management system<br />

is a step-like sensor failure that does not result <strong>in</strong> a membership degree of the<br />

correspond<strong>in</strong>g signal that is equal to zero. Only <strong>in</strong> this case a discont<strong>in</strong>uity <strong>in</strong>


104 Chapter 7. <strong>Soft</strong> Sensor Management and Virtual Sensors for FDIR<br />

Figure 7.10: Various locations for the soft threshold compared to the crisp threshold.<br />

Crisp thresholds (dashed l<strong>in</strong>e) versus soft thresholds (solid l<strong>in</strong>e). The gray area denotes<br />

the range covered by the soft threshold.<br />

∆ S voted<br />

0.3<br />

0.25<br />

0.2<br />

0.15<br />

0.1<br />

0.05<br />

crisp<br />

soft − a<br />

soft − b<br />

soft − c<br />

0<br />

0 0.5 1<br />

∆ S<br />

1<br />

1.5 2<br />

Figure 7.11: Comparison of the deviation of the voted signal from the true value us<strong>in</strong>g<br />

a crisp threshold and three us<strong>in</strong>g a soft threshold, each with a different location with<br />

respect to the crisp threshold (see also Figure 7.10). The simulations are performed <strong>in</strong><br />

triplex mode.<br />

the consolidated signal occurs. The magnitude of the discont<strong>in</strong>uity will be always<br />

be equal or smaller than <strong>in</strong> the conventional case, s<strong>in</strong>ce the weight of the correspond<strong>in</strong>g<br />

signal will always be equal or smaller to one. In the conventional case<br />

the weight of each sensor signal <strong>in</strong> the consolidated signal is equal to one until the<br />

signal is latched.<br />

Information on the membership degree can be used for ma<strong>in</strong>tenance purposes. If<br />

a sensor has regularly a membership degree lower than one, this is an <strong>in</strong>dication<br />

that someth<strong>in</strong>g is wrong and that the sensor need to be replaced.<br />

7.4 Virtual Sensor for FDIR<br />

The conventional sensor management system works well down to two signals, where<br />

any discrepancy can no longer be related to a majority. In this <strong>in</strong>stance, the system<br />

will either reject both signals and reconfigure to not us<strong>in</strong>g this <strong>in</strong>formation, or,<br />

for essential data, a simple average will be used as the best compromise. However,


7.4. Virtual Sensor for FDIR 105<br />

Figure 7.12: <strong>Soft</strong> vot<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the duplex mode. The virtual sensor output forms the<br />

center of a membership function, which is used to determ<strong>in</strong>e the membership degree<br />

of the hardware sensor outputs.<br />

there is additional <strong>in</strong>formation available that can be used to identify the failed<br />

sensor <strong>in</strong> the duplex mode and to detect a failure <strong>in</strong> the simplex mode. This<br />

additional <strong>in</strong>formation can be used to estimate the signal of <strong>in</strong>terest by <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g<br />

a virtual sensor, see also Chapter 6. Monitor<strong>in</strong>g of the hardware sensor(s) <strong>in</strong> the<br />

duplex and simplex mode is then performed by comparison with the virtual sensor<br />

output. In this section a virtual normal acceleration sensor is used that is designed<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g similar techniques as for the LPV part of the virtual AoA sensor described<br />

<strong>in</strong> Chapter 6.<br />

7.4.1 Dynamic thresholds<br />

When us<strong>in</strong>g virtual sensors, the residuals result<strong>in</strong>g from the cross-comparison are<br />

more sensitive to uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties than <strong>in</strong> the case when only physical sensors are<br />

used, especially with respect to unmodelled dynamics. Dynamic thresholds have<br />

been implemented to optimize the performance of the voter/monitor based on the<br />

accuracy of the virtual sensor without risk<strong>in</strong>g false alarms. Typically the estimation<br />

error of the virtual normal acceleration sensor is small dur<strong>in</strong>g steady-state<br />

flight and <strong>in</strong>creases dur<strong>in</strong>g (aggressive) maneuver<strong>in</strong>g. For this reason, the support<br />

of the membership functions widens dur<strong>in</strong>g maneuver<strong>in</strong>g. In this way, a dynamic<br />

threshold is realized (see also Figure 7.12b). For the normal acceleration, the parameters<br />

of the membership function are adjusted as follows:<br />

bl = m<strong>in</strong>(bl,max,bl,m<strong>in</strong> + Cb,l nz,voted)<br />

bu = m<strong>in</strong>(bu,max,bu,m<strong>in</strong> + Cb,u nz,voted)


106 Chapter 7. <strong>Soft</strong> Sensor Management and Virtual Sensors for FDIR<br />

a) n z,meas [g]<br />

b) ∆ n z,voted [g]<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

n<br />

z,2<br />

n<br />

z,3<br />

n<br />

z,virt<br />

5<br />

0.2<br />

6 7 8 9 10<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

−0.1<br />

5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

Time [s]<br />

c) weight<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

n<br />

z,2<br />

n<br />

z,3<br />

0<br />

5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

d) threshold<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

∆ n z,2<br />

∆ n z,3<br />

mf lb<br />

mf ub<br />

0<br />

5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

Time [s]<br />

Figure 7.13: <strong>Soft</strong> sensor management: second drift failure of a normal acceleration<br />

sensor.<br />

where bl and bu denote the lower and upper bound of the soft threshold, respectively<br />

(see also Figure 7.12a) and Cb,l and Cb,u are scal<strong>in</strong>g factors. The dynamic<br />

thresholds have m<strong>in</strong>imum (bl,m<strong>in</strong>, bu,m<strong>in</strong>) and maximum (bl,max, bu,max) values,<br />

where the maximum values are typically reached dur<strong>in</strong>g maneuver<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

The dynamic thresholds can be used <strong>in</strong> order to make maximum use of the<br />

virtual normal acceleration sensor. In the areas <strong>in</strong> which the virtual sensor signal<br />

is known to be accurate, the soft thresholds can be held tight, while <strong>in</strong> the areas<br />

where the virtual sensor is less accurate but can still be used as an arbitrator,<br />

the soft threshold is widened to avoid false failure declarations. In the case of the<br />

virtual normal acceleration sensor the accuracy is known to reduce for extreme<br />

normal accelerations (extreme for commercial standards). In Figure 7.13 it can be<br />

seen that the soft threshold reaches its maximum size when the normal acceleration<br />

reaches 1.8 g. The dynamic thresholds are enabled <strong>in</strong> duplex and simplex<br />

mode, when the sensor management system is us<strong>in</strong>g the virtual sensor signal.<br />

7.4.2 Simulation examples<br />

The virtual sensor enables the sensor management system to identify the failed<br />

sensor <strong>in</strong> duplex mode for a drift failure of a second normal acceleration sensor,<br />

see Figure 7.13. While signal nz,3 and nz,virtual are <strong>in</strong> agreement, nz,2 starts to<br />

diverge from nz,virtual (Figure 7.13a). In Figure 7.13b the difference between the<br />

voted signal and the true normal acceleration ∆nz,voted is shown. Due to the drift,<br />

the voted signal diverges from the true normal acceleration until the weight of the<br />

failed sensor output is reduced to zero (Figure 7.13c). The absolute differences


7.4. Virtual Sensor for FDIR 107<br />

a) n z,meas [g]<br />

b) ∆ n z,voted [g]<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

n<br />

z,2<br />

n<br />

z,3<br />

n<br />

z,virt<br />

5<br />

0.2<br />

6 7 8 9 10<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

−0.1<br />

5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

Time [s]<br />

c) weight<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

n<br />

z,2<br />

n<br />

z,3<br />

0<br />

5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

d) threshold<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

∆ n z,2<br />

∆ n z,3<br />

mf lb<br />

mf ub<br />

0<br />

5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

Time [s]<br />

Figure 7.14: <strong>Soft</strong> sensor management: second drift failure of a normal acceleration<br />

sensor <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g sensor noise and severe turbulence.<br />

between the sensor signals and the virtual sensor output (∆nz,2 and ∆nz,3) are<br />

illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 7.13d together with the dynamic lower and upper bounds<br />

of the membership function connected to the virtual sensor signal. Here it is also<br />

illustrated that the dynamic thresholds <strong>in</strong>deed correlate with the estimation errors<br />

dur<strong>in</strong>g maneuver<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

This scenario is repeated with sensor noise on all signals, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g the <strong>in</strong>puts<br />

signals of the virtual sensor, and severe atmospheric turbulence, see Figure 7.14.<br />

The soft sensor management system still performs well.<br />

Us<strong>in</strong>g the virtual sensor, the sensor management system is even capable of identify<strong>in</strong>g<br />

a failure of the last available sensor, which is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure 7.15 for<br />

a drift failure of the third normal acceleration sensor (Figure 7.15a). The monitor<br />

count is disengaged dur<strong>in</strong>g simplex mode. As soon as the membership degree of<br />

nz,3 becomes equal to zero, the monitor count reaches the failure declaration value<br />

immediately (Figure 7.15d) and the signal is no longer available. In Figure 7.15c<br />

it is shown how the feedback path of the FCLs smoothly reconfigures to not us<strong>in</strong>g<br />

the normal acceleration signal.<br />

It should be noted that even when a sensor failure is detected dur<strong>in</strong>g simplex<br />

mode, it could be both the last available hardware sensor or the virtual sensor. In<br />

both cases the best strategy is to reconfigure to not us<strong>in</strong>g the normal acceleration<br />

signal. The implementation of the virtual sensor is not limited to the soft sensor<br />

management system, and could also be implemented <strong>in</strong> the conventional sensor<br />

management system.


108 Chapter 7. <strong>Soft</strong> Sensor Management and Virtual Sensors for FDIR<br />

a) n z [g]<br />

b) threshold<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

n z,3<br />

n z,virt<br />

n z<br />

10 11 12 13 14 15<br />

∆ n z,3<br />

mf lb<br />

mf ub<br />

0<br />

10 11 12 13 14 15<br />

Time [s]<br />

c) weight<br />

d) blend<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

n<br />

z,3<br />

10<br />

1<br />

11 12 13 14 15<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

10 11 12 13 14 15<br />

Time [s]<br />

Figure 7.15: <strong>Soft</strong> sensor management: third drift failure of a normal acceleration<br />

sensor.<br />

7.4.3 <strong>Flight</strong> simulator results<br />

The soft sensor management system, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g the virtual sensor, has been successfully<br />

evaluated dur<strong>in</strong>g pilot-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop simulations <strong>in</strong> the Research <strong>Flight</strong> Simulator<br />

of the NLR. Figure 7.16 illustrates the result of one particular flight simulator<br />

test. Dur<strong>in</strong>g the simulation, the data was recorded <strong>in</strong> batches conta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g ma<strong>in</strong>ly<br />

the <strong>in</strong>sertion of the sensor failures and the more aggressive maneuvers performed<br />

by the pilot. The task of the test pilot was to try to f<strong>in</strong>d problems <strong>in</strong> the system<br />

and the virtual sensor, <strong>in</strong> the latter case by exit<strong>in</strong>g the normal acceleration.<br />

Failures <strong>in</strong> two of the normal acceleration sensors were <strong>in</strong>troduced at t =95sec<br />

and t = 300 sec. The test pilot took his job very seriously, which can be concluded<br />

from the fact that the normal acceleration exceeded the maximum allowed<br />

value of nz =2.5 g (Figure 7.16a) and the bank angle reached a maximum value<br />

of φ =87deg (Figure 7.16b). Note that <strong>in</strong> normal flight the maximum bank angle<br />

is limited to φ =66deg when the pilot is controll<strong>in</strong>g the bank angle and to<br />

φ =33deg when the wheel is centered. Even <strong>in</strong> these extreme situations, the soft<br />

sensor management system performed as expected.<br />

7.4.4 Discussion<br />

In the conventional sensor management system the consolidated signal is no longer<br />

available after a sensor failure <strong>in</strong> the duplex mode, even if one of the sensors is<br />

still healthy. The implementation of a virtual sensor makes it possible to monitor<br />

the last available hardware sensor. S<strong>in</strong>ce the virtual sensor is implemented <strong>in</strong> the


7.5. Conclusions 109<br />

a) n z,meas [g]<br />

b) φ [deg]<br />

c) n z,voted [g]<br />

d) ∆ n z,virt [g]<br />

e) valid<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

30<br />

0<br />

−30<br />

−60<br />

−90<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

−0.1<br />

2<br />

n z,1<br />

n z,2<br />

n z,3<br />

0<br />

0 50 100 150 200<br />

Time [s]<br />

250 300 350<br />

Figure 7.16: <strong>Flight</strong> simulator test results. After 300 sec the aircraft is fly<strong>in</strong>g on the<br />

last available normal acceleration sensor that is monitored by the virtual normal acceleration<br />

sensor.<br />

software, the same safety level can be accomplished with less hardware. The cost<br />

reduction is more than the cost of the sensor itself, s<strong>in</strong>ce it requires less support<strong>in</strong>g<br />

equipment and ma<strong>in</strong>tenance. Of course the development cost will <strong>in</strong>crease because<br />

of the design of the virtual sensor. Virtual sensors can be implemented to <strong>in</strong>crease<br />

the capability of the available hardware sensors, or to be able to reduce the number<br />

of hardware sensors without compromis<strong>in</strong>g the availability of the FCS.<br />

7.5 Conclusions<br />

Fuzzy logic techniques have been applied <strong>in</strong> the sensor management system, FCL<br />

reconfiguration, and the virtual sensor for normal acceleration. The improvement<br />

with respect to the conventional sensor management system is <strong>in</strong> the quality of the<br />

consolidated signal and results <strong>in</strong> a reduction of transients due to sensor failures.<br />

Furthermore, the virtual sensor <strong>in</strong>creases the capability of the available hardware<br />

sensors, s<strong>in</strong>ce it adds the ability to identify the failed sensor <strong>in</strong> the duplex mode<br />

and to detect a sensor failure <strong>in</strong> the simplex mode. This has been demonstrated<br />

by means of closed-loop simulation examples us<strong>in</strong>g a realistic aircraft model.<br />

F<strong>in</strong>al evaluation of the soft sensor management system and the TS fuzzy model


110 Chapter 7. <strong>Soft</strong> Sensor Management and Virtual Sensors for FDIR<br />

based virtual sensor has taken place dur<strong>in</strong>g pilot-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop simulations <strong>in</strong> the<br />

RFS of the NLR.


8<br />

Conclusions<br />

The thesis described two major challenges <strong>in</strong> the further development of digital<br />

fly-by-wire flight control systems: cost reduction by improv<strong>in</strong>g the architecture<br />

and design efficiency of the flight control system and the enhancement of flight<br />

safety. Fuzzy logic techniques and neural networks are used throughout the<br />

thesis to <strong>in</strong>vestigate novel applications and more automated design procedures<br />

that can provide a substantial contribution to solv<strong>in</strong>g these problems.<br />

The contributions of this thesis are summarized <strong>in</strong> Section 8.1. In Section 8.2<br />

an answer is given to the research question whether soft comput<strong>in</strong>g techniques<br />

can be used to improve the efficiency of the design process. In Section 8.3 an<br />

answer is given to the research question whether soft comput<strong>in</strong>g can contribute to<br />

<strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g flight safety. Recommendations and suggestions for future research are<br />

given <strong>in</strong> Section 8.4.<br />

8.1 Thesis Contributions<br />

In Chapter 3, a novel automated procedure is proposed for the identification of<br />

the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts for which the local flight control law parameters need to be<br />

tuned. This procedure is based on the application of fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g to a set<br />

of aerodynamic derivatives that are relevant with respect to the dom<strong>in</strong>ant aircraft<br />

dynamics. The result<strong>in</strong>g cluster centers serve as the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts, while<br />

the schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables should capture the nonl<strong>in</strong>earities of the system to be<br />

controlled. A s<strong>in</strong>gleton TS fuzzy model structure provides the <strong>in</strong>terpolation mechanism<br />

for the <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> Law (FCL) parameters <strong>in</strong> order to obta<strong>in</strong> a global<br />

nonl<strong>in</strong>ear controller.<br />

Chapter 4 describes the application of the automated design procedure to the<br />

classical FCLs that are available <strong>in</strong> the synthetic environment. The schedul<strong>in</strong>g<br />

mechanism of the six most relevant controller parameters is replaced by the<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanism designed by us<strong>in</strong>g the fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g approach. The selected<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables are the Mach number and the dynamic pressure. Eight<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are identified for the flight envelope <strong>in</strong> clean configuration and<br />

111


112 Chapter 8. Conclusions<br />

two for the flight envelope <strong>in</strong> land<strong>in</strong>g configuration. Pilot-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop simulations<br />

demonstrated that the performance of the FCLs designed by us<strong>in</strong>g the automated<br />

design procedure is equivalent to the performance of the default FCLs. The proposed<br />

approach uses fewer operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and requires less design effort.<br />

The proposed methodology can be used <strong>in</strong> any application doma<strong>in</strong>, provided<br />

that sufficient <strong>in</strong>formation of the system to be controlled is available. This <strong>in</strong>formation<br />

can either be <strong>in</strong> the form of a (detailed) nonl<strong>in</strong>ear model or <strong>in</strong> the form of<br />

recorded time histories of relevant system variables.<br />

Few examples of an automated approach to the identification of operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

po<strong>in</strong>ts can be found <strong>in</strong> literature. In these examples an iterative procedure of<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g, controller design and closed-loop evaluation is described. The model is<br />

used to evaluate the closed-loop system and can only be used <strong>in</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ation with<br />

an automatic controller design procedure.<br />

The controller design procedure described <strong>in</strong> Chapter 5 goes one step further.<br />

Here not only the identification of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and the design of the<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanism are automated by us<strong>in</strong>g the approach of Chapter 3, but also<br />

the local controllers are designed us<strong>in</strong>g robust MV control techniques. The latter<br />

removes the need for the time consum<strong>in</strong>g s<strong>in</strong>gle-loop iterative tun<strong>in</strong>g of the local<br />

flight control law parameters. The problem with robust MV control techniques is<br />

the opaque structure of the result<strong>in</strong>g dynamic controller, which complicates the<br />

ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g of the FCL parameters.<br />

A design procedure for a ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled robust MV controller is proposed.<br />

The local H∞ controllers are designed <strong>in</strong> cont<strong>in</strong>uous-time us<strong>in</strong>g L<strong>in</strong>ear Matrix Inequalities<br />

(LMIs) and order reduction is performed before the transformation to<br />

the δ-operator form. The ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled H∞ controller has been evaluated offl<strong>in</strong>e<br />

(l<strong>in</strong>ear and nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulations, stability analysis) and through pilot-<strong>in</strong>the-loop<br />

simulations. With respect to the aircraft dynamics, the ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled<br />

H∞ controller was given a Cooper-Harper (CH) rat<strong>in</strong>g of 1 <strong>in</strong> all flight. However,<br />

due to the high control force needed to maneuver the aircraft, especially <strong>in</strong> the<br />

low dynamic pressure region, the overall CH rat<strong>in</strong>gs were between 2 and 3. The<br />

results are satisfactory, however, additional tun<strong>in</strong>g is required to further improve<br />

the performance and stability characteristics.<br />

Although many examples of scheduled robust multivariable control can be<br />

found <strong>in</strong> literature, <strong>in</strong> these examples an attempt is made to reduce the order of the<br />

controller and/or to impose a certa<strong>in</strong> structure on the controller <strong>in</strong> order to simplify<br />

the schedul<strong>in</strong>g problem. This leads to the undesirable modification of the orig<strong>in</strong>al<br />

controller. In this thesis however, the order reduction of the H∞ controller is done<br />

<strong>in</strong> such a way that its performance is not affected. The use of the δ-operator form<br />

for parameter schedul<strong>in</strong>g is proposed to further improve the schedulability of the<br />

H∞ controller without modify<strong>in</strong>g their performance. Parameter-scheduled robust<br />

multivariable control can <strong>in</strong> pr<strong>in</strong>ciple be used <strong>in</strong> any application doma<strong>in</strong>. However,<br />

it has been shown that the parameter schedul<strong>in</strong>g of higher-order H∞ controllers becomes<br />

problematic. In that case either an alternative schedul<strong>in</strong>g procedure should<br />

be chosen, e.g. schedul<strong>in</strong>g of the output matrix only, or an alternative controller<br />

design methodology should be selected.


8.1. Thesis Contributions 113<br />

The design procedure of the virtual angle-of-attack sensor is described <strong>in</strong> detail<br />

<strong>in</strong> Chapter 6. The philosophy of the design procedure is to use as much as possible<br />

the well know relations of the l<strong>in</strong>earized aircraft dynamics. The l<strong>in</strong>ear, white-box<br />

part of the virtual sensor consists of the approximation of the trimmed angle-ofattack<br />

plus the l<strong>in</strong>ear approximation of the angle-of-attack due to longitud<strong>in</strong>al<br />

maneuvers. The trimmed AoA as well as the parameters for the approximation of<br />

the dynamic AoA change as a function of the flight condition. These parameters<br />

are estimated by a TS fuzzy model that uses Mach number, dynamic pressure,<br />

bank angle, position of the CG along the X-axis and aircraft weight as <strong>in</strong>puts. The<br />

rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g error is estimated by a nonl<strong>in</strong>ear, black-box model. For this a neural<br />

network is used. The <strong>in</strong>puts of the neural network are determ<strong>in</strong>ed us<strong>in</strong>g a nonl<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

<strong>in</strong>put selection approach.<br />

The performance of the virtual sensor is demonstrated by a large number of<br />

nonl<strong>in</strong>ear simulations for which the flight conditions and maneuvers are selected<br />

randomly. The performance of the virtual sensor is good, with maximum estimation<br />

errors for the angle-of-attack of less than 0.8 degrees.<br />

Virtual sensors are used <strong>in</strong> many application doma<strong>in</strong>s, for example chemical<br />

<strong>in</strong>dustry, nuclear power plants, and medic<strong>in</strong>e. Most virtual sensors are used to<br />

estimate variables that can not be measured directly, either because such a sensor<br />

does not exist or, if such a sensor does exist, because it can not survive the<br />

harsh environments it needs to operate <strong>in</strong>. In most cases a black-box modell<strong>in</strong>g<br />

approach is adopted, mak<strong>in</strong>g us of artificial neural networks. In the literature,<br />

many applications of analytical redundancy for fault detection and fault isolation<br />

<strong>in</strong> flight control systems have been reported, however, the use of virtual sensors <strong>in</strong><br />

aerospace applications is novel. The virtual angle-of-attack sensor design approach<br />

proposed <strong>in</strong> this thesis dist<strong>in</strong>guishes itself from other approaches due to the comb<strong>in</strong>ation<br />

of white-box and black-box modell<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Sensor management is typically performed by the comparison of like sensor signals.<br />

The sensor signal that does not co<strong>in</strong>cide with the other like sensor signals is<br />

assumed to be faulty. Crisp thresholds are used to determ<strong>in</strong>e whether a sensor signal<br />

is faulty or not. An alternative sensor management approach is <strong>in</strong>troduced<br />

<strong>in</strong> Chapter 7. This approach dist<strong>in</strong>guishes itself from the conventional sensor<br />

management approach <strong>in</strong> three ways, namely the <strong>in</strong>tegration of the vot<strong>in</strong>g and<br />

monitor<strong>in</strong>g function, the application of soft thresholds and the use of a virtual<br />

sensor for sensor management. This results <strong>in</strong> a more reliable consolidated signal,<br />

while the transients <strong>in</strong>duced by sensor failures are reduced significantly. Moreover,<br />

it is demonstrated how a virtual sensor can be used to identify the faulty sensor<br />

<strong>in</strong> the case there is a discrepancy between two like sensor signals. When the last<br />

sensor fails, the signal is no longer available and the FCLs reconfigure to not us<strong>in</strong>g<br />

this signal. The FCL reconfiguration is smooth as a direct result of the soft sensor<br />

management strategy. The soft sensor management system, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g a normal<br />

acceleration virtual sensor, has been demonstrated by means of closed-loop simulation<br />

examples us<strong>in</strong>g the synthetic environment and by means of pilot-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop<br />

simulations.<br />

The proposed sensor management system is an extension to the conventional<br />

sensor management system of cross comparison of sensor signals. Although soft


114 Chapter 8. Conclusions<br />

comput<strong>in</strong>g techniques have been implemented <strong>in</strong> other application doma<strong>in</strong>s, such<br />

as the process <strong>in</strong>dustry, their application for FDI <strong>in</strong> flight control systems has<br />

not been extensively <strong>in</strong>vestigated yet. The proposed soft sensor management system<br />

can be used <strong>in</strong> any application doma<strong>in</strong> where hardware redundancy is implemented.<br />

8.2 Efficiency Improvement of the <strong>Design</strong> of the <strong>System</strong><br />

Fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g has been applied to partition the flight envelope <strong>in</strong>to operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

regimes <strong>in</strong> an attempt to improve the efficiency of flight control law design.<br />

When the flight control eng<strong>in</strong>eer designs the ga<strong>in</strong> scheduler for a classical controller,<br />

this is typically performed separately for each FCL parameter that requires<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g. Moreover, each FCL parameter is not necessarily scheduled with the<br />

same schedul<strong>in</strong>g variable(s). In other words, each FCL parameter has its own set<br />

of operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts, which makes the structure of the ga<strong>in</strong> scheduler opaque. This<br />

iterative, s<strong>in</strong>gle-loop approach of tun<strong>in</strong>g the (scheduled) FCL parameters is timeconsum<strong>in</strong>g<br />

and therefore contributes significantly to the total design cost. Due to<br />

this opaque structure, the mutual dependencies of the FCL parameters are hard<br />

to identify. This makes it difficult to understand what needs to be changed when<br />

the performance is not as expected <strong>in</strong> a certa<strong>in</strong> flight condition. In Chapter 3 it is<br />

shown that apply<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g to relevant aerodynamic derivatives results<br />

<strong>in</strong> a partition of the flight envelope that makes sense to a flight control eng<strong>in</strong>eer.<br />

The ma<strong>in</strong> advantage of this approach is that the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are identified<br />

simultaneously, compared to the iterative trial-and-error approach that is carried<br />

out by the flight control eng<strong>in</strong>eer. Besides the reduction <strong>in</strong> the design effort with<br />

respect to identify<strong>in</strong>g the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts, the fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g approach leads to<br />

fewer operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. Clearly this results <strong>in</strong> less design effort for tun<strong>in</strong>g the FCL<br />

parameters. By us<strong>in</strong>g the same schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables and operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts for all<br />

related FCL parameters that require schedul<strong>in</strong>g, the mutual dependencies of the<br />

FCL parameters are clearer and corrections are easier to make. However, this does<br />

not necessarily mean that the best performance is achieved by schedul<strong>in</strong>g all FCL<br />

parameters <strong>in</strong> exactly the same way. In order to get the same closed-loop dynamics<br />

over the entire operat<strong>in</strong>g range, each FCL parameter should have a dedicated<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g mechanism. Moreover, it makes sense to use different operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

for the longitud<strong>in</strong>al and lateral FCL parameters, s<strong>in</strong>ce they correspond to different<br />

aircraft dynamics. This has not been <strong>in</strong>vestigated further <strong>in</strong> this thesis.<br />

In Chapter 4 it is illustrated that the automated design approach for the identification<br />

of the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts works well on the classical FCLs that serve as the<br />

default <strong>in</strong> the SE. However, this approach can potentially be used for any l<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

design approach.<br />

In Chapter 5 the automated design approach is used <strong>in</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ation with a<br />

robust MV design approach to design the local FCL parameters, which further<br />

reduces the required effort for the design of ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled FCLs.<br />

In conclusion, the contribution of the fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g approach to improv<strong>in</strong>g the


8.3. Enhancement of <strong>Flight</strong> Safety 115<br />

efficiency of the design of flight control laws is significant. It is a global approach,<br />

all the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts are identified simultaneously, that results <strong>in</strong> a transparent<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g scheme with fewer operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts. Moreover, it is a model-based<br />

approach that uses the nonl<strong>in</strong>ear dynamics <strong>in</strong> the design phase and not only <strong>in</strong><br />

the evaluation phase. In comb<strong>in</strong>ation with modern MV control techniques for the<br />

design of the local controllers, the reduction <strong>in</strong> the design effort for the design of<br />

the flight control laws is even more evident.<br />

8.3 Enhancement of <strong>Flight</strong> Safety<br />

Two approaches have been proposed to enhance the flight safety by means of soft<br />

comput<strong>in</strong>g. The first approach is the <strong>in</strong>troduction of a virtual sensor that can be<br />

used as an arbitrator or as an additional sensor. The second approach is to apply<br />

soft comput<strong>in</strong>g for the signal consolidation and sensor monitor<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

In Chapter 6, a design procedure for a virtual angle-of-attack sensor is proposed,<br />

which strongly relies on soft comput<strong>in</strong>g techniques. With a virtual sensor it is<br />

possible to identify the faulty signal when a discrepancy is detected between the<br />

signals from two like sensors. Moreover, it is possible to detect a failure on the last<br />

rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g physical sensor. The virtual sensor <strong>in</strong>creases the <strong>in</strong>tegrity of the FCS<br />

and therefore contributes to flight safety.<br />

In the conventional approach, signal consolidation and signal monitor<strong>in</strong>g are<br />

performed separately. Moreover, both applications make use of crisp thresholds. In<br />

Chapter 7, signal consolidation and sensor monitor<strong>in</strong>g is <strong>in</strong>tegrated with the use<br />

of soft thresholds. This results <strong>in</strong> a more accurate consolidated signal and reduces<br />

the failure <strong>in</strong>duced transients, which contributes not only to flight safety, but also<br />

to passenger comfort.<br />

In conclusion, the contribution of the soft comput<strong>in</strong>g to <strong>in</strong>crease flight safety is<br />

significant. Clearly virtual sensors can be designed us<strong>in</strong>g other techniques, however,<br />

the advantage of fuzzy logic techniques is that it is possible to use l<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

techniques for nonl<strong>in</strong>ear systems. This allows for an easy <strong>in</strong>terpretable structure<br />

<strong>in</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ation with accuracy and reliability of the virtual sensor. The contribution<br />

of soft sensor management to flight safety is less significant than for the virtual<br />

sensor, but it does improve the system at no extra cost.<br />

8.4 Recommendations for Further Research<br />

With respect to the partition<strong>in</strong>g of the flight envelope us<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g, both<br />

the cluster centers as well as the membership functions are used for the design of<br />

the ga<strong>in</strong> scheduled flight control laws <strong>in</strong> this thesis. An alternative approach would<br />

be to tune the FCL parameter <strong>in</strong> the operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts that are identified by fuzzy<br />

cluster<strong>in</strong>g and then design a scheduler that optimizes the performance over the<br />

entire flight envelope. One could for example design a (non)l<strong>in</strong>ear polynomial that<br />

depends on a predef<strong>in</strong>ed set of schedul<strong>in</strong>g variables. In this way improved performance<br />

can be achieved <strong>in</strong> off-design flight conditions. It should be noted that the


116 Chapter 8. Conclusions<br />

schedul<strong>in</strong>g does not have to be the same for all FCL parameters.<br />

The use of more advanced cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithms, i.e. cluster algorithms that<br />

are more flexible with respect to the size, orientation and volume of the clusters<br />

to be identified <strong>in</strong> the data set, such as the fuzzy maximum likelihood estimates<br />

cluster<strong>in</strong>g, may result <strong>in</strong> an improved partition of the flight envelope.<br />

As shown <strong>in</strong> Chapter 5, there are still stability problems <strong>in</strong> the operat<strong>in</strong>g regimes<br />

between the outer operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts and the edge of the flight envelope. These problems<br />

occurred <strong>in</strong> particular <strong>in</strong> the low dynamic pressure region. It is recommended<br />

to force the outer operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts closer to the edge of the flight envelope, such<br />

that these stability problems no longer occur. S<strong>in</strong>ce the fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithm<br />

uses the Euclidean distance measure, one possible approach is to weight the distance<br />

for data po<strong>in</strong>ts close to the edge of the flight envelope more than for data<br />

po<strong>in</strong>ts <strong>in</strong> the center of the flight envelope.<br />

Although the results obta<strong>in</strong>ed with the application of scheduled robust MV control<br />

described <strong>in</strong> this thesis are promis<strong>in</strong>g, it is a relatively new subject that requires<br />

much additional research. First of all, the design of the local H∞ controllers is performed<br />

<strong>in</strong> a relatively crude manner <strong>in</strong> the sense of the tun<strong>in</strong>g of the <strong>in</strong>put uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty<br />

and weight<strong>in</strong>g filters. Most of the design effort for the local H∞ controllers<br />

was spent on the tun<strong>in</strong>g of the reference model based on the comments of the<br />

test pilots. It is believed that much can be ga<strong>in</strong>ed by <strong>in</strong>vestigat<strong>in</strong>g the uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty<br />

description and weight<strong>in</strong>g filters more closely. This might further improve the robustness<br />

of the local H∞ controllers and remove some of the <strong>in</strong>stability problems<br />

that were found <strong>in</strong> the low dynamic pressure region of the flight envelope.<br />

The parameters <strong>in</strong> the robust MV controllers have no apparent physical mean<strong>in</strong>g<br />

and are therefore hard to <strong>in</strong>terpret. This is a serious drawback, not only with<br />

respect to ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g, but especially with respect to FCL reconfiguration.<br />

FCL reconfiguration is typically performed because a sensor signal or actuator is<br />

no longer available or, <strong>in</strong> the case of military aircraft, there is structural damage.<br />

It is not expected that the a controller designed for nom<strong>in</strong>al mode has the same<br />

<strong>in</strong>puts and outputs as a controller designed for degraded mode. Therefore these<br />

controllers will not have similar structures, which rules out the option of FCL reconfiguration<br />

through ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g. Further research is required to <strong>in</strong>vestigate<br />

this problem. Output schedul<strong>in</strong>g could work, but it means that for each anticipated<br />

failure a separate dynamic controller is runn<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> parallel. This will put a<br />

heavy burden on the available comput<strong>in</strong>g power and storage capacity.<br />

Ultimately it would be <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g to <strong>in</strong>vestigate the capabilities of a set of<br />

scheduled FCLs entirely based on robust MV control techniques, both for the longitud<strong>in</strong>al<br />

and lateral-directional aircraft motion. With respect to <strong>in</strong>terpretability<br />

and/or schedulability it is expected that the best possible approach is to design the<br />

controllers for the longitud<strong>in</strong>al and lateral-directional aircraft motion separately<br />

and <strong>in</strong>tegrate them afterwards. This is how it is done with classical flight control<br />

laws as well and is accepted as best practice <strong>in</strong> the aeronautical world. This would<br />

enable the <strong>in</strong>troduction of a highly automated design approach for the primary<br />

flight control laws.


8.4. Recommendations for Further Research 117<br />

With respect to virtual sensors, another topic of <strong>in</strong>terest is how they could best<br />

be used <strong>in</strong> the (soft) sensor management system. When there is a whole set of<br />

non-like virtual sensors available, they are all largely depend<strong>in</strong>g on the same signals<br />

(except for the signal they are designed to estimate). This means that there<br />

is a high degree of <strong>in</strong>tegration and mutual dependency among the physical and<br />

virtual sensors. It should be <strong>in</strong>vestigated what the most fault tolerant architecture<br />

is for the case of multiple non-like virtual sensors, possibly <strong>in</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ation with<br />

alternative FDI methodologies.


118 Chapter 8. Conclusions


A<br />

Synthetic Environment and<br />

Real-Time Code Generation<br />

The Synthetic Environment (SE), developed with<strong>in</strong> the ADFCS project, is a<br />

software tool aimed to perform detailed six degrees-of-freedom simulation of a<br />

DFBW aircraft. The SE is developed <strong>in</strong> the Matlab/Simul<strong>in</strong>k TM environment<br />

and <strong>in</strong>cludes models of sensors, actuators, digital flight control computers, etc.<br />

It is def<strong>in</strong>ed as an ultra-high fidelity simulation tool that is structurally representative<br />

of a practical implementation (Rosenberg 2001). The SE allows to<br />

identify potential problems at an early stage by means of extensive and detailed<br />

simulation sessions, such that problems can be identified and solved prior to<br />

manufacture. In this way time and cost penalties associated with rework later<br />

<strong>in</strong> the life-cycle are avoided. The SE allows for evaluation of new concepts <strong>in</strong><br />

a realistic simulation environment. Moreover, the SE can be run <strong>in</strong> real-time<br />

and can therefore be used for hardware-<strong>in</strong>-the-loop test<strong>in</strong>g and demonstration.<br />

The content of this appendix is for a large part taken from (C<strong>in</strong>iglio 2002).<br />

This appendix is organized as follows: In Section A.1 the architecture of the synthetic<br />

environment is discussed, together with a description of the separate modules.<br />

This section provides background <strong>in</strong>formation for readers who are familiar<br />

with the notation used <strong>in</strong> aerospace eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g. Interested readers who are unfamiliar<br />

with the notation that is used <strong>in</strong> this section, are referred to (McLean 1990).<br />

The procedure to generate real-time code start<strong>in</strong>g from the synthetic environment<br />

is described <strong>in</strong> Section A.2.<br />

A.1 Synthetic Environment<br />

A.1.1 Synthetic Environment Architecture<br />

The simulation model of the entire augmented SCA model has been structured<br />

<strong>in</strong> several separate blocks, see Figure A.1. Some of the modules <strong>in</strong> the SE are<br />

available with different levels of complexity. The lower the level of complexity, the<br />

lower the required comput<strong>in</strong>g power to simulate the correspond<strong>in</strong>g module. This<br />

119


120 Appendix A. Synthetic Environment and Real-Time Code Generation<br />

Figure A.1: Synthetic Environment Architecture (C<strong>in</strong>iglio 2002).<br />

allows the user to modify the SE such that it meets the requirements of each specific<br />

simulation test, while m<strong>in</strong>imiz<strong>in</strong>g the total required comput<strong>in</strong>g power. Each of the<br />

blocks illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure A.1 is described <strong>in</strong> more detail below.<br />

A.1.2 Bare Airframe<br />

As illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure A.1, the bare airframe is def<strong>in</strong>ed by the six Degree-Of-<br />

Freedom (DOF) equations of motion, gravity model, aerodynamic model, h<strong>in</strong>ge<br />

moment model and undercarriage model together with the air data and the eng<strong>in</strong>es.<br />

Equations of motion<br />

The six DOF equations of motions are:<br />

˙u = FX g<br />

W<br />

˙v = FY g<br />

W<br />

˙w = FZ g<br />

W<br />

− qw + rv (A.1)<br />

− ru + pw (A.2)<br />

− pv + qu (A.3)


A.1. Synthetic Environment 121<br />

˙p =<br />

˙q =<br />

˙r =<br />

IZ<br />

IXIZ − I 2 XZ<br />

1<br />

+<br />

IXZ<br />

IXIZ − I 2 XZ<br />

[L +(IY − IZ)qr + IXZpq]<br />

[N +(IX − IY )pq − IXZqr] (A.4)<br />

[M +(IZ − IX)pr − IXZ(p<br />

IY<br />

2 − r 2 )] (A.5)<br />

IXZ<br />

IXIZ − I 2 XZ<br />

+<br />

IXZ<br />

IXIZ − I 2 XZ<br />

[L +(IY − IZ)qr + IXZpq]<br />

[N +(IX − IY )pq − IXZqr]. (A.6)<br />

The forces and moments (aerodynamics, eng<strong>in</strong>e and gravity) def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> the body<br />

axes are:<br />

where<br />

FX = qSCX + FXE − W s<strong>in</strong>(θ) (A.7)<br />

FY = qSCY + FYE + W cos(θ)s<strong>in</strong>(φ) (A.8)<br />

FZ = qSCZ + FZE + W cos(θ)cos(φ) (A.9)<br />

L = qSCRb + FZE (YE − YCG) − FYE (−ZE + ZCG) (A.10)<br />

M = qSCMc + FXE (−ZE + ZCG) − FZE (−XE + XCG) (A.11)<br />

N = qSCNb + FYE (−XE + XCG) − FXE (YE − YCG), (A.12)<br />

CX = CL s<strong>in</strong>(α) − CD cos(α)cos(β)<br />

CZ = −CL cos(α) − CD s<strong>in</strong>(α)cos(β)<br />

FXE = T cos(ψT )cos(θT )<br />

FYE = T s<strong>in</strong>(ψT )<br />

FZE = −T cos(ψT )s<strong>in</strong>(θT ).<br />

Note that Equations A.7 to A.12 hold for the right eng<strong>in</strong>e. For the left eng<strong>in</strong>e one<br />

should substitute FYE = T s<strong>in</strong>(ψT )byFYE = −T s<strong>in</strong>(ψT ) and substitute YE by<br />

−YE. The aerodynamic coefficients CL, CD, CY , CR, CM and CN are described<br />

<strong>in</strong> more detail later <strong>in</strong> this section.<br />

The SE provides the capability to trim and l<strong>in</strong>earize the nonl<strong>in</strong>ear aircraft model<br />

for the given flight condition and aircraft configuration. The l<strong>in</strong>ear longitud<strong>in</strong>al<br />

and lateral aircraft models are given below, respectively:<br />

⎡ ⎤ ⎡<br />

⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤<br />

˙u<br />

˙w ⎥<br />

˙q ⎦<br />

˙θ<br />

=<br />

Xu Xw Xq Xθ u<br />

⎢ Zu Zw Zq Zθ ⎥ ⎢<br />

⎢<br />

⎥ ⎢w<br />

⎥<br />

⎣ ˜Mu<br />

˜Mw<br />

˜Mq<br />

˜Mθ ⎦ ⎣ q ⎦<br />

0 0 1 0 θ<br />

+<br />

Xδe<br />

⎢<br />

⎣<br />

Xδs<br />

Zδe<br />

Zδs<br />

⎥<br />

˜Mδe<br />

˜Mδs<br />

⎦<br />

0 0<br />

⎢<br />

⎣<br />

δe<br />

δs<br />

<br />

(A.13)


122 Appendix A. Synthetic Environment and Real-Time Code Generation<br />

⎡ ⎤<br />

˙v<br />

⎢<br />

˙p ⎥<br />

⎣ ˙r ⎦<br />

˙φ<br />

=<br />

⎡<br />

⎤ ⎡ ⎤<br />

Yv Yp Yr Yφ v<br />

⎢ ˜Lv<br />

˜Lp<br />

˜Lr<br />

˜Lφ ⎥ ⎢<br />

⎢<br />

⎥ ⎢p<br />

⎥<br />

⎣Ñv<br />

Ñp Ñr Ñφ<br />

⎦ ⎣r<br />

⎦<br />

0 1 0 0 φ<br />

+<br />

⎡ ⎤<br />

Yδa<br />

Yδr<br />

⎢ ˜Lδa<br />

˜Lδr<br />

⎥<br />

⎢ ⎥<br />

⎣ ⎦<br />

Ñδa<br />

Ñδr<br />

0 0<br />

Aerodynamic model - Longitud<strong>in</strong>al coefficients<br />

δa<br />

δr<br />

<br />

. (A.14)<br />

CD = CD0 +∆CD(α, δe,δs,δfl)+CDBIAS (M)+CDSB (α, δsp,M)<br />

+CDLG (CL,δfl,δsl) (A.15)<br />

CL = CL0 +∆CL(α, δe,δs,δfl)+CLSB (α, δsp,M)<br />

+(CLqq + CL<br />

c<br />

˙α) ˙α<br />

2VT<br />

(A.16)<br />

CM = CM0 +∆CM (α, δe,δs,δfl)+CMSB (α, δsp,M)<br />

+(CMqq + CM<br />

c<br />

˙α) ˙α<br />

2VT<br />

+ CX(ZCG − ZREF )<br />

−CZ(XCG − XREF )+CMLG (CL,δfl,δsl). (A.17)<br />

Aerodynamic model - Lateral coefficients<br />

Gravity model<br />

CY = ∆CY (α, β, δfl)+∆CY (M)β +∆CY (α, δa,δr,δfl)<br />

b<br />

+[CYp (M)p + CYr (M)r]<br />

2VT<br />

(A.18)<br />

CR = ∆CR(α, β, δfl)+∆CR(M)β +∆CR(α, δa,δr,δfl)<br />

b<br />

+[CRp (M)p + CRr (M)r]<br />

2VT<br />

−CY (ZCG − ZREF ) c c<br />

− CZYCG<br />

b b<br />

(A.19)<br />

CN = ∆CN (α, β, δfl)+∆CN (M)β +∆CN (α, δa,δr,δfl)<br />

b<br />

+[CNp (M)p + CNr (M)r]<br />

2VT<br />

−CY (XCG − XREF ) c c<br />

+ CXYCG .<br />

b b<br />

(A.20)<br />

The gravity model is the standard International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) gravity<br />

model (Ruijgrok 1990).<br />

H<strong>in</strong>ge moment model<br />

The h<strong>in</strong>ge moments of elevator, aileron and rudder are given below <strong>in</strong> mbar m 3 :<br />

HMELEV = CELEV (CHαtail (M) αtail + CHELEV (M) δe) q (A.21)<br />

HMAIL = CAIL CHAIL(α, δa,M) q (A.22)<br />

HMRUD = CRUD CHRUD(δr,β) q, (A.23)


A.1. Synthetic Environment 123<br />

where<br />

Undercarriage model<br />

αtail = α [1 − ɛα(δfl)] − ɛ0(δfl)+δs. (A.24)<br />

When the undercarriage is retracted, an additional drag and correspond<strong>in</strong>g moment<br />

is modelled. The undercarriage has no <strong>in</strong>fluence on the aircraft <strong>in</strong>ertia matrix.<br />

Air data model<br />

The air data probe and the correspond<strong>in</strong>g Air Data Computer (ADC) are considered<br />

to be part of the bare airframe. The air data probe measures static pressure,<br />

impact pressure and temperature. Based on these measurements, the ADC computes<br />

pressure altitude (Hp) [ft], rate-of-climb (c) [ft/m<strong>in</strong>], calibrated airspeed (VC)<br />

[kts], Mach number (M), true airspeed (VT ) [kts], dynamic pressure (q) [mbar]the<br />

corrected Angle-of-Attack (AoA) [deg].<br />

Eng<strong>in</strong>e model<br />

The thrust T is a function of throttle position δth, altitude h and Mach number<br />

M:<br />

T = f(δth,h,M).<br />

The thrust dynamics are implemented as a simple first order lag.<br />

A.1.3 Outside World<br />

The atmosphere model is the standard ISA atmosphere model (Ruijgrok 1990).<br />

Furthermore the SE <strong>in</strong>cludes two turbulence models. One turbulence model is<br />

based on the Dryden theory (Etk<strong>in</strong> 1972). This turbulence model can be implemented<br />

with three levels of <strong>in</strong>tensity (light, medium and severe). A second turbulence<br />

model can be used <strong>in</strong>stead of the Dryden model <strong>in</strong> order to better reproduce<br />

the off-l<strong>in</strong>e environment that will be used dur<strong>in</strong>g the simulator sessions, s<strong>in</strong>ce this<br />

turbulence model is implemented <strong>in</strong> the flight simulator. F<strong>in</strong>ally a w<strong>in</strong>dshear model<br />

with arbitrary altitude profile has been implemented.<br />

A.1.4 <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> Computer<br />

The flight control computer model <strong>in</strong>cludes the cross-channel data l<strong>in</strong>k, the voter/<br />

monitor for sensor/actuator fault detection and identification, the flight control<br />

laws to improve stability and control, the autopilot and the flight envelope protection<br />

modes.<br />

A.1.5 Actuation<br />

The ma<strong>in</strong> components of the actuation model are the models of the hydraulic actuators<br />

together with the Actuator <strong>Control</strong> Electronics (ACE) channels, with related


124 Appendix A. Synthetic Environment and Real-Time Code Generation<br />

LVDT sensors. The most complex ACE card model <strong>in</strong>cludes sensors, demodulation<br />

and actuator loop closure.<br />

A.1.6 Sensors, Switches and <strong>Control</strong>s<br />

The airframe sensor module is implemented <strong>in</strong> the non-l<strong>in</strong>ear dynamic simulation<br />

model of the whole DFBW suite. The sensor models allow for modell<strong>in</strong>g of sensor<br />

failures (bias, change <strong>in</strong> the scale factor, hold-on model, etc.).<br />

A.1.7 Cockpit<br />

This cockpit model <strong>in</strong>cludes generic blocks for pilot command signals generation<br />

(or the pilot commands recorded dur<strong>in</strong>g flight simulator sessions). No displays are<br />

available <strong>in</strong> the SE.<br />

A.2 Real-Time Code Generation<br />

The software environment of the NLR RFS is controlled by the Programme and<br />

Real-time Operations SIMulation support tool (PROSIM). Configur<strong>in</strong>g the RFS<br />

with the FGS design was ultimately performed by the software tool MOSAIC<br />

(Model-Oriented <strong>Soft</strong>ware Automatic Interface Converter) developed at the NLR<br />

(Lammen et al. 1999). The MOSAIC tool automatically transfers the model from<br />

Matlab/Simul<strong>in</strong>k TM to PROSIM. The tool takes as <strong>in</strong>put the model source code<br />

that has been generated by Real-Time Workshop of Simul<strong>in</strong>k 3.0 and delivers as<br />

output the model source code that can run <strong>in</strong> PROSIM. This automated process<br />

of generat<strong>in</strong>g real-time code for the flight simulator is only possible if the Simul<strong>in</strong>k<br />

model complies with def<strong>in</strong>ed software development guidel<strong>in</strong>es (Heesbeen 2001). A<br />

more detailed description of this process is given <strong>in</strong> (Smaili 2001).


B<br />

Short-Period Approximation<br />

In this appendix the short-period approximation is described. This approximation<br />

is a useful tool for longitud<strong>in</strong>al flight control design, s<strong>in</strong>ce it greatly<br />

simplifies the equations of motion while ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the dom<strong>in</strong>ant longitud<strong>in</strong>al<br />

aircraft dynamics.<br />

The short-period motion is derived from the l<strong>in</strong>ear longitud<strong>in</strong>al aircraft model<br />

<strong>in</strong> Section B.1. In Section B.2 a few relations are derived from the short-period<br />

approximation which are used <strong>in</strong> Chapter 4 of this thesis.<br />

B.1 Derivation of the Short-Period Approximation<br />

The l<strong>in</strong>ear longitud<strong>in</strong>al aircraft model is derived <strong>in</strong> Appendix A and is shown aga<strong>in</strong><br />

below: ⎡ ⎤<br />

˙u<br />

⎢<br />

˙w ⎥<br />

⎣ ˙q ⎦<br />

˙θ<br />

=<br />

⎡<br />

Xu<br />

⎢ Zu ⎢<br />

⎣ ˜Mu<br />

0<br />

Xw<br />

Zw<br />

˜Mw<br />

0<br />

Xq<br />

Zq<br />

˜Mq<br />

1<br />

⎤ ⎡ ⎤<br />

Xθ u<br />

Zθ ⎥ ⎢<br />

⎥ ⎢w<br />

⎥<br />

˜Mθ ⎦ ⎣ q ⎦<br />

0 θ<br />

+<br />

⎡ ⎤<br />

Xδe<br />

⎢ Zδe<br />

⎥<br />

⎢ ⎥<br />

⎣ ˜Mδe<br />

⎦<br />

0<br />

δe. (B.1)<br />

The longitud<strong>in</strong>al aircraft motion is divided <strong>in</strong>to two oscillatory eigenmotions,<br />

namely the short-period motion and phugoid motion. The phugoid motion has<br />

a low eigenfrequency and is typically poorly damped. Dur<strong>in</strong>g the phugoid motion<br />

the aircraft exchanges k<strong>in</strong>etic energy for potential energy and vice versa, which<br />

results <strong>in</strong> variations <strong>in</strong> airspeed and altitude.<br />

The short-period motion describes the aircraft dynamics along the Y -axis <strong>in</strong> terms<br />

of the pitch rate and the angle-of-attack (or downward speed):<br />

<br />

˙w<br />

=<br />

˙q<br />

Zw Zq<br />

˜Mw<br />

˜Mq<br />

<br />

w<br />

+<br />

q<br />

Zδe<br />

˜Mδe<br />

<br />

δe. (B.2)<br />

The short-period approximation follows from the assumption that the forward<br />

speed rema<strong>in</strong>s constant, i.e. u = 0 (fixed speed assumption). In other words, the<br />

125


126 Appendix B. Short-Period Approximation<br />

short-period approximation assumes that short-period transients are of sufficiently<br />

short duration that variations which arise <strong>in</strong> the forward speed as a result of aircraft<br />

motion, control surface deflections and atmospheric turbulence are negligible.<br />

B.2 Derivation of Short-Period Related Equations<br />

B.2.1 Pitch rate to angle-of-attack<br />

From Equation B.2 it can be seen that:<br />

sw= Zww + Zqq + Zδe δe, (B.3)<br />

where s denotes the Laplace operator. Assum<strong>in</strong>g the elevator deflection to be equal<br />

to zero (δe = 0) and with the substitution of w = U0α, where U0 is the (constant)<br />

trimmed forward speed, this equation can be rewritten to:<br />

sα= Zwα + Zq<br />

q. (B.4)<br />

S<strong>in</strong>ce Zw = − Nα<br />

U0 and Zq = U0 (McLean 1990) it follows that:<br />

where the aerodynamic derivative Nα is def<strong>in</strong>ed as:<br />

U0<br />

sα= − Nα<br />

α + q, (B.5)<br />

U0<br />

Nα = ρU 2 0 SCNα<br />

. (B.6)<br />

2m<br />

The transfer function from pitch rate to angle-of-attack then becomes:<br />

which can be rewritten to:<br />

α<br />

q<br />

α<br />

q =<br />

= U0<br />

Nα<br />

1<br />

s + Nα<br />

U0<br />

1<br />

U0 s +1.<br />

Nα (B.8)<br />

B.2.2 Normal acceleration to angle-of-attack<br />

, (B.7)<br />

From k<strong>in</strong>ematics it follows that dur<strong>in</strong>g longitud<strong>in</strong>al motion the normal acceleration<br />

can be described by the follow<strong>in</strong>g relation:<br />

nz = 1<br />

g (U0q − sw). (B.9)<br />

Substitution of w = U0α results <strong>in</strong>:<br />

nz = U0<br />

(q − sα). (B.10)<br />

g


B.2. Derivation of Short-Period Related Equations 127<br />

Substitution of Equation B.5 <strong>in</strong> Equation B.10 results <strong>in</strong>:<br />

nz = Nα<br />

α. (B.11)<br />

g<br />

The transfer function from the angle-of-attack to the normal acceleration becomes:<br />

nz<br />

α<br />

Nα<br />

= . (B.12)<br />

g<br />

The transfer function from the normal acceleration to the angle-of-attack can<br />

therefore be written as:<br />

α<br />

nz<br />

= g<br />

.<br />

Nα<br />

(B.13)<br />

B.2.3 Pitch rate to normal acceleration<br />

The transfer function from the pitch rate to the normal acceleration can be constructed<br />

as follows:<br />

nz α nz<br />

= . (B.14)<br />

q q α<br />

Substitution of Equation B.8 and Equation B.12 <strong>in</strong> Equation B.14 results <strong>in</strong>:<br />

which can be simplified to:<br />

nz<br />

q<br />

= U0<br />

Nα<br />

nz<br />

q<br />

Introduc<strong>in</strong>g the parameter τ = U0<br />

Nα<br />

<strong>in</strong>:<br />

nz<br />

q<br />

= U0<br />

g<br />

Nα<br />

g<br />

1<br />

U0 s +1,<br />

Nα (B.15)<br />

1<br />

U0 s +1.<br />

Nα (B.16)<br />

and substitution of τ <strong>in</strong> Equation B.16 results<br />

= U0<br />

g<br />

1<br />

. (B.17)<br />

τs+1


128 Appendix B. Short-Period Approximation


C<br />

Performance Measures and Cross<br />

Validation<br />

The performance measures described <strong>in</strong> this appendix provide a measure of<br />

the (mis)match between a system and its model. In order to evaluate the predictive<br />

capability of a model, these performance measures should be used <strong>in</strong><br />

comb<strong>in</strong>ation with a cross validation procedure.<br />

This appendix is organized as follows: In Section C.1 the performance measures<br />

that are used throughout the thesis are def<strong>in</strong>ed. The cross validation technique,<br />

which is used <strong>in</strong> Chapter 6, is described <strong>in</strong> Section C.2.<br />

C.1 Performance Measures<br />

The Variance Accounted For (VAF) <strong>in</strong>dex is computed by:<br />

VAF =<br />

<br />

1 −<br />

var(y − ˆy)<br />

var(y)<br />

<br />

100%, (C.1)<br />

where ‘var’ denotes variance, y denotes the data vector and ˆy denotes the model<br />

output vector. The VAF of 100% means a perfect model prediction (disregard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

a constant offset), the VAF of 0% is obta<strong>in</strong>ed when the “model” is the mean of<br />

the data. Negative VAF values <strong>in</strong>dicate even worse models.<br />

The Root-Mean-Squared Error (RMSE) <strong>in</strong>dex is computed by:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

RMSE = 1<br />

N<br />

(yk − ˆyk)<br />

N<br />

2 . (C.2)<br />

The RMSE of 0 means a perfect model prediction. Worse models will have larger<br />

RMSE values.<br />

k=1<br />

129


130 Appendix C. Performance Measures and Cross Validation<br />

The advantage of the VAF <strong>in</strong>dex is its <strong>in</strong>sensitivity to the scale of the data. 1 This<br />

makes it possible to compare results obta<strong>in</strong>ed for different variants of one data<br />

set (e.g., orig<strong>in</strong>al and scaled data). The VAF <strong>in</strong>dex, however, is not sensitive to a<br />

constant offset. The RMSE <strong>in</strong>dex is sensitive both to the scale of the data and to<br />

offsets. Therefore, the two <strong>in</strong>dices are sometimes used <strong>in</strong> parallel.<br />

C.2 Cross Validation<br />

Cross validation is a technique that is often used for estimation of the prediction<br />

error of a classification or regression function. Estimat<strong>in</strong>g prediction error on the<br />

same data used for model estimation tends to give underestimates, because the<br />

parameter estimates are “f<strong>in</strong>e-tuned” to the peculiarities of the sample. For very<br />

flexible methods, e.g. neural networks or tree based models, the error on the tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g<br />

sample can usually be made close to zero. The true error of such a model will<br />

usually be much higher however: the model has “overfitted” the tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g sample.<br />

An alternative is to divide the available data <strong>in</strong>to a tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g sample and a test<br />

sample. If the available sample is rather small, this method is not preferred because<br />

the test sample may not be used for model estimation <strong>in</strong> this scenario. By<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g cross validation all data po<strong>in</strong>ts are used for tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g as well as test<strong>in</strong>g. The<br />

general V-fold cross validation procedure works as follows:<br />

The data set D is randomly split <strong>in</strong>to V mutually exclusive subsets (the<br />

folds) D1,D2, ..., DV of approximately equal size. The model is tra<strong>in</strong>ed and<br />

tested V times; each time v ∈ 1, 2, ..., V , it is tra<strong>in</strong>ed on D \ Dv and tested<br />

on Dv.<br />

The performance measures presented <strong>in</strong> the previous section can be used <strong>in</strong> cross<br />

validation by def<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g ˆy as follows:<br />

ˆy =<br />

<br />

ˆy v . (C.3)<br />

v=1,2,..,V<br />

1 Note, however, that modell<strong>in</strong>g methods usually are sensitive to the scale of the data.


D<br />

<strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Techniques<br />

<strong>Soft</strong> comput<strong>in</strong>g is a generic term for techniques like fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g, fuzzy<br />

reason<strong>in</strong>g, neural networks, etc. For example, <strong>in</strong> fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g a certa<strong>in</strong> data<br />

po<strong>in</strong>t can belong partly to several clusters, hence the term soft. In contrast<br />

to crisp cluster<strong>in</strong>g, where a certa<strong>in</strong> data po<strong>in</strong>t belongs entirely to a certa<strong>in</strong><br />

cluster (hard). <strong>Soft</strong> comput<strong>in</strong>g is used <strong>in</strong> a wide range of application areas<br />

and is especially useful for piecewise l<strong>in</strong>ear modell<strong>in</strong>g and when deal<strong>in</strong>g with<br />

uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties. In this appendix a number of soft comput<strong>in</strong>g techniques that are<br />

used <strong>in</strong> this thesis are described.<br />

This appendix is organized as follows: In Section D.1 fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g is described<br />

<strong>in</strong> more detail, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g the Gustafson-Kessel algorithm. The application of fuzzy<br />

cluster<strong>in</strong>g for system identification is addressed <strong>in</strong> Section D.2. Some background<br />

<strong>in</strong>formation on neural networks is given <strong>in</strong> Section D.3.<br />

D.1 Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g<br />

An effective approach to the identification of complex nonl<strong>in</strong>ear systems is to<br />

partition the available data <strong>in</strong>to subsets and approximate each subset by a l<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

model. Fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g can be used as a tool to obta<strong>in</strong> a partition of data where<br />

the transitions between the subsets are gradual rather than abrupt. The concept of<br />

fuzzy partition<strong>in</strong>g is essential for cluster analysis and consequently also for fuzzy<br />

modell<strong>in</strong>g and identification techniques that are based on fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g. Fuzzy<br />

partitions can be seen as a generalization of hard partitions, which is formulated<br />

<strong>in</strong> terms of classical subsets.<br />

D.1.1 Prelim<strong>in</strong>aries<br />

Cluster<strong>in</strong>g techniques are unsupervised methods that can be used to organize data<br />

<strong>in</strong>to groups based on similarities among the <strong>in</strong>dividual data items. Most cluster<strong>in</strong>g<br />

algorithms do not rely on assumptions common to conventional statistical methods,<br />

such as the underly<strong>in</strong>g statistical distribution of data, and therefore they are<br />

131


132 Appendix D. <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Techniques<br />

useful <strong>in</strong> situations where little prior knowledge exists.<br />

Cluster<strong>in</strong>g techniques can be applied to data that are quantitative (numerical),<br />

qualitative (categorical), or a mixture of both. The data are typically observations<br />

of some physical process. Each observation consists of n measured variables,<br />

grouped <strong>in</strong>to an n-dimensional column vector zk =[z1k ...znk ], zk ∈ IR n .Asetof<br />

N observations is denoted by Z = {zk|k =1, 2,...,N} and is represented as an<br />

n × N pattern or data matrix:<br />

⎡<br />

⎢<br />

Z= ⎢<br />

⎣<br />

z11 z12 ... z1N<br />

z21 z22 ... z2N<br />

.<br />

.<br />

.<br />

zn1 zn2 ... znN<br />

Various def<strong>in</strong>itions of a cluster can be formulated, depend<strong>in</strong>g on the objective<br />

of cluster<strong>in</strong>g. Generally, one may accept the view that a cluster is a group<br />

of objects that are more similar to one another than to members of other clusters<br />

(Bezdek 1981, Dave 1991). The term “similarity” should be understood as<br />

mathematical similarity, measured <strong>in</strong> some well-def<strong>in</strong>ed sense. In metric spaces,<br />

similarity is often def<strong>in</strong>ed by means of a distance norm. Distance can be measured<br />

among the data vectors themselves, or as a distance from a data vector to some<br />

prototypical object (prototype) of the cluster.<br />

Fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g methods allow the objects to belong to several clusters simultaneously,<br />

with different degrees of membership. Objects on the boundaries<br />

between several classes are not forced to fully belong to one of the classes, but<br />

rather are assigned membership degrees between zero and one <strong>in</strong>dicat<strong>in</strong>g their<br />

partial membership.<br />

The concept of fuzzy partition<strong>in</strong>g is essential for cluster analysis and consequently<br />

also for the identification techniques that are based on fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Conditions for the fuzzy partition are given by (Rusp<strong>in</strong>i 1970):<br />

⎤<br />

⎥<br />

⎦ .<br />

µik ∈ [0, 1], 1 ≤ i ≤ c, 1 ≤ k ≤ N (D.1)<br />

0 <<br />

c<br />

µik =1, 1 ≤ k ≤ N (D.2)<br />

i=1<br />

c<br />

µik < N, 1 ≤ i ≤ c, (D.3)<br />

i=1<br />

where µik denotes the membership degree of the kth data po<strong>in</strong>t with respect to<br />

the ith cluster, c denotes the number of clusters or fuzzy subsets and N denotes<br />

the number of data po<strong>in</strong>ts. The ith row of the fuzzy partition matrix U conta<strong>in</strong>s<br />

values of the ith membership function of the fuzzy subset Ai of Z:<br />

⎡<br />

⎤<br />

µ11 µ12 ... µ1N<br />

⎢<br />

⎥<br />

⎢<br />

U= ⎢<br />

⎣<br />

µ21 µ22 ... µ2N<br />

.<br />

.<br />

.<br />

µc1 µc2 ... µcN<br />

⎥<br />

⎦ .


D.1. Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g 133<br />

Equation D.1 implies that the membership degree of zk with respect to subset Ai<br />

can adopt any value from zero to one. The total membership of each zk <strong>in</strong> Z equals<br />

one, which is def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> Equation D.2. Equation D.3 implies that the subset Ai is<br />

never empty and never conta<strong>in</strong>s all the data. The fuzzy partition space for Z is<br />

therefore the set:<br />

Mfc = {U ∈ R c×N |µik ∈ [0, 1], ∀i, k;<br />

c<br />

µik =1, ∀k; 0 <<br />

i=1<br />

D.1.2 Fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithms<br />

c<br />

µik < N, ∀i}. (D.4)<br />

In this section we focus on fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithms with an objective function.<br />

These methods are relatively well understood and mathematical results are available<br />

concern<strong>in</strong>g the convergence properties and fuzzy validity assessment.<br />

A large family of fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithms is based on m<strong>in</strong>imization of the<br />

objective function formulated as:<br />

where<br />

J(Z; U, V, {Ai} =<br />

is a fuzzy partition matrix of Z;<br />

c<br />

N<br />

i=1 k=1<br />

U=[µik] ∈ Mfc<br />

(µik) m D 2 ikAi<br />

V=[v1, v2,...,vc], vi ∈ R n<br />

i=1<br />

, (D.5)<br />

(D.6)<br />

(D.7)<br />

is a vector of cluster prototypes (operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts) which have to be determ<strong>in</strong>ed;<br />

D 2 ikAi = zk − vi 2 =(zk − vi) T Ai(zk − vi) (D.8)<br />

is a squared <strong>in</strong>ner-product distance norm and:<br />

m ∈ [1, ∞) (D.9)<br />

is a parameter which determ<strong>in</strong>es the fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess of the result<strong>in</strong>g clusters. The value<br />

of the cost function def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> Equation D.5 can be seen as a measure of the total<br />

variance of zk from vi.<br />

The m<strong>in</strong>imization of the objective function represents a nonl<strong>in</strong>ear optimization<br />

problem that can be solved by us<strong>in</strong>g a variety of methods, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g iterative<br />

m<strong>in</strong>imization or genetic algorithms. A number of parameters must be specified beforehand:<br />

the number of clusters, c, the ’fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess’ exponent, m, the term<strong>in</strong>ation<br />

tolerance, ɛ and the norm-<strong>in</strong>duc<strong>in</strong>g matrices, Ai. Moreover, the fuzzy partition<br />

matrix, U, must be <strong>in</strong>itialized.<br />

The number of clusters c is the most important parameter, <strong>in</strong> the sense that<br />

the rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g parameters have less <strong>in</strong>fluence on the result<strong>in</strong>g partition. Two ma<strong>in</strong><br />

approaches to determ<strong>in</strong>e the appropriate number of clusters <strong>in</strong> data can be dist<strong>in</strong>guished:


134 Appendix D. <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Techniques<br />

• Validity measures are scalar <strong>in</strong>dices that assess the goodness of the obta<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

partition. Cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithms generally aim at locat<strong>in</strong>g well-separated and<br />

compact clusters. Cluster validity analysis is performed by runn<strong>in</strong>g the cluster<br />

algorithm for different values of c and usually also several times for each<br />

c with a different <strong>in</strong>itialization. The validity measure is calculated for each<br />

run and the number of clusters which m<strong>in</strong>imizes (maximizes) the validity<br />

measure is chosen as the ”correct” number of clusters <strong>in</strong> the data. Many<br />

validity measures have been <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> the literature (Bezdek 1981, Gath<br />

and Geva 1989, Backer 1995, Pal and Bezdek 1995).<br />

• The basic idea of cluster merg<strong>in</strong>g is to start with a sufficiently large number<br />

of clusters and successively reduce this number by merg<strong>in</strong>g clusters that are<br />

(compatible) with respect to some well-def<strong>in</strong>ed criteria (Krishnapuram and<br />

Freg 1992, Kaymak and Babuka 1995, Setnes and Kaymak 1998).<br />

The fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess parameter m is a rather important parameter as well, because it significantly<br />

<strong>in</strong>fluences the fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess of the result<strong>in</strong>g partition. As m approaches one<br />

from above, the partition becomes hard and vi are ord<strong>in</strong>ary means of the clusters.<br />

As m →∞, the partition becomes completely fuzzy and the cluster means are all<br />

equal to the mean of Z. These limit properties are <strong>in</strong>dependent of the optimization<br />

method used. Once the number of clusters is selected, the fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess parameter m<br />

is chosen by runn<strong>in</strong>g the cluster algorithm for different values of m and evaluat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

the result<strong>in</strong>g partition. The fuzz<strong>in</strong>ess parameter m is usually selected between 1.5<br />

and 2.5.<br />

The cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithm stops iterat<strong>in</strong>g when the norm of the difference between<br />

U <strong>in</strong> two successive iterations is smaller than the term<strong>in</strong>ation parameter ɛ.<br />

For the maximum norm maxik(|µ (l)<br />

ik − µ(l−1)<br />

ik |) the usual choice is ɛ =10−3 ,even<br />

though ɛ =10−2works well <strong>in</strong> most cases, while drastically reduc<strong>in</strong>g the comput<strong>in</strong>g<br />

time.<br />

The shape of the clusters is determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the choice of the norm-<strong>in</strong>duc<strong>in</strong>g<br />

matrices Ai <strong>in</strong> the distance measure. The norm-<strong>in</strong>duc<strong>in</strong>g matrices can be fixed<br />

beforehand, but they can also be subject to optimization themselves. A common<br />

choice is Ai = I, which gives the standard Euclidean norm:<br />

D 2 ik =(zk − vi) T (zk − vi). (D.10)<br />

The norm metric <strong>in</strong>fluences the cluster<strong>in</strong>g criterion by chang<strong>in</strong>g the measure of<br />

dissimilarity. The Euclidean norm <strong>in</strong>duces hyper-spherical clusters (surfaces of<br />

constant membership are hyper-spheres). Norm-<strong>in</strong>duc<strong>in</strong>g matrices non-equal to<br />

the identity matrix generates hyper-ellipsoidal clusters.<br />

A common limitation of cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithms based on a fixed distance norm<br />

is that such a norm forces the objective function to prefer clusters of a certa<strong>in</strong><br />

shape even if they are not present <strong>in</strong> the data. Generally, different matrices Ai are<br />

required, but there is no guidel<strong>in</strong>e as to how to choose them a priori. Therefore,<br />

cluster<strong>in</strong>g with adaptive distance measure is often used, such as <strong>in</strong> the Gustafson-<br />

Kessel algorithm presented below.


D.2. Identification via Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g 135<br />

D.1.3 Gustafson-Kessel algorithm<br />

The Gustafson-Kessel cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithm described <strong>in</strong> this section taken from (Gustafson<br />

and Kessel 1979).<br />

Given the data set Z, choose the number of clusters 1 0. Initialize the partition matrix<br />

randomly, such that U (0) ∈ Mf .<br />

Repeat for l =1, 2,...<br />

1. Compute the cluster prototypes (means).<br />

v (l)<br />

i =<br />

n 2. Compute the cluster covariance matrices.<br />

k=1 (µ(l−1)<br />

ik ) mzk n k=1 (µ(l−1)<br />

, 1 ≤ i ≤ c. (D.11)<br />

ik ) m<br />

N k=1<br />

Fi =<br />

(µ(l−1)<br />

ik ) m (zk − v (l)<br />

i )(zk − v (l)<br />

i )T<br />

N k=1 (µ(l−1)<br />

ik ) m<br />

3. Compute the distances.<br />

4. Update the partition matrix.<br />

if<br />

otherwise<br />

µ (l)<br />

ik<br />

, 1 ≤ i ≤ c. (D.12)<br />

D 2 ikAi =(zk − vi) T [det(Fi) 1<br />

n F −1<br />

i ](zk − vi). (D.13)<br />

DikAi<br />

> 0, 1 ≤ i ≤ c, 1 ≤ k ≤ N (D.14)<br />

µ (l)<br />

ik =<br />

c<br />

=0 ifDikAi > 0 and µ(l)<br />

ik<br />

until U (l) − U (l−1)


136 Appendix D. <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Techniques<br />

Figure D.1: Extraction of Takagi-Sugeno rules by fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

The Takagi-Sugeno (TS) model (Takagi and Sugeno 1985) is used to smoothly<br />

comb<strong>in</strong>e the l<strong>in</strong>ear submodels. The TS rules have the follow<strong>in</strong>g form:<br />

Ri : If x1 is Zi1 and ... and xp is Zip<br />

then yi = a T i x + bi, i =1, 2,...,K. (D.17)<br />

This is a MISO model with <strong>in</strong>puts and output y. Zij are l<strong>in</strong>guistic terms (like low,<br />

medium, high, etc.), represented by membership functions. F<strong>in</strong>ally, ai and bi are<br />

real-valued consequent parameters.<br />

TS rules are extracted from data by cluster<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the product space of the <strong>in</strong>puts<br />

and outputs. By apply<strong>in</strong>g cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithms that are capable of detect<strong>in</strong>g l<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

substructures <strong>in</strong> data, a nonl<strong>in</strong>ear regression problem is automatically decomposed<br />

it <strong>in</strong>to several local l<strong>in</strong>ear subproblems. Each obta<strong>in</strong>ed cluster is represented by one<br />

rule <strong>in</strong> the TS fuzzy model. The antecedent membership functions are obta<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

by projection (Figure D.1) and the consequent parameters can be estimated by<br />

various Least Squares (LS) methods (Babuˇska 1998).<br />

Illustrative example: Consider a nonl<strong>in</strong>ear function y = f(x) def<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

piecewise by:<br />

y = 0.25x, for x ≤ 3<br />

y = (x − 3) 2 +0.75, for 3 6.<br />

(D.18)<br />

Figure D.2 shows a plot of this function evaluated <strong>in</strong> 50 samples uniformly<br />

distributed over x ∈ [0, 10]. Zero-mean, uniformly distributed noise with<br />

amplitude 0.1 was added to y.<br />

The data set {(xi,yi)|i =1, 2,...,50} was clustered <strong>in</strong>to four clusters. Figure<br />

D.3 shows the local l<strong>in</strong>ear models obta<strong>in</strong>ed through cluster<strong>in</strong>g, the bot-


D.2. Identification via Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g 137<br />

y<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

y = 0.25 ⋅ x<br />

y = 0.25 ⋅ x + 8.25<br />

y = (x−3) 2 + 0.75<br />

0<br />

0 2 4 6 8 10<br />

x<br />

Figure D.2: The nonl<strong>in</strong>ear function D.18 with zero-mean, uniformly distributed noise.<br />

y<br />

Membership degree<br />

15<br />

10<br />

y 4 = 0.26⋅ x + 8.19<br />

5<br />

y = 4.45⋅ x − 17.40<br />

3<br />

y = 0.25⋅ x + 0.05<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0 2<br />

1<br />

4<br />

y = 1.42⋅ x − 3.76<br />

2<br />

6<br />

x<br />

8 10<br />

0.5<br />

Z 1<br />

Z 2<br />

0<br />

0 2 4 6 8 10<br />

x<br />

Figure D.3: Cluster prototypes and the correspond<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy sets.<br />

tom plot shows the correspond<strong>in</strong>g membership functions. In terms of TS<br />

rules, the fuzzy model is expressed as:<br />

R1 : If x is Z1 then y =0.25 x +0.05<br />

R2 : If x is Z2 then y =1.42 x − 3.76<br />

R3 : If x is Z3 then y =4.45 x − 17.40<br />

R4 : If x is Z4 then y =0.26 x +8.19.<br />

Note that the consequents of R1 and R4 correspond almost exactly to the<br />

first and third equation D.18. Consequents of R2 and R3 are approximate<br />

local l<strong>in</strong>ear models of the parabola def<strong>in</strong>ed by the second equation of D.18.<br />

<br />

Z 3<br />

Z 4


138 Appendix D. <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Techniques<br />

D.3 Neural Networks<br />

This section provides a brief <strong>in</strong>troduction <strong>in</strong>to neural networks, their architecture<br />

and their tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g algorithms. For a more detailed description, the <strong>in</strong>terested reader<br />

is referred to (Fausett 1994, Gurney 1997, Hayk<strong>in</strong> 1999).<br />

D.3.1 Introduction to neural networks<br />

An Artificial Neural Network (ANN) is an <strong>in</strong>formation process<strong>in</strong>g paradigm that<br />

is <strong>in</strong>spired by the way biological nervous systems, such as the bra<strong>in</strong>, process <strong>in</strong>formation.<br />

The key element of this paradigm is the structure of the <strong>in</strong>formation<br />

process<strong>in</strong>g system. It is composed of a large number of highly <strong>in</strong>terconnected process<strong>in</strong>g<br />

elements (neurones) work<strong>in</strong>g together to solve specific problems. ANNs,<br />

like people, learn by example. Learn<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> biological systems <strong>in</strong>volves adjustments<br />

to the synaptic connections that exist between the neurones. This is true of ANNs<br />

as well.<br />

Neural networks are applicable <strong>in</strong> virtually every situation <strong>in</strong> which a relationship<br />

between the predictor variables (<strong>in</strong>dependents, <strong>in</strong>puts) and predicted variables<br />

(dependents, outputs) exists, even when that relationship is very complex and not<br />

easy to articulate <strong>in</strong> the usual terms of correlations or differences between groups.A<br />

few representative examples of problems to which neural network analysis has been<br />

applied successfully are detection of medical phenomena, stock market prediction,<br />

credit assignment, monitor<strong>in</strong>g the condition of mach<strong>in</strong>ery and eng<strong>in</strong>e management.<br />

D.3.2 Architecture of neural networks<br />

To capture the essence of biological neural systems, an artificial neuron is def<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

as follows:<br />

• It receives a number of <strong>in</strong>puts (either from orig<strong>in</strong>al data, or from the output<br />

of other neurons <strong>in</strong> the neural network). Each <strong>in</strong>put comes via a connection<br />

that has a strength (or weight); these weights correspond to synaptic efficacy<br />

<strong>in</strong> a biological neuron. Each neuron also has a s<strong>in</strong>gle threshold value.<br />

The weighted sum of the <strong>in</strong>puts is formed, and the threshold subtracted, to<br />

compose the activation of the neuron.<br />

• The activation signal is passed through an activation function (also known<br />

as a transfer function) to produce the output of the neuron.<br />

If the step activation function is used then the neuron acts just like the biological<br />

neuron described earlier, see Figure D.4. Actually, the step function is rarely used<br />

<strong>in</strong> artificial neural networks, as will be discussed later <strong>in</strong> this section. Note also<br />

that weights can be negative, which implies that the synapse has an <strong>in</strong>hibitory<br />

rather than excitatory effect on the neuron: <strong>in</strong>hibitory neurons are found <strong>in</strong> the<br />

bra<strong>in</strong>.<br />

If a network of neurons is to be of any use, there must be <strong>in</strong>puts (which carry<br />

the values of variables of <strong>in</strong>terest <strong>in</strong> the outside world) and outputs (which form


D.3. Neural Networks 139<br />

Figure D.4: Example of a neuron with step activation.<br />

predictions, or control signals). Inputs and outputs correspond to sensory and motor<br />

nerves such as those com<strong>in</strong>g from the eyes and lead<strong>in</strong>g to the hands. However,<br />

there also can be hidden neurons that play an <strong>in</strong>ternal role <strong>in</strong> the network. The<br />

<strong>in</strong>put, hidden and output neurons need to be connected together. A simple network<br />

has a feedforward structure: signals flow from <strong>in</strong>puts, forwards through any<br />

hidden units, eventually reach<strong>in</strong>g the output units. Such a structure has stable behavior.<br />

However, if the network is recurrent (conta<strong>in</strong>s connections back from later<br />

to earlier neurons) it can be unstable and has very complex dynamics. Recurrent<br />

networks are very <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g to researchers <strong>in</strong> neural networks, but so far it is the<br />

feedforward structures that have proved most useful <strong>in</strong> solv<strong>in</strong>g real problems.<br />

A typical feedforward network has neurons arranged <strong>in</strong> a dist<strong>in</strong>ct layered topology,<br />

see Figure D.5. The <strong>in</strong>put layer is not really neural at all: these units simply<br />

serve to <strong>in</strong>troduce the values of the <strong>in</strong>put variables. The hidden and output layer<br />

neurons are each connected to all of the units <strong>in</strong> the preced<strong>in</strong>g layer. It is possible<br />

to def<strong>in</strong>e networks that are partially-connected to only some units <strong>in</strong> the preced<strong>in</strong>g<br />

layer; however, for most applications fully-connected networks are better.<br />

When the network is executed, the <strong>in</strong>put variable values are placed <strong>in</strong> the<br />

<strong>in</strong>put units and then the hidden and output layer units are progressively executed.<br />

Each of them calculates its activation value by tak<strong>in</strong>g the weighted sum of the<br />

outputs of the units <strong>in</strong> the preced<strong>in</strong>g layer and subtract<strong>in</strong>g the threshold. The<br />

activation value is passed through the activation function to produce the output<br />

of the neuron. When the entire network has been executed, the outputs of the<br />

output layer act as the output of the entire network.<br />

D.3.3 Tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g of the neural network<br />

The best-known example of a neural network tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g algorithm is back propagation<br />

(Fausett 1994, Patterson 1996, Hayk<strong>in</strong> 1999). Modern second-order algorithms<br />

such as conjugate gradient descent and Levenberg-Marquardt (Bishop 1995,<br />

Shepherd 1997) are substantially faster for many problems, but back propagation<br />

still has advantages <strong>in</strong> some circumstances and is the easiest algorithm to understand.<br />

In the back propagation algorithm, the gradient vector of the error surface is cal-


140 Appendix D. <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Techniques<br />

Figure D.5: Feedforward neural network.<br />

culated while propagat<strong>in</strong>g backwards through the network (from output layer to<br />

<strong>in</strong>put layer). This vector po<strong>in</strong>ts along the l<strong>in</strong>e of steepest descent from the current<br />

po<strong>in</strong>t. Mov<strong>in</strong>g a short distance along this l<strong>in</strong>e will decrease the error. A sequence<br />

of such moves (slow<strong>in</strong>g when approach<strong>in</strong>g the m<strong>in</strong>imum) will eventually f<strong>in</strong>d a<br />

m<strong>in</strong>imum of some sort. The difficult part is to decide how large the steps should<br />

be. In practice, the step size is proportional to the slope (so that the algorithms<br />

settles down <strong>in</strong> a m<strong>in</strong>imum) and to a special constant: the learn<strong>in</strong>g rate. The correct<br />

sett<strong>in</strong>g for the learn<strong>in</strong>g rate is application-dependent, and is typically chosen<br />

by experiment; it may also be time-vary<strong>in</strong>g, gett<strong>in</strong>g smaller as the algorithm progresses.<br />

The algorithm is also usually modified by <strong>in</strong>clusion of a momentum term: this<br />

encourages movement <strong>in</strong> a fixed direction, so that if several steps are taken <strong>in</strong><br />

the same direction, the algorithm “picks up speed”, which gives it the ability to<br />

(sometimes) escape local m<strong>in</strong>imum, and also to move rapidly over flat spots and<br />

plateaus.<br />

The algorithm progresses iteratively through a number of epochs. On each<br />

epoch the tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g cases are each submitted <strong>in</strong> turn to the network, the target<br />

and actual outputs are compared and the error is calculated. This error, together<br />

with the error surface gradient, is used to adjust the weights and then the process<br />

repeats. The <strong>in</strong>itial network configuration is random and tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g stops when a<br />

given number of epochs elapses, or when the error reaches an acceptable level, or<br />

when the error stops improv<strong>in</strong>g (to be selected by the user).<br />

The Levenberg-Marquardt algorithm is typically the fastest of the tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g algorithms.<br />

However, it has some important limitations such as: it can only be used<br />

on s<strong>in</strong>gle output networks, it can only be used with the sum squared error function<br />

and it has memory requirements proportional to W 2 (where W is the number


D.3. Neural Networks 141<br />

of weights <strong>in</strong> the network). This makes the Levenberg-Marquardt algorithm impractical<br />

for reasonably big networks. Conjugate gradient descent algorithms are<br />

nearly as good and do not suffer from these restrictions.<br />

The second-order tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g algorithms seem to be prone to stick <strong>in</strong> local m<strong>in</strong>ima<br />

<strong>in</strong> the early phases. To overcome this problem, one could start with a short<br />

burst us<strong>in</strong>g the back propagation algorithm, before switch<strong>in</strong>g to a second-order<br />

algorithm.


142 Appendix D. <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Techniques


E<br />

Genetic Algorithms<br />

Genetic algorithms are search algorithms that imitate the pr<strong>in</strong>ciples of natural<br />

evolution for optimization problems. They comb<strong>in</strong>e survival of the fittest<br />

among a population of potential solutions with a structured yet randomized<br />

<strong>in</strong>formation exchange.<br />

This appendix is organized as follows: A brief <strong>in</strong>troduction <strong>in</strong>to genetic algorithms<br />

is given <strong>in</strong> Section E.1. In Section E.2 the basic pr<strong>in</strong>ciples on how genetic algorithms<br />

work are described on the basis of an example. The theoretical foundation and<br />

application areas of genetic algorithms are discussed <strong>in</strong> Sections E.3 and E.4,<br />

respectively.<br />

E.1 Introduction<br />

Genetic Algorithms (GAs) are randomized optimization algorithms that are based<br />

on the pr<strong>in</strong>ciple of survival of the fittest. The population of potential solutions<br />

is mani- pulated repeatedly to form a new generation. Each potential solution is<br />

def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> a str<strong>in</strong>g structure, referred to as a chromosome. A new generation is<br />

formed by delet<strong>in</strong>g weak chromosomes from the population, while us<strong>in</strong>g strong<br />

chromosomes to produce new chromosomes through genetic operators. A more detailed<br />

description of how GAs work is offered <strong>in</strong> Section E.2.<br />

Genetic algorithms are especially useful for non-convex optimization problems<br />

with large search spaces. For convex optimization problems the use of a gradientbased<br />

optimization algorithm is more efficient. For non-convex optimization problems<br />

with small search spaces classical exhaustive search methods usually suffice.<br />

For larger search spaces a more <strong>in</strong>telligent search technique must be employed,<br />

such as a GA.<br />

E.2 How Do They Work?<br />

Genetic algorithms can be divided <strong>in</strong>to two ma<strong>in</strong> groups, namely b<strong>in</strong>ary-coded<br />

and real-coded GAs. The first group expresses the value of the parameters to be<br />

143


144 Appendix E. Genetic Algorithms<br />

Figure E.1: Flowchart of a genetic algorithm.<br />

optimized <strong>in</strong> a b<strong>in</strong>ary code, while the latter group expresses them by their true<br />

value. In pr<strong>in</strong>ciple these two implementations are equivalent, however, it has been<br />

shown that the real-coded genetic algorithm is faster, more consistent from run to<br />

run and provides a higher accuracy (Goldberg 1990, Michalewicz 1996).<br />

In this section, the basic elements that are present <strong>in</strong> all genetic algorithms are<br />

discussed, see also Figure E.1. The start<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t of the genetic algorithm is an<br />

<strong>in</strong>itial population of chromosomes. Each chromosome is evaluated with respect to<br />

the fitness function. The selection procedure randomly selects two sets of chromosomes,<br />

namely a set of chromosomes to be removed from the population and a<br />

set of chromosomes to be used to create new chromosomes. Weaker chromosomes<br />

have a higher probability to be removed from the population than stronger chromosomes<br />

and stronger chromosomes have a higher probability to be used to create<br />

new chromosomes than weaker chromosomes (survival of the fittest). New chromosomes<br />

are created us<strong>in</strong>g genetic operators (crossover and mutation operators).<br />

The fitness of these new chromosomes is evaluated and the selection procedure<br />

starts aga<strong>in</strong>. The algorithm stops when a certa<strong>in</strong> term<strong>in</strong>ation criterion is met.<br />

In the rema<strong>in</strong>der of this section, the genetic algorithm that is used <strong>in</strong> this<br />

thesis is expla<strong>in</strong>ed with a simple example. For this specific genetic algorithm there<br />

are five parameters that need to be set by the designer, namely:<br />

N number of generations<br />

Nc number of chromosomes <strong>in</strong> the population<br />

Nop number of genetic operations per generation<br />

percentage of crossover operations<br />

pco


E.2. How Do They Work? 145<br />

y<br />

0<br />

−20<br />

−40<br />

−60<br />

−80<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

x 2<br />

−0.5<br />

−1<br />

−1<br />

Figure E.2: The function y =(x1 − 1) 5 +(x2 − 1) 5 over the doma<strong>in</strong> x1 ∈ [−1, 1]<br />

and x2 ∈ [−1, 1].<br />

md<br />

differentiation parameter.<br />

For this example, these parameters are set to be: N = 100, Nc = 20, Nop = 10,<br />

pco =0.80 and md =4.<br />

−0.5<br />

E.2.1 Description of the optimization problem<br />

The goal is to f<strong>in</strong>d the Takagi-Sugeno model that fits the surface illustrated <strong>in</strong><br />

Figure E.2. The data set that is used for optimiz<strong>in</strong>g the TS model is obta<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

by evaluat<strong>in</strong>g y = f(x1,x2) at a number of grid po<strong>in</strong>ts. The grid is def<strong>in</strong>ed by<br />

x1 =[−1, −0.98,...,0.98, 1] and x2 =[−1, −0.98,...,0.98, 1].<br />

In this example the structure of the TS fuzzy model is fixed. There are two<br />

fuzzy membership functions for each antecedent variable and four rules. The correspond<strong>in</strong>g<br />

rule-base is as follows:<br />

R1 : If x1 is Z11 and x2 is Z21 then ˆy = c01 + c11x1 + c21x2<br />

R2 : If x1 is Z11 and x2 is Z22 then ˆy = c02 + c12x1 + c22x2 (E.1)<br />

R3 : If x1 is Z12 and x2 is Z21 then ˆy = c03 + c13x1 + c23x2<br />

R4 : If x1 is Z12 and x2 is z22 then ˆy = c04 + c14x1 + c24x2.<br />

For each antecedent variable, the two membership functions are def<strong>in</strong>ed by two<br />

parameters, see Figure E.3. In total this TS fuzzy model requires 16 parameters,<br />

namely four for the membership functions <strong>in</strong> x1 and x2 and 12 for the local l<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

models. Each chromosome <strong>in</strong> the genetic algorithm consists of a str<strong>in</strong>g of four realvalued<br />

numbers for the membership functions. Once the membership functions are<br />

def<strong>in</strong>ed, the 12 parameters of the local l<strong>in</strong>ear models are determ<strong>in</strong>ed through least<br />

squares optimization.<br />

A s<strong>in</strong>gle chromosome is denoted as vt i , where the subscript i denotes the<br />

x 1<br />

0<br />

0.5<br />

1


146 Appendix E. Genetic Algorithms<br />

Membership degree<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

Z 11<br />

Z 12<br />

0<br />

−1 −0.5 d 0 d 0.5 1<br />

1 x 2<br />

1<br />

Figure E.3: The membership functions Z11 and Z12, def<strong>in</strong>ed by the two parameters<br />

d1 and d2.<br />

position of the chromosome <strong>in</strong> the population and the superscript t denotes the<br />

generation. A s<strong>in</strong>gle element of this chromosome is denoted by vt ij , where the subscript<br />

j denotes the position of the element <strong>in</strong> the chromosome vt i . The constra<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

) ∈ [−1, 1].<br />

for the parameters of the ith chromosome are (v t i1 ,...,vt i4<br />

E.2.2 Initial population<br />

The <strong>in</strong>itial population is the result of an <strong>in</strong>itialization process. In this case the<br />

<strong>in</strong>itial population is selected randomly, tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account the constra<strong>in</strong>ts, and<br />

consists of 20 chromosomes:<br />

v 0 1<br />

v 0 2<br />

.<br />

v 0 19<br />

v 0 20<br />

=<br />

=<br />

=<br />

=<br />

−0.0462 −0.4774 −0.9921 −0.1692 <br />

0.5846 0.4012 0.6715 0.0017 <br />

0.6643 0.0037 −0.5748 0.2749 <br />

−0.2857 0.0560 −0.4451 −0.5821 .<br />

E.2.3 Evaluation of the fitness of the chromosomes<br />

Each chromosome represents two sets of membership functions, namely for x1<br />

and for x2. To evaluate the fitness of the ith chromosome, a TS fuzzy model is<br />

created us<strong>in</strong>g the correspond<strong>in</strong>g membership functions. The parameters of the<br />

consequent part of the rule-base are computed through LS optimization (see also<br />

Equation E.1). For each data po<strong>in</strong>t the output ˆyj of the correspond<strong>in</strong>g TS fuzzy<br />

model is evaluated. The correspond<strong>in</strong>g fitness value is the root mean-squared error<br />

over the K data po<strong>in</strong>ts:<br />

F (v t i)=<br />

<br />

K<br />

j=1 (yj − ˆyj) 2<br />

, (E.2)<br />

K<br />

where y and ˆy are the true output and the output of the TS fuzzy model us<strong>in</strong>g<br />

the parameters of chromosome vt i , respectively.<br />

Each chromosome of the <strong>in</strong>itial population is evaluated us<strong>in</strong>g the fitness func-


E.2. How Do They Work? 147<br />

tion. In this case this results <strong>in</strong>:<br />

F (v 0 1) = 1.5121<br />

F (v 0 2)<br />

.<br />

= 1.5534<br />

F (v 0 19) = 4.4841<br />

F (v 0 20) = 5.0600.<br />

The chromosomes are sorted accord<strong>in</strong>g to their fitness. S<strong>in</strong>ce this is a m<strong>in</strong>imization<br />

problem, the stronger the chromosome the lower its fitness value.<br />

E.2.4 Selection procedure<br />

Two sets of chromosomes need to be selected. The first set consists of the chromosomes<br />

that will be used for reproduction and the second set consists of the<br />

chromosomes that will be replaced by the new chromosomes. The basic pr<strong>in</strong>ciple<br />

is that chromosomes with a strong fitness value have a higher probability to be<br />

selected for reproduction than chromosomes with a weak fitness value. For the<br />

selection of chromosomes for deletion this is the other way around.<br />

The selection procedure is as follows:<br />

1. Divide the fitness value of the strongest chromosome by the fitness value of<br />

all the chromosomes <strong>in</strong> the population and raise the result to the power md.<br />

Pop(i) =<br />

t F (v1) F (vt i )<br />

md , i =1,...,Nc. (E.3)<br />

2. Normalize the result, such that the sum of the vector is equal to one.<br />

Pop(i) :=<br />

Pop(i)<br />

Nc<br />

j=1 Pop(j) , i =1,...,Nc. (E.4)<br />

3. The vector for deletion is the flipped vector for genetic operation, i.e. reproduction.<br />

Pdel(i) =Pop(Nc +1− i), i =1,...,Nc. (E.5)<br />

4. Compute the cumulative sum for both vectors.<br />

Pop(i) :=<br />

Pdel(i) :=<br />

i<br />

Pop(j), i =1,...,Nc (E.6)<br />

j=1<br />

i<br />

Pdel(j), i =1,...,Nc. (E.7)<br />

j=1


148 Appendix E. Genetic Algorithms<br />

Figure E.4: Roulette wheel.<br />

The higher the value for md, the more the probability is differentiated, i.e. weak<br />

chromosomes are less likely to be selected for operation. The vectors Pop and Pdel<br />

are shown below:<br />

Pop(1) = 0.1385 Pdel(1) = 0.0011<br />

Pop(2)<br />

.<br />

= 0.2629 Pdel(2)<br />

.<br />

= 0.0029<br />

Pop(19) = 0.9989 Pdel(19) = 0.8615<br />

Pop(20) = 1 Pdel(20) = 1.<br />

These two vectors are used to select the chromosomes for operation and deletion<br />

respectively. This process is expla<strong>in</strong>ed us<strong>in</strong>g the vector for operation:<br />

1. Generate a random number r ∼ U[0, 1].<br />

2. If r ≤ Pop(1),<br />

then select the first chromosome (v t 1)<br />

else select the ith chromosome such that Pop(i − 1)


E.2. How Do They Work? 149<br />

E.2.5 Genetic operators<br />

Two k<strong>in</strong>ds of genetic operators are used, namely crossover and mutation. The<br />

probability that a crossover operator is selected is determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the parameter<br />

pco. The probability that a mutation operator is selected is equal to 1 − pco. For<br />

each genetic operation, three versions are used. When a chromosome is selected<br />

for crossover (or mutation) one of the used crossover (or mutation) operators are<br />

applied with equal probability.<br />

Crossover operators<br />

For crossover operations, the chromosomes are treated <strong>in</strong> pairs (v t i , vt j ).<br />

1. Simple arithmetic crossover.<br />

vt i and vt j arecrossedoveratthekth position, where k is a random <strong>in</strong>teger<br />

between 1 and m. The result<strong>in</strong>g offspr<strong>in</strong>gs are:<br />

v t+1<br />

i = v t i,1,...,v t i,k|v t j,k+1,...,v t <br />

j,m<br />

(E.8)<br />

v t+1<br />

j = v t j,1,...,v t j,k|v t i,k+1,...,v t <br />

i,m . (E.9)<br />

2. Whole arithmetic crossover.<br />

A l<strong>in</strong>ear comb<strong>in</strong>ation of vt i and vt j result<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>:<br />

where the parameter r ∼ U[0, 1].<br />

3. Heuristic crossover.<br />

vt i and vt j are comb<strong>in</strong>ed such that:<br />

v t+1<br />

i = r v t i +(1− r) v t j (E.10)<br />

v t+1<br />

j = (1− r) v t i + r v t j, (E.11)<br />

v t+1<br />

i = v t i + r1 (v t i − v t j) (E.12)<br />

v t+1<br />

j = v t j + r2 (v t j − v t i), (E.13)<br />

where the parameters r1 ∼ U[0, 1] and r2 ∼ U[0, 1].<br />

Mutation operators<br />

For mutation operations, s<strong>in</strong>gle chromosomes are selected.<br />

1. Uniform mutation.<br />

A randomly selected element vt i,k , k ∈{1, 2,...,m} is replaced by v′ k ,which<br />

<br />

is a random number <strong>in</strong> the range vm<strong>in</strong> i,k ,vmax<br />

<br />

i,k . The result<strong>in</strong>g chromosome<br />

is:<br />

v t+1<br />

i =(vt i,1,...,v t i,k−1,v ′ k,v t i,k+1,...,v t i,m). (E.14)


150 Appendix E. Genetic Algorithms<br />

Root Mean−Squared Error<br />

1.6<br />

1.4<br />

1.2<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100<br />

Generation<br />

Figure E.5: Root mean-squared error as function of the generation.<br />

2. Multiple uniform mutation.<br />

Uniform mutation of n elements <strong>in</strong> the chromosome vt i , where n is a randomly<br />

selected <strong>in</strong>teger between 1 and m. The position of each of the n elements <strong>in</strong><br />

the chromosome is aga<strong>in</strong> determ<strong>in</strong>ed by a randomly selected <strong>in</strong>teger between<br />

1andm.<br />

3. Gaussian mutation.<br />

All elements of a chromosome are mutated such that:<br />

v t+1<br />

i =(v′ 1,...,v ′ k,...,v ′ m), (E.15)<br />

where v ′ k = vk + fk, k =1, 2,...,m. Here fk is a random number drawn<br />

from a Gaussian distribution with zero mean and an adaptive variance<br />

(T − t) (v<br />

t<br />

max<br />

k<br />

− vm<strong>in</strong><br />

k )<br />

σk = , (E.16)<br />

3<br />

where T denotes the predef<strong>in</strong>ed maximum number of generations. The parameter<br />

tun<strong>in</strong>g performed by this operator becomes f<strong>in</strong>er as the generation<br />

counter t <strong>in</strong>creases.<br />

For an overview of a wide variety of genetic algorithm implementations, selection<br />

procedures, genetic operators, etc., the reader is referred to (Bäck et al. 2000a,Bäck<br />

et al. 2000b).<br />

In this example, it is chosen to let the parameters def<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the membership functions<br />

be subject of the GA optimization. The parameters of the local l<strong>in</strong>ear models<br />

are determ<strong>in</strong>ed through LS optimization (once the membership functions are def<strong>in</strong>ed).<br />

One could for example also choose to optimize both the parameters def<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g<br />

the membership functions and the parameters of the local l<strong>in</strong>ear models us<strong>in</strong>g the


E.3. Theoretical Foundation 151<br />

Membership degree<br />

Membership degree<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

Z 11<br />

Z 12<br />

0<br />

−1 −0.5 0<br />

x<br />

1<br />

0.5 1<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

Z 21<br />

Z 22<br />

0<br />

−1 −0.5 0<br />

x<br />

2<br />

0.5 1<br />

Figure E.6: The optimal membership functions Z11, Z12, Z21 and Z22.<br />

GA. However, this <strong>in</strong>creases the number of parameters to be optimized by the<br />

GA from 4 to 16 and overcomplicates the optimization process by <strong>in</strong>troduc<strong>in</strong>g<br />

additional degrees of freedom.<br />

E.2.6 Result<br />

Figure E.5 illustrates the convergence of the GA towards the optimal result. The<br />

optimal fitness value is equal to root mean-squared error of RMSE = 0.6479. Due<br />

to the small number of parameters to be optimized, the optimal value is reached<br />

<strong>in</strong> the 56th generation. The optimal membership functions are illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure<br />

E.6 and the correspond<strong>in</strong>g rule-base is as follows:<br />

R1 : If x1 is Z11 and x2 is Z21 then ˆy = 4.30 + 32.9x1 +32.9x2<br />

R2 : If x1 is Z11 and x2 is Z22 then ˆy = 1.02 + 32.9x1 +1.63x2<br />

R3 : If x1 is Z12 and x2 is Z21 then ˆy = 1.02 + 1.63x1 +32.9x2<br />

R4 : If x1 is Z12 and x2 is Z22 then ˆy = −2.26 + 1.63x1 +1.63x2.<br />

The output of the optimal TS fuzzy model is illustrated <strong>in</strong> Figure E.7a, while the<br />

modell<strong>in</strong>g error with respect to the orig<strong>in</strong>al data (see Figure E.2) is illustrated <strong>in</strong><br />

Figure E.7b.<br />

E.3 Theoretical Foundation<br />

Although GAs are widely applied, there is a profound lack of hard theory accompany<strong>in</strong>g<br />

the empirical results provided by GA researchers (White and Flockton 1995).<br />

The description of GAs as schema process<strong>in</strong>g algorithms was first set out<br />

by Holland (1975) and forms the foundation of many of the theoretical results.<br />

Other methods based on Walsh functions (Goldberg and Rudnick 1990, Forrest


152 Appendix E. Genetic Algorithms<br />

y<br />

0<br />

−50<br />

−100<br />

1<br />

0<br />

x 2<br />

−1<br />

(a) Output of the optimal TS fuzzy model.<br />

−1<br />

x 1<br />

0<br />

1<br />

y<br />

2<br />

0<br />

−2<br />

−4<br />

1<br />

0<br />

x 2<br />

−1<br />

(b) Modell<strong>in</strong>g error of the optimal TS fuzzy<br />

model.<br />

Figure E.7: Output (left) and modell<strong>in</strong>g error (right) of the optimal TS fuzzy model.<br />

See Figure E.2 for the orig<strong>in</strong>al data.<br />

and Mitchell 1992, Field 1994), Markov cha<strong>in</strong>s (Goldberg and Segrest 1987, Davis<br />

and Pr<strong>in</strong>cipe 1993), statistical mechanics (Prügel-Bennett and Shapiro 1994) and<br />

simulated anneal<strong>in</strong>g-like convergence analysis (Goldberg 1987) have s<strong>in</strong>ce been developed<br />

and have attempted, <strong>in</strong> their turn, to provide a quantitative explanation<br />

of the dynamics of the GA.<br />

For the class of Elitist GAs it is proven that it converges to the optimum of<br />

the fitness function (Jong 1975, Suzuki 1995). However, despite of the vast amount<br />

of effort spent, it cannot be proven for other (simple) GAs (Lozano et al. 1999).<br />

Other proofs of convergence <strong>in</strong>volve simulated anneal<strong>in</strong>g-like genetic algorithms.<br />

E.4 Application Areas<br />

Genetic algorithms are widely applied <strong>in</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g (rout<strong>in</strong>g, schedul<strong>in</strong>g, pack<strong>in</strong>g),<br />

design, simulation and identification, control and classification (Bäck et al. 2000a).<br />

Optimization problems <strong>in</strong> these areas are typically constra<strong>in</strong>ed, non-convex<br />

optimization problems that <strong>in</strong>volve both cont<strong>in</strong>uous as well as b<strong>in</strong>ary or <strong>in</strong>teger<br />

parameters, i.e. hybrid optimization problems. Unlike gradient-based optimization<br />

techniques, GAs are well suited for these k<strong>in</strong>d of optimization problems. The ma<strong>in</strong><br />

disadvantage of GAs is the computational effort needed to solve an optimization<br />

problem.<br />

−1<br />

x 1<br />

0<br />

1


F<br />

L<strong>in</strong>ear Matrix Inequalities for<br />

<strong>Control</strong><br />

In this appendix it is briefly expla<strong>in</strong>ed how the robust control problem is def<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

through l<strong>in</strong>ear matrix <strong>in</strong>equalities. More specifically, the output-feedback<br />

robust control problem is considered.<br />

This appendix is organized as follows: The output-feedback H∞ control problem<br />

is expla<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> Section F.1. In Section F.2 it is described how the output-feedback<br />

H∞ control problem is transformed <strong>in</strong>to a L<strong>in</strong>ear Matrix Inequality (LMI). How<br />

to transform constra<strong>in</strong>ts on the location of the controller poles <strong>in</strong>to LMIs is briefly<br />

discussed <strong>in</strong> Section F.3.<br />

F.1 Output-feedback H∞ <strong>Control</strong> Problem<br />

Suppose a l<strong>in</strong>ear time-<strong>in</strong>variant open-loop system is described by:<br />

⎡ ⎤ ⎡<br />

˙x A<br />

⎣z⎦<br />

= ⎣ C1<br />

B1<br />

D11<br />

B2<br />

D12<br />

⎤ ⎡ ⎤<br />

x<br />

⎦ ⎣w⎦<br />

,<br />

y<br />

u<br />

C2 D21 D22<br />

with state x, exogenous <strong>in</strong>puts w, control <strong>in</strong>puts u, controlled outputs z and measured<br />

outputs y. The assumptions on the plant parameters are:<br />

1. (A, B2,C2) is stabilizable and detectable.<br />

2. D22 =0.<br />

The first assumption is necessary and sufficient to allow for plant stabilization by<br />

dynamic output feedback. The second assumption is considerably simplify<strong>in</strong>g the<br />

equations, while it <strong>in</strong>curs no loss of generality.<br />

The output-feedback controller is a f<strong>in</strong>ite dimensional l<strong>in</strong>ear time-<strong>in</strong>variant system<br />

described as:<br />

153


154 Appendix F. L<strong>in</strong>ear Matrix Inequalities for <strong>Control</strong><br />

Figure F.1: Robust control design problem.<br />

<br />

˙xK<br />

=<br />

u<br />

AK BK<br />

CK DK<br />

<br />

xK<br />

,<br />

y<br />

where xK is the state of the controller. The closed-loop system therefore becomes<br />

(see also Figure F.1):<br />

⎡<br />

<br />

˙ξ<br />

= ⎣<br />

z<br />

=<br />

A + BDKC BCK B1 + BDKF<br />

BKC AK BKF<br />

C1 + EDKC ECK D1 + EDKF<br />

A B<br />

C D<br />

ξ<br />

w<br />

<br />

,<br />

⎤<br />

<br />

⎦<br />

ξ<br />

w<br />

where ξ = T x xK . The suboptimal H∞ control problem of parameter γ consists<br />

of f<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g a controller K such that (Gah<strong>in</strong>et and Apkarian 1994):<br />

1. The closed-loop system is <strong>in</strong>ternally stable.<br />

2. The H∞ norm of Tzw(s) =D + C(sI −A) −1 B (the maximum ga<strong>in</strong> from w<br />

to z) is strictly less than γ, i.e.<br />

F.2 LMI Approach<br />

||Tzw||∞


F.2. LMI Approach 155<br />

to be solved. These nonl<strong>in</strong>earities can be elim<strong>in</strong>ated by an appropriate change of<br />

controller variables. This change of variables was <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> (Gah<strong>in</strong>et 1996) and<br />

is implicitly def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> terms of the (unknown) Lyapunov matrix X. Specifically,<br />

partition X and its <strong>in</strong>verse as:<br />

X =<br />

R M<br />

M T U<br />

<br />

, X −1 =<br />

The new controller variables are def<strong>in</strong>ed as:<br />

BK := NBK + SB2DK<br />

<br />

S N<br />

N T <br />

. (F.3)<br />

V<br />

CK := CKM T + DKC2R (F.4)<br />

AK := NAKM T + NBKC2R + SB2CKM T + S(A + B2DKC2)R.<br />

The identity XX −1 = I together with Equation F.3 gives:<br />

MN T = I − RS. (F.5)<br />

Thus, M and N have full row rank when I − RS is <strong>in</strong>vertible. The <strong>in</strong>vertibility of<br />

I − RS can be assumed without loss of generality, see Lemma 4.2 <strong>in</strong> Chilali and<br />

Gah<strong>in</strong>et (1996).<br />

Theorem F.1<br />

The output-feedback H∞ control problem is solvable if and only if the follow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

system of LMIs is feasible:<br />

<br />

R<br />

I<br />

<br />

I<br />

> 0<br />

S<br />

⎡<br />

AR + B2<br />

⎢<br />

⎣<br />

(F.6)<br />

ĈK +(∗)<br />

(B1 + B2DKD21)<br />

∗ ∗ ∗<br />

T ÂK +(A + B2DKC2)<br />

−γI ∗ ∗<br />

T SB1 + ˆ BKD21 SA + ˆ C1R + D12<br />

BKC2 +(∗) ∗<br />

ĈK D11 + D12DKD21 C1 + D12DKC2<br />

⎤<br />

⎥<br />

⎦ < 0,<br />

−γI<br />

(F.7)<br />

where “ ∗ ” denotes the complex-conjugate transpose. See (Chilali and Gah<strong>in</strong>et<br />

1996) for the proof of this theorem. <br />

Given any solution of this LMI system:<br />

• Compute via s<strong>in</strong>gular value decomposition a full-rank factorization MN T =<br />

I − RS of the matrix I − RS (M and N are then square and <strong>in</strong>vertible).<br />

• Solve the system of l<strong>in</strong>ear Equations F.4 for BK, CK and AK (<strong>in</strong> this order)<br />

• Set K(s) :=DK + CK(sI − AK) −1 BK.<br />

Then K(s) isannth order controller such that ||Tzw(s)||∞


156 Appendix F. L<strong>in</strong>ear Matrix Inequalities for <strong>Control</strong><br />

Figure F.2: Region S(α, r, θ). Source: (Chilali and Apkarian, 1996).<br />

The LMI formulation of constra<strong>in</strong>ed H∞ optimization is appeal<strong>in</strong>g from a practical<br />

standpo<strong>in</strong>t. LMIs can be solved by efficient <strong>in</strong>terior-po<strong>in</strong>t optimization algorithms<br />

such as those described <strong>in</strong> for example (Nesterov and Nemirovskii 1993).<br />

F.3 Pole Placement<br />

The transient response of a l<strong>in</strong>ear system is related to the location of its poles.<br />

By constra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the poles to lie <strong>in</strong> a prescribed region, a satisfactory transient<br />

response can be ensured. In addition, fast controller dynamics can be prevented<br />

by prohibit<strong>in</strong>g large closed-loop poles, which is often desirable for digital implementation.<br />

One way of simultaneously tun<strong>in</strong>g the H∞ performance and transient<br />

behavior is therefore to comb<strong>in</strong>e the H∞ and pole placement objectives.<br />

Regions of <strong>in</strong>terest <strong>in</strong>clude α-stability regions Re(s) ≤ −α, vertical strips,<br />

disks and conic sectors. Another <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g region for control purposes is the set<br />

S(α, r, θ) of complex numbers x + jy such that:<br />

x


F.3. Pole Placement 157<br />

matrix α =[αkl] ∈ R m×m and a matrix β =[βkl] ∈ R m×m such that:<br />

with<br />

D = {z ∈ C : fD(z) < 0} (F.9)<br />

fD(z) :=α + zβ + zβ =[αkl + βklz + βlkz] 1≤k,l≤m . (F.10)<br />

Note that the characteristic function fD takes values <strong>in</strong> the space of m × m Hermitian<br />

matrices and that “< 0” stands for negative def<strong>in</strong>ite. <br />

In other words, an LMI region is a subset of the complex plane that is representable<br />

by an LMI <strong>in</strong> z and z, or equivalently, an LMI <strong>in</strong> x = Re(z) andy = Im(z). As a<br />

result, LMI regions are convex. Moreover, LMI regions are symmetric with respect<br />

to the real axis s<strong>in</strong>ce for any z ∈D, fD(z) =fD(z) < 0. For more details, the<br />

reader is referred to (Chilali and Gah<strong>in</strong>et 1996).


158 Appendix F. L<strong>in</strong>ear Matrix Inequalities for <strong>Control</strong>


Acknowledgements<br />

In the first place I would like to thank Henk Verbruggen and Gerard Schram for<br />

giv<strong>in</strong>g me the opportunity to work for the European project named “Affordable<br />

Fly-By-Wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s for Small Commercial Aircraft” (ADFCS).<br />

Their preparation work and supervision dur<strong>in</strong>g the first year made it possible for<br />

me to get started immediately and to quickly catch up with the project. I would<br />

also like to thank Robert Babuˇska, who became my supervisor after one year and<br />

later also my promotor. He gave me the freedom to f<strong>in</strong>d my own way, but he was<br />

always available for a technical discussion or to provide me with whatever I needed<br />

to make my (professional) life easier. I also acknowledge the help of the support<strong>in</strong>g<br />

staff of the department.<br />

I would like to thank all the people who worked for ADFCS for their numerous<br />

constructive comments and suggestions and for the useful discussions. I valued the<br />

personal contact and the atmosphere dur<strong>in</strong>g the meet<strong>in</strong>gs and the flight simulator<br />

sessions, both from a professional as well as personal po<strong>in</strong>t of view.<br />

Dur<strong>in</strong>g my stay <strong>in</strong> Örebro, Sweden, <strong>in</strong> the beg<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g of 2002 I have worked on<br />

scheduled robust multivariable control together with Dimiter Driankov and Pontus<br />

Bergsten. The cooperation and discussions greatly improved my understand<strong>in</strong>g on<br />

the subject and I would like to thank them for that.<br />

Furthermore, I would like to acknowledge the European Union and Marie Curie<br />

Foundation for their f<strong>in</strong>ancial support.<br />

Regard<strong>in</strong>g the non-scientific aspects, I am grateful for the social activities at<br />

the department, ma<strong>in</strong>ly organized by De Biercommissie and friends. I have enjoyed<br />

the many (at random) bierages and all the other activities that have taken place.<br />

Because of them it was possible for me to f<strong>in</strong>d a good balance between work<strong>in</strong>g<br />

and hav<strong>in</strong>g fun.<br />

I take this opportunity to thank my parents, brothers and other friends for<br />

their social support. Although they have not been directly <strong>in</strong>volved <strong>in</strong> my life as a<br />

scientist, they are important to me as a person. In particular I would like to thank<br />

Daniela for her love and for withstand<strong>in</strong>g the tension and frustration that haunted<br />

the house from time to time dur<strong>in</strong>g the writ<strong>in</strong>g of this thesis.<br />

F<strong>in</strong>ally I would like to thank my paranimphen Domenico Bellomo and Hans<br />

Roubos for the pleasant work<strong>in</strong>g environment when we shared an office and for<br />

assist<strong>in</strong>g me dur<strong>in</strong>g the defence of this thesis.<br />

Marcel Oosterom Rotterdam, May 2005<br />

159


160 Acknowledgements


Curriculum Vitae<br />

Marcel Oosterom was born on March 1, 1974 <strong>in</strong> Deurne, The Netherlands. In June<br />

1998 he received his M.Sc. degree from the Delft University of Technology, Faculty<br />

of Aeronautical Eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g, Department of <strong>Control</strong> & Simulation. The thesis<br />

was entitled “<strong>Flight</strong> control dur<strong>in</strong>g f<strong>in</strong>al approach <strong>in</strong> w<strong>in</strong>dshear - The MBPC approach”.<br />

From September 1998 he worked almost six years for the European project<br />

“Affordable Digital Fly-By-Wire <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s for Small Commercial<br />

Aircraft” on <strong>in</strong>telligent flight control at the <strong>Control</strong> Laboratory of the Faculty of<br />

Electrical Eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g (now part of the Delft Center for <strong>System</strong>s and <strong>Control</strong>).<br />

Dur<strong>in</strong>g this period he spent three months at the Örebro University, Center for<br />

Applied Autonomous Sensor <strong>System</strong>s, Sweden.<br />

S<strong>in</strong>ce February 2005 he is employed at Huisman-Itrec, Schiedam, The Netherlands,<br />

work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the field of control system eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

161


162 Curriculum Vitae


Chapters <strong>in</strong> books<br />

List of Publications<br />

1. Schram G., M. Oosterom, and H.B. Verbruggen, “Fuzzy Model<strong>in</strong>g and <strong>Control</strong><br />

<strong>in</strong> Avionics”. In “Fuzzy Logic <strong>Control</strong> - Advances <strong>in</strong> Applications”, Verbruggen<br />

and Babuˇska (Eds.), World Scientific Series <strong>in</strong> Robotics and Intelligent<br />

<strong>System</strong>s, Vol. 23, pp. 275-291, 1999.<br />

2. Babuˇska R. and M. Oosterom, “Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g for Multiple-Model Approaches<br />

<strong>in</strong> <strong>System</strong> Identification and <strong>Control</strong>”. In “Granular <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> -<br />

An Emerg<strong>in</strong>g Paradigm”, Physica-Verlag, pp. 306-323, 2001.<br />

Scientific journal publications<br />

3. Oosterom M., R. Babuˇska and H.B. Verbruggen, “<strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Applications<br />

<strong>in</strong> Aircraft Sensor Management and <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> Law Reconfiguration”.<br />

IEEE Transactions on <strong>System</strong>s, Man and Cybernetics - Part C:<br />

Applications and Reviews, Vol. 32, No. 2, May 2002.<br />

4. Oosterom M. and R. Babuˇska, “<strong>Design</strong> of a Ga<strong>in</strong>-Schedul<strong>in</strong>g Mechanism for<br />

<strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> Laws us<strong>in</strong>g Fuzzy Cluster<strong>in</strong>g”. Accepted for publication <strong>in</strong><br />

the <strong>Control</strong> Eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g Practice Journal.<br />

5. Oosterom M. and R. Babuˇska, “Virtual Angle-of-Attack Sensor”. Submitted<br />

to the Journal of Aircraft.<br />

6. Oosterom M. and R. Babuˇska, “Scheduled Robust Multivariable <strong>Control</strong>”.<br />

Submitted to the <strong>Control</strong> Eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g Practice Journal.<br />

Conference publications<br />

7. Oosterom M., G. Schram, H.B. Verbruggen and R. Babuˇska, “Automated<br />

Procedure for Ga<strong>in</strong> Scheduled <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> Law <strong>Design</strong>”. In: Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs<br />

of the AIAA Guidance Navigation and <strong>Control</strong> Conference, AIAA-2000-4253,<br />

Denver, CO, USA, 2000.<br />

8. Oosterom M. and R. Babuˇska, “Virtual Sensor for Fault Detection and Isolation<br />

<strong>in</strong> <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s - Fuzzy Model<strong>in</strong>g Approach”. In: Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs<br />

of the IEEE Conference on Decision and <strong>Control</strong>, Sydney, Australia, pp.<br />

2645-2650, 2000.<br />

163


164 Publications<br />

9. Oosterom M. and R. Babuˇska, “Fuzzy Logic Applications <strong>in</strong> Aircraft Sensor<br />

Management <strong>System</strong>s”. In: Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of the 40th Israel Annual Conference<br />

on Aerospace Sciences, Tel Aviv/Haifa, Israel, pp. 160-167, 2001.<br />

10. Oosterom M. and R. Babuˇska, “Aircraft Sensor Management and <strong>Flight</strong><br />

<strong>Control</strong> Law Reconfiguration - Fuzzy Logic Approach”. In: Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of<br />

the AIAA Guidance Navigation and <strong>Control</strong> Conference, AIAA-2001-4358,<br />

Montreal, Canada, 2001.<br />

11. Oosterom M. and R. Babuˇska, “Fuzzy Ga<strong>in</strong> Schedul<strong>in</strong>g for <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong><br />

Laws”. In: Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of the FUZZ’IEEE Conference, Melbourne, Australia,<br />

pp. 716-719, 2001.<br />

12. Abonji J., J.A. Roubos, M. Oosterom and F. Szeifert, “Compact TS-Fuzzy<br />

Models through Cluster<strong>in</strong>g and OLS plus FIS Model Reduction”. In: Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs<br />

of the FUZZ’IEEE Conference, Melbourne, Australia, pp. 1-4, 2001.<br />

13. Oosterom M. and R. Babuˇska, “Fuzzy Ga<strong>in</strong>-Scheduled H∞ <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong><br />

Law <strong>Design</strong>”. In: Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of the AIAA Guidance Navigation and <strong>Control</strong><br />

Conference, AIAA-2002-4847, Monterey, CA, USA, 2002.<br />

14. Babuˇska R. and M. Oosterom, “<strong>Design</strong> of Optimal Membership Functions<br />

for Fuzzy Ga<strong>in</strong>-Scheduled <strong>Control</strong>”. In: Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of the FUZZ’IEEE Conference,<br />

St. Louis, MO, pp. 476-481, 2003.


Bibliography<br />

Alony, A., E. Wahnon and M. Attar (1998), SCA fly<strong>in</strong>g qualities requirements for<br />

control law design, Technical Report Deliverable 2.3, BE97-4098, ADFCS.<br />

Amato, F., R. Iervol<strong>in</strong>o, U. C<strong>in</strong>iglio and L. Verde (2001), Application of Robust<br />

<strong>Control</strong> Techniques to <strong>Design</strong> of Aircraft fly-By-Wire flight <strong>Control</strong> Laws, <strong>in</strong><br />

“Proc. of the 41st Israel Annual Conference on Aerospace Sciences”, Tel-Aviv,<br />

Israel, pp. 149–159.<br />

Apkarian, P. and P. Gah<strong>in</strong>et (1995), “A convex characterization of ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled<br />

H∞ controller”, IEEE Transactions on Automatic <strong>Control</strong> 40(5), 853–864.<br />

Apkarian, P., P. Gah<strong>in</strong>et and G. Becker (1995), “Self-scheduled H∞ control of l<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

parameter-vary<strong>in</strong>g systems: a design example”, Automatica 31(9), 1251–<br />

1261.<br />

Apkarian, P., P.C. Pellandra and H.D. Tuan (2000), Mixed H2/H∞ multi-channel<br />

l<strong>in</strong>ear parameter-vary<strong>in</strong>g control <strong>in</strong> discrete time, <strong>in</strong> “Proc. of ACC”, Vol. 2,<br />

Chicago, IL, USA, pp. 1322–1326.<br />

Aström, K.J. and B. Wittenmark (1997), Computer-controlled systems: Theory<br />

and design, Prentice Hall <strong>in</strong>formation and system sciences series, 3rd edn,<br />

Upper Saddle River: Prentice-Hall.<br />

Babuˇska, R. (1998), Fuzzy Model<strong>in</strong>g for <strong>Control</strong>, International series <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>telligent<br />

technologies, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston.<br />

Babuˇska, R. and M. Oosterom (2003), <strong>Design</strong> of optimal membership functions for<br />

fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled control, <strong>in</strong> “Proc. of the 12th International Conference<br />

on Fuzzy <strong>System</strong>s”, Vol. 1, St. Louis, MO, USA, pp. 476–481.<br />

Bäck, T., D.B. Fogel and Z. Michalewicz, eds (2000a), Evolutionary Computation<br />

1 – Basic Algorithms and Operators, Institute of Physics Publish<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Bäck, T., D.B. Fogel and Z. Michalewicz, eds (2000b), Evolutionary Computation<br />

2 – Advanced Algorithms and Operators, Institute of Physics Publish<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Backer, E. (1995), Computer-Assisted Reason<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> Cluster Analysis, Prentice<br />

Hall, New York.<br />

Balas, G., J.C. Doyle, K. Glover, A.K. Packard and R. Smith, eds (1991), µ analysis<br />

and synthesis toolbox., The MathWorks Inc. and The MUSYN Inc.<br />

165


166 Bibliography<br />

Bezdek, J.C. (1980), “A convergence theorem for the fuzzy isodata cluster<strong>in</strong>g algorithms”,<br />

IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Mach<strong>in</strong>e Intelligence<br />

2(1), 1–8.<br />

Bezdek, J.C. (1981), Pattern Recognition with Fuzzy Objective Function, Plenum<br />

Press, New York.<br />

Bishop, C. (1995), Neural Networks for Pattern Recognition, University Press,<br />

Oxford.<br />

Boyd, S., L. El Ghaoui, E. Feron and V. Balakrishnan (1994), L<strong>in</strong>ear Matrix<br />

Inequalities <strong>in</strong> <strong>System</strong>s and <strong>Control</strong> Theory, SIAM Studies <strong>in</strong> Applied Mathematics<br />

15, SIAM, Philadelphia.<br />

Briere, D., C. Favre and P. Traverse (1995), “A family of fault-tolerant systems:<br />

electrical flight controls, from Airbus A320/330/340 to future military transport<br />

aircraft”, Microprocessors and Microsystems 19(2), 75–82.<br />

Campos-Delgado, D.U. and K. Zhou (2001), “H∞ strong stabilization”, IEEE<br />

Trans. on Automatic <strong>Control</strong> 46(12), 1968–1972.<br />

Cao, Y-Y. and J. Lam (2000), “On simultaneous H∞ control and strong<br />

H∞ stabilization”, Automatica 36(6), 859–865.<br />

Chilali, M. and P. Gah<strong>in</strong>et (1996), “H∞ <strong>Design</strong> with Pole Placement Constra<strong>in</strong>ts:<br />

An LMI Approach”, IEEE Transactions on Automatic <strong>Control</strong> 41(3), 358–<br />

367.<br />

Chow, E.Y. and A.S. Willsky (1984), “Analytical redundancy and the design of<br />

robust failure detection systems”, IEEE Transactions on Automatic <strong>Control</strong><br />

29(7), 603–614.<br />

C<strong>in</strong>iglio, U. (2002), Synthetic environment, Technical Report ADFCS-<br />

II/CIRA/T1.2/DOC/EML/024, CIRA.<br />

Coll<strong>in</strong>son, R.P.G. (1999), “Fly-by-wire flight control”, <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong> and <strong>Control</strong> Eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Journal 10(4), 141–152.<br />

Cooper, G.E. and R.P. Harper Jr. (1969), The use of pilot rat<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the evaluation<br />

of aircraft handl<strong>in</strong>g qualities, Technical Report NASA TN D-5153, NASA.<br />

Dave, R.N. (1991), “Characterization and detection of noise <strong>in</strong> cluster<strong>in</strong>g”, Pattern<br />

Recognition Letters 12(11), 657–664.<br />

Davis, T.E. and J.C. Pr<strong>in</strong>cipe (1993), “A markov cha<strong>in</strong> framework for the simple<br />

genetic algorithm”, Evolutionary Computation 1(3), 269–288.<br />

Doyle, J.C., K. Glover, P.P. Khargonekar and B.A. Francis (1989), “State-space<br />

solutions to standard H2 and H∞ control problems”, IEEE Transactions on<br />

Automatic <strong>Control</strong> 34(8), 831–847.<br />

Etk<strong>in</strong>, B. (1972), Dynamics of Atmospheric <strong>Flight</strong>, John Wiley and Sons, New<br />

York.


Bibliography 167<br />

Fausett, L. (1994), Fundamentals of Neural Networks, Prentice-Hall.<br />

Field, P. (1994), Walsh and partition functions made easy, <strong>in</strong> “Proc. of the AISB<br />

Workshop on Evolutionary <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong>”, Leeds, England.<br />

Forrest, S. and M. Mitchell (1992), “What makes a problem hard for a genetic<br />

algorithm? some anomalous results and their explanation”, Mach<strong>in</strong>e Learn<strong>in</strong>g<br />

13, 285–319.<br />

Frank, P.M. (1990), “Fault diagnosis <strong>in</strong> dynamic systems us<strong>in</strong>g analytical and<br />

knowledge-based redundancy: A survey and some new results”, Automatica<br />

26(3), 459–474.<br />

Frank, P.M. and T. Marcu (1999), Fuzzy Techniques <strong>in</strong> Fault Detection, Isolation<br />

and Diagnosis, Vol. 23 of In: Verbruggen H.B. and R. Babuˇska (Eds.), ”Fuzzy<br />

Logic <strong>Control</strong>: Advances <strong>in</strong> Applications”, World Scientific Series <strong>in</strong> Robotics<br />

and Intelligent <strong>System</strong>s, World Scientific, pp. 135–159.<br />

Fujimori, A., Z. Wu, P.N. Nikiforuk and M.M. Gupta (1997), A design of a flight<br />

control system us<strong>in</strong>g fuzzy ga<strong>in</strong>-schedul<strong>in</strong>g, <strong>in</strong> “Proc. of AIAA Guidance Navigation<br />

and <strong>Control</strong> Conference”, AIAA-97-3760, Albuquerque, NM, USA,<br />

pp. 1647–1653.<br />

Gah<strong>in</strong>et, P. (1996), “Explicit controller fromulas for lmi-based H∞ synthesis”, Automatica<br />

32(7), 1007–1014.<br />

Gah<strong>in</strong>et, P. and P. Apkarian (1994), “A l<strong>in</strong>ear matrix <strong>in</strong>equality approach to<br />

H∞ control”, International Journal of Robust and Nonl<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>Control</strong> 4, 421–<br />

448.<br />

Garcia, C.E., D.M. Prett and M. Morari (1989), “Model predictive control: Theory<br />

and practice - a survey”, Automatica 25(3), 335–348.<br />

Garduno-Ramirez, R. and K.Y. Lee (2000), Fuzzy schedul<strong>in</strong>g control of a power<br />

plant, <strong>in</strong> “Power Eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g Society W<strong>in</strong>ter Meet<strong>in</strong>g”, Vol. 1.<br />

Garg, S. (1997), “A simplified scheme for schedul<strong>in</strong>g multivariable controllers”,<br />

IEEE <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s Magaz<strong>in</strong>e 17(4), 24–30.<br />

Gath, I. and A.B. Geva (1989), “Unsupervised optimal fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g”, IEEE<br />

Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Mach<strong>in</strong>e Intelligence 11(7), 773–780.<br />

Gibson, J.C. (1999), Development of a methodology for excellence <strong>in</strong> handl<strong>in</strong>g qualities<br />

design for fly by wire aircraft, Delft University Press, Delft, The Netherlands.<br />

Goldberg, D.E. (1987), Simple genetic algorithms and the m<strong>in</strong>imal deceptive problem,<br />

In: Davis L. (Ed.), ”Genetic Algorithms and Simulated Anneal<strong>in</strong>g”, Research<br />

Notes <strong>in</strong> Aritificial Intelligence, Pitman, London, pp. 74–88.<br />

Goldberg, D.E. (1989), Genetic Algorithms <strong>in</strong> Search, Optimization, and Mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

Learn<strong>in</strong>g, Addison-Wesley.


168 Bibliography<br />

Goldberg, D.E. (1990), Real-coded genetic algorithms, virtual alphabets and block<strong>in</strong>g,<br />

Technical Report No. 90001, University of Ill<strong>in</strong>ois, Urbana-Champaign,<br />

IL.<br />

Goldberg, D.E. and M. Rudnick (1990), Genetic algorithms and the variance of<br />

fitness, Technical Report CS/E 90-011, Department of Computer Science and<br />

Eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g, Oregon Graduate Institute for Science and Technology, Beaverton,<br />

OR.<br />

Goldberg, D.E. and P. Segrest (1987), F<strong>in</strong>ite Markov cha<strong>in</strong> analysis of genetic<br />

algorithms, <strong>in</strong> “J.J. Grefenstette (ed.). Genetic Algorithms and Their Applications.<br />

Proc. of the 2nd Int. Conf. on Genetic Algorithms”, Hillsdale, NJ,<br />

pp. 1–8.<br />

Gonsalves, P.G. and G.L. Zacharias (1994), Fuzzy logic ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g for flight<br />

control, <strong>in</strong> “IEEE World Congress on Computational Intelligence, Proc. of<br />

the 3rd IEEE Conference on Fuzzy <strong>System</strong>s”, Vol. 2, pp. 952–957.<br />

Gopisetty, S.M. and R.F. Stengel (1998), Detect<strong>in</strong>g and identify<strong>in</strong>g multiple failures<br />

<strong>in</strong> flight control systems, <strong>in</strong> “Proc. of 36th Aerospace Sciences Meet<strong>in</strong>g<br />

and Exhibit”, AIAA 98-4488, Reno.<br />

Gurney, K. (1997), An Introduction to Neural Networks, UCL Press.<br />

Gustafson, D.E. and W.C. Kessel (1979), Fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g with a fuzzy covariance<br />

matrix, <strong>in</strong> “Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of the IEEE Conference on Decision and <strong>Control</strong>”,<br />

San Diego, CA, pp. 761–766.<br />

Hanzevack, E.L., T.W. Long, C.M. Atk<strong>in</strong>son and M.L. Traver (1997), Virtual<br />

sensors for spark ignition eng<strong>in</strong>es us<strong>in</strong>g neural networks, <strong>in</strong> “Proc. of the<br />

ACC”, Vol. 1, Albuquerque, NM, pp. 669–673.<br />

Hayk<strong>in</strong>, S. (1999), Neural Networks, Prentice-Hall, 2nd Edition.<br />

Heesbeen, W.W.M. (2001), Guidel<strong>in</strong>es on develop<strong>in</strong>g simul<strong>in</strong>k models for realtime<br />

implementation <strong>in</strong> the NLR research flight simulator, Technical report,<br />

National Aerospace Laboratory (NLR), Amsterdam, The Netherlands.<br />

Hodgk<strong>in</strong>son, J. (1999), Aircraft handl<strong>in</strong>g qualities, Oxford: Blackwell Science,<br />

Great Brittan.<br />

Holland, J.H. (1975), Adaptation <strong>in</strong> Natural and Artificial <strong>System</strong>s; An Introductory<br />

Analysis with Applications to Biology, <strong>Control</strong>, and Artificial Intelligence,<br />

MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts.<br />

Hyde, R.A. and K. Glover (1993), “The application of scheduled H∞ controllers<br />

to a vstol aircraft”, IEEE Trans. on Automatic <strong>Control</strong> 38(7), 1021–1039.<br />

Idan, M., G. Iosilevskii and S. Nazarov (2004), “In-flight weight and balance identification<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g neural networks”, AIAA Journal of Aircraft 41(1), 137–143.<br />

Isermann, R. (1984), “Fault diagnosis of mach<strong>in</strong>es via parameter estimation and<br />

knowledge process<strong>in</strong>g - tutorial paper”, Automatica 29(4), 815–835.


Bibliography 169<br />

Isidori, A. (1989), Nonl<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s; An Introduction, Spr<strong>in</strong>ger-Verlag.<br />

Jong, K.A. De (1975), An analysis of the behaviour of a class of genetic adaptative<br />

systems, PhD thesis, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI.<br />

Kaymak, U. and R. Babuka (1995), Compatible cluster merg<strong>in</strong>g for fuzzy model<strong>in</strong>g,<br />

<strong>in</strong> “Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of the IEEE Int. Conf. on Fuzzy <strong>System</strong>s”, Vol. 2, Yokohama,<br />

Japan, pp. 897–904.<br />

Krishnapuram, R. (1994), Generation of membership functions via possibilistic<br />

cluster<strong>in</strong>g, <strong>in</strong> “IEEE World Congress on Computational Intelligence. Proc. of<br />

the 3rd IEEE Conf. on Fuzzy <strong>System</strong>s”, Vol. 2, Orlando, USA, pp. 902–908.<br />

Krishnapuram, R. and C.-P. Freg (1992), “Fitt<strong>in</strong>g an unknown number of l<strong>in</strong>es and<br />

planes to image data through compatible cluster merg<strong>in</strong>g”, Pattern Recognition<br />

25(4), 385–400.<br />

Lammen, W.F., A.A. ten Dam and W.W.M. Heesbeen (1999), MOSAIC: Automated<br />

simulation model transfer from Matlab/Simul<strong>in</strong>k to EuroSim, Technical<br />

Report NLR-CR-99563, National Aerospace Laboratory (NLR), Amsterdam,<br />

The Netherlands.<br />

Leal, R.R., P. Butler, P. Lane and P.A. Payne (1997), “Data fusion and artificial<br />

neural networks for biomass estimation”, IEE Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs on Science,<br />

Measurement and Technology 144(2), 69–72.<br />

L<strong>in</strong>, Z. and M. Khammash (2001), Robust ga<strong>in</strong>-scheduled aircraft longitud<strong>in</strong>al<br />

controller design us<strong>in</strong>g an H∞ approach, <strong>in</strong> “Proc. of the American <strong>Control</strong><br />

Conference”, Vol. 4, Arl<strong>in</strong>gton, VA, pp. 2724–2729.<br />

Lozano, J.A., P. Larranaga, M. Grana and F.X. Albizuri (1999), “Genetic algorithms:<br />

bridg<strong>in</strong>g the convergence gap”, Theoretical Computer Science<br />

229, 11–22.<br />

Ly, U.-L., A.E. Bryson and R.H. Cannon (1985), “<strong>Design</strong> of low-order compensators<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g parameter optimization”, Automatica 21(3), 315–318.<br />

Maertens, K., J. De Baerdemaeker and R. Babuˇska (2004), “Genetic polynomial regression<br />

as <strong>in</strong>put selection algorithm for non-l<strong>in</strong>ear identification”, <strong>Soft</strong> <strong>Comput<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

Journal (In Press) .<br />

Magni, J.-F., S. Bennani and J. Terlouw (Eds.) (1997), Robust <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong>; A<br />

<strong>Design</strong> Challenge, Lecture Notes <strong>in</strong> <strong>Control</strong> and Information Sciences 224,<br />

Spr<strong>in</strong>ger Verlag, Berl<strong>in</strong>.<br />

McLean, D. (1990), Automatic <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s, Prentice Hall International<br />

Series <strong>in</strong> <strong>System</strong>s and <strong>Control</strong> Eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g, Prentice Hall, New York.<br />

McNichols, K.H. and M. Sami Fadali (2003), “Select<strong>in</strong>g operat<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

for discrete-time ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g”, Computers and Electrical Eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g<br />

(29), 289–301.


170 Bibliography<br />

Menke, T.E. and P.S. Maybeck (1995), “Sensor/actuator failure detection <strong>in</strong> the<br />

vista F-16 by multiple model adaptive estimation”, IEEE Transactions on<br />

Aerospace and Electronic <strong>System</strong>s 31(4), 1218–1229.<br />

Michalewicz, Z. (1996), Genetic Algorithms + Data Structures = Evolution Programs,<br />

3 edn, Spr<strong>in</strong>ger Verlag, Berl<strong>in</strong>.<br />

Murray-Smith, R. and T.A. Johansen (1997), Multiple Model Approaches to Modell<strong>in</strong>g<br />

and <strong>Control</strong>, Taylor and Francis systems and control book series, Taylor<br />

and Francis Ltd, London.<br />

Nesterov, Y. and A. Nemirovskii (1993), Interior-po<strong>in</strong>t polynomial algorithms<br />

<strong>in</strong> convex programm<strong>in</strong>g, SIAM Studies <strong>in</strong> Applied Mathematics 13, SIAM,<br />

Philadelphia, PA.<br />

Nichols, R.A., R.T. Reichert and W.J. Rugh (1993), “Ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g for h-Inf<strong>in</strong>ity<br />

controllers: A flight control example”, IEEE Trans. on <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s Technology<br />

1(2), 69–79.<br />

Ostroff, A.J. (1992), “High-alpha application of variable-ga<strong>in</strong> output feedback control”,<br />

AIAA Journal of Guidance, <strong>Control</strong> and Dynamics 15(2), 491–497.<br />

Pal, N.R. and J.C. Bezdek (1995), “On cluster validity for the fuzzy c-means<br />

model”, IEEE Transactions on Fuzzy <strong>System</strong>s 3(3), 370–379.<br />

Patterson, D. (1996), Artificial Neural Networks, Prentice Hall, S<strong>in</strong>gapore.<br />

Patton, R.J. and J. Chen (1992), A review of parity space approaches to fault<br />

diagnosis applicable to aerospace systems, <strong>in</strong> “Proc. of AIAA Guidance Navigation<br />

and <strong>Control</strong> Conf.”, AIAA 92-4538, Hilton Head, USA, pp. 1–10.<br />

Patton, R.J., P.M. Frank and R.N. Clark (1989), Fault Diagnosis <strong>in</strong> Dynamic <strong>System</strong>s;<br />

Theory and Applications, Prentice-Hall <strong>in</strong>ternational series <strong>in</strong> systems<br />

and control eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g, Prentice Hall, New York.<br />

Pellanda, P.C., P. Apkarian and D. Alazard (2000), Ga<strong>in</strong>-schedul<strong>in</strong>g through cont<strong>in</strong>uation<br />

of oberver-based realizations - applicatons to H∞ and µ controllers,<br />

<strong>in</strong> “Proc. of the 39th IEEE Conf. on Decision and <strong>Control</strong>”, Vol. 3, Sydney,<br />

Australia, pp. 2787–2792.<br />

Perez, R.A. and O.D.I. Nwokah (1991), Full envelope multivariable control of a<br />

gas turb<strong>in</strong>e eng<strong>in</strong>e, <strong>in</strong> “Proc. of ACC”, Boston, MA, USA, pp. 735–740.<br />

Prügel-Bennett, A. and J.L. Shapiro (1994), “Analysis of genetic algorithms us<strong>in</strong>g<br />

statistical mechanics”, Physical Review Letters 72(9), 1305–1309.<br />

Reichert, R.T. (1992), “Dynamic schedul<strong>in</strong>g of modern-robust-control autopilot<br />

designs for missiles”, IEEE <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s Magaz<strong>in</strong>e 12(5), 35–42.<br />

Rosenberg, K. (1998), FCS architecture def<strong>in</strong>ition (issue 1), Technical Report Deliverable<br />

3.4, BE97-4098, ADFCS.


Bibliography 171<br />

Rosenberg, K. (2001), SE Requirements Specifications, Technical Report ADFCS-<br />

II/BS/T1.1/REP/002, BAE SYSTEMS.<br />

Ruijgrok, G.J.J. (1990), Elements of Airplane Performance, Delft University Press,<br />

Delft, The Netherlands.<br />

Rusp<strong>in</strong>i, E. (1970), “Numerical methods for fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g”, Information Sciences<br />

2(3), 319–350.<br />

Schmitt, V.R., J.W. Morris and G.D. Jenney (1998), Fly-by-Wire – A Historical<br />

and <strong>Design</strong> Perspective, SAE International, Warrendale.<br />

Schneider, H. and P.M. Frank (1996), “Observer-based supervision and fault detection<br />

<strong>in</strong> robots us<strong>in</strong>g nonl<strong>in</strong>ear and fuzzy logic residual evaluation”, IEEE<br />

Trans. on <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s Technology 4(3), 274–282.<br />

Schram, G. (1998), Intelligent <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong> - A Fuzzy Logic Approach, PhD<br />

thesis, Delft University of Technology, Delft, The Netherlands.<br />

Schram, G., S.M. Gopisetty and R.F. Stengel (1998), A fuzzy logic-parity space<br />

approach to actuator failure detection and identification, <strong>in</strong> “Proc. of 36th<br />

Aerospace Sciences Meet<strong>in</strong>g and Exhibit”, AIAA 98-1014, Reno, USA.<br />

Setnes, M. and U. Kaymak (1998), Extended fuzzy c-means with volume prototypes<br />

and cluster merg<strong>in</strong>g, <strong>in</strong> “Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of EUFIT ’98”, Aachen, Germany,<br />

pp. 1360–1364.<br />

Shamma, J.S. and M. Athans (1990), “Analysis of ga<strong>in</strong> scheduled control for nonl<strong>in</strong>ear<br />

plants”, IEEE Trans. on Automatic <strong>Control</strong> 35(8), 898–907.<br />

Shamma, J.S. and M. Athans (1992), “Ga<strong>in</strong> schedul<strong>in</strong>g: Potential hazards and<br />

possible remedies”, IEEE <strong>Control</strong> <strong>System</strong>s Magaz<strong>in</strong>e 12(3), 101–107.<br />

Shepherd, A.J. (1997), Second-order methods for neural networks; fast and reliable<br />

tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g metthods for multi-layer perceptrons, Perspectives <strong>in</strong> neural comput<strong>in</strong>g,<br />

Spr<strong>in</strong>ger, London.<br />

Smaili, H. (2001), Simulation of an affordable fly-by-wire system for small commercial<br />

aircraft, <strong>in</strong> “Proc. of AIAA Guidance Navigation and <strong>Control</strong> Conf.”,<br />

number AIAA Paper 2001-4058, Montreal, Canada.<br />

Stengel, R.F., J.R. Broussard and P.W. Berry (1978), “Digital flight control design<br />

for a tandem-rotor helicopter”, Automatica 14, 301–312.<br />

Suzuki, J. (1995), “A Markov cha<strong>in</strong> analysis on simple genetic algorithms”, IEEE<br />

Trans. on <strong>System</strong>s, Man and Cybernetics 25(4), 655–659.<br />

Takagi, T. and M. Sugeno (1985), “Fuzzy identification of systems and its application<br />

to model<strong>in</strong>g and control”, IEEE Trans. <strong>System</strong>s, Man and Cybernetics<br />

15(1), 116–132.<br />

Tischler, M.B. (1996), Advances <strong>in</strong> Aircraft <strong>Flight</strong> <strong>Control</strong>, Taylor and Francis,<br />

London.


172 Bibliography<br />

Wada, T. and K. Osuka (1997), Ga<strong>in</strong> scheduled control of nonl<strong>in</strong>ear systems based<br />

on the l<strong>in</strong>ear-model-sets identification method, <strong>in</strong> “Proceed<strong>in</strong>gs of the IEEE<br />

Conference on Decision and <strong>Control</strong>”, pp. 412–417.<br />

White, M.S. and S.J. Flockton (1995), Modell<strong>in</strong>g the behaviour of the genetic<br />

algorithm, <strong>in</strong> “Proc. of the 1st Int. IEE Conf. on Genetic Algorithms <strong>in</strong> Eng<strong>in</strong>eer<strong>in</strong>g<br />

<strong>System</strong>s: Innovations and Appplications”, pp. 349–356.<br />

Xie, X.L. and G. Beni (1991), “A validity measure for fuzzy cluster<strong>in</strong>g”, IEEE<br />

Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Mach<strong>in</strong>e Intelligence 13(8), 841–847.<br />

Youla, D.C., J.J. Bongiorno and C.N. Lu (1974), “S<strong>in</strong>gle-loop feedbackstabilization<br />

of l<strong>in</strong>ear multivariable dynamical plants”, Automatica<br />

10(2), 159–173.<br />

Zeren, M. and H. Özbay (1999), “On the synthesis of stable H∞ controllers”, IEEE<br />

Trans. on Automatic <strong>Control</strong> 44(2), 431–435.<br />

Zhou, K., J.C. Doyle and K. Glover (1995), Robust and Optimal <strong>Control</strong>, Prentice<br />

Hall, Upper Saddle River.

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!